Hagios Charalambos: A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete: I. Excavation and Portable Objects (Prehistory Monographs) [Illustrated] 9781931534802, 9781623033934, 9781931534833, 9781623034023, 1931534802

Citation preview

Hagios Charalambos A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete II. The Pottery

Hagios Charalambos A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete II. The Pottery

PREHISTORY MONOGRAPHS 51

Hagios Charalambos A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete II. The Pottery by

Louise C. Langford-Verstegen with contributions by Philip P. Betancourt, Costis Davaras, Susan C. Ferrence, and Eleni Nodarou edited by Philip P. Betancourt, Costis Davaras, and Eleni Stravopodi

Published by INSTAP Academic Press Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 2015

Design and Production INSTAP Academic Press, Philadelphia, PA

Hagios Charalambos A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete I. Excavation and Portable Objects (2014), Philip P. Betancourt, ISBN 978-1-931534-80-2 (print), ISBN 978-1-623033-93-4 (ebook) II. The Pottery (2015), Louise C. Langford-Verstegen, ISBN 978-1-931534-83-3 (print), ISBN 978-1-623034-02-3 (ebook)

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data   Betancourt, Philip P., 1936– The Hagios Charalambos cave I : the excavation and the portable artifacts / by Philip P. Betancourt ; with contributions by Costis Davaras, Heidi M.C. Dierckx, Susan C. Ferrence, Panagiotis Karkanas, Tanya J. McCullough, James D. Muhly, Natalia PoulouPapadimitriou, David S. Reese, Antonia Stamos, Eleni Stravopodi, Maria Tsiboukaki, Louise L. Langford-Verstegen, and Gayla M. Weng ; edited by Philip P. Betancourt, Costis Davaras, and Eleni Stravopodi. pages cm. — (Prehistory monographs ; 47) Includes bibliographical references and index. ISBN 978-1-931534-80-2 1. Crete (Greece)—Antiquities. 2. Hagios Charalambos (Greece)—Antiquities. 3. Caves—Greece—Hagios Charalambos. 4. Ossuaries—Greece—Hagios Charalambos. 5. Human remains (Archaeology)—Greece—Hagios Charalambos. 6. Grave goods— Greece—Hagios Charalambos. 7. Excavations (Archaeology)—Greece—Hagios Charalambos. 8. Minoans—Greece—Hagios Charalambos—Antiquities. 9. Bronze age—Greece—Hagios Charalambos. I. Davaras, Costis. II. Dierckx, Heidi. III. Title. DF221.C8B5635 2014 939'.18—dc23 2014022231

Copyright © 2015 INSTAP Academic Press Philadelphia, Pennsylvania All rights reserved Printed in the United States of America

This book is dedicated to my mother Maris Clymer Langford

Table of Contents

List of Tables in the Text... ...........................................................................................ix List of Figures... .......................................................................................................xi List of Plates.. ............................................................................................................xv Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii Acknowledgments... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xix List of Abbreviations... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi Chapter 1. Minoan Caves: Points to Consider Regarding Function............................................... 1 Chapter 2. Methodology..................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Chapter 3. Coarse Fabrics, Neolithic to EM I... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Chapter 4. Coarse and Fine Fabrics, EM I–IIA. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Chapter 5. Dark Burnished Offering Tables in Monochrome Style with Coarse Phyllite Fabric, EM I–IIA....................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Chapter 6. Vasiliki Ware and Its Imitations, EM IIB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Chapter 7. Vessels in Pale Fabrics with Mostly Light-on-Dark Decoration, EM III–MM II... . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Chapter 8. Diagonal Line Style Jugs and Other Small Jugs in Pale Fabrics, MM I.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Chapter 9. Jugs with Bosses in Barbotine Style, MM I–II... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

viii

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Chapter 10. Knossian Pottery, EM II–MM II... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Chapter 11. Fine Red Fabrics with Dark Red Slip, Mostly MM IB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Chapter 12. Cups and Trefoil-Mouthed Jugs with Parallels from Galatas, MM IB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Chapter 13. Kamares Ware, MM IB–IIB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Chapter 14. Chamaizi Pots, MM IIB.. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Chapter 15. Imports into Lasithi with Parallels from Malia, MM I–IIB.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Chapter 16. Various Nonlocal Fabric Groups, EM III–MM IIB................................................ 51 Chapter 17. The Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM II–MM II... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Chapter 18. Conclusions.. .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 Appendix A. Petrographic Analysis of Selected Pottery Samples, Eleni Nodarou... ........................ 75 Appendix B. The Pottery Statistics, Philip P. Betancourt, Susan C. Ferrence, Louise C. Langford-Verstegen... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Appendix C. The Elusive Site of the Primary Burials of the Hagios Charalambos Cave: A Speculative Scenario, Costis Davaras... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Concordance of Excavation and Museum Numbers with Catalog Numbers... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 Index. . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Figures Plates

List of Tables in the Text

Table 5.1.

Typology of EM IIA offering tables... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Table A.1. Concordance of sample, catalog, and excavation numbers of vessels that were petrographically analyzed... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Table A.2. Summary of fabric groups at Hagios Charalambos resulting from petrographic analysis... . 78 Table B.1.

Summary of the 19 tables that record the pottery from the site... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Table B.2. Exterior of the cave, FN–EM I... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Table B.3. Monochrome Style, Scored Style, and Pyrgos Style, FN–EM I. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Table B.4. Hagios Onouphrios Style, EM I... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Table B.5. Koumasa Style, EM IIA...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Table B.6. Monochrome Style, pale burnished fabrics, EM IIA... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Table B.7.

Monochrome Style, red to brown coarse fabrics with phyllite, dark surface, EM IIA... . . . . 107

Table B.8. Vasiliki Ware and its imitations, EM IIB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Table B.9.

Light-on-dark pottery, pale fabrics, EM III–MM II............................................... 109

Table B.10. Diagonal Line Style and other small jugs, MM IA–IB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Table B.11. Barbotine Style, MM I... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Table B.12. Knossian pottery, EM II–MM II... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

x

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Table B.13. Fine red pottery with dark red or black slip, MM IB... ........................................... 112 Table B.14. Pottery with parallels from Galatas, MM IB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Table B.15. Kamares Ware, MM IB–IIB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Table B.16. Chamaizi pots, MM IIB....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 Table B.17. Pottery with parallels from Malia, pale fabrics, MM I–IIB... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Table B.18. Various nonlocal fabric groups, pale fabrics, EM III–MM IIB... ............................... 115 Table B.19. Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM III–MM II... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Table B.20. Typology of local cups in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group. Many are painted with White-on-Dark decoration... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Table B.21. LM III pottery from outside the cave... ........................................................... 118

List of Figures

Figure 1.

Map of Crete.

Figure 2.

Map of the Lasithi Plain.

Figure 3.

Neolithic to EM I c oarse fabrics: carinated bowl with everted rim (1), cups and other open vessels (2, 4–15), closed vessel with handle (3), cup with lug handle (16), and jar with strap handle (17).

Figure 4.

Neolithic to EM I coarse fabrics: jar (18), open vessels (19–22, 28, 29), Pyrgos Style chalices (23–27), and other chalices (30–32).

Figure 5.

Neolithic t o EM I c oarse fabrics: goblet (34), open vessel w ith horizontal lug h andle (35), miniature vessel with pierced lug handle (36), and large jug with pointed spout (37). EM I– IIA coarse and ἀne fabrics: open vessel (38), jugs (39–44), and Koumasa Style cup (45).

Figure 6.

EM I IA K oumasa S tyle: c up ( 46) a nd w ide-mouthed v essels w ith s pout ( 47–50).EM I IA Monochrome S tyle: b owl w ith h orizontal h andle ( 51); c ylindrical j ugs ( 52–54); i rregular conical jugs (55–57); and pyxis (58).

Figure 7.

EM I–IIA dark burnished offering tables: Type B (59, 60), Type D (61), and Type E (62, 63).

Figure 8.

EM I –IIA d ark b urnished offering t ables: Type E ( 64), Type I ( 65), a nd u nknown plastic decoration (66–71).

Figure 9.

EM IIB Vasiliki Ware: spouted goblet (72), jugs (73–82). EM IIB imitations in pale fabrics of Vasilike Style: goblet (83–86) and small jug (87).

xii

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Figure 10. EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in pale fabrics: jugs (88–90). EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in the L asithi R ed Fabric Group: s pouted c onical b owl (91), goblets ( 92–94), and j ugs (95–100). Figure 11.

EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics, light-on-dark decoration: shallow bowl (101), cups (102–108), tumblers (109–110), and small sized jugs (111–117).

Figure 12. EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics and light-on-dark decoration: small jugs (118–123) and medium to large jugs (124–130). Figure 13. EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics and light-on-dark decoration: medium to large jug (131), c losed v essel ( 132), j ar w ith p ierced v ertical h andles ( 133), m iscellaneous p ouring vessels (134–138), jars (139–141), and pyxis (142). Figure 14. MM I Diagonal Line Style jugs (143–160). Figure 15. MM I: Diagonal Line Style jugs (161, 162), jugs with bosses on body (163–166), and various classes of small jugs (167–175). Figure 16. MM I various classes of small jugs (176–179). MM I–II Barbotine Style jugs (180–187). Figure 17.

EM I I–MM I K nossian p ottery: g oblets ( 188–190), s pouted j ar ( 191), a nd w ide-mouthed vessel with a bridged-spout (192). Mostly MM IB ἀne red fabrics with dark red slip imported from sites in the Pediada: tumblers (193–197), goblet (198), kantharos (199), tall carinated cup (200), carinated cup with grooves (201), minitaure pithos (202), small jug(?) (203), and jug with incised band on body (204).

Figure 18. MM I B–IIA c up a nd trefoil-mouthed j ugs w ith pa rallels f rom G alatas: st raight-sided c up (205) and jugs (206–214). Figure 19.

MM IB–IIA trefoil-mouthed jugs with parallels from Galatas (215–217) and side-spouted jugs or cups (218–222).

Figure 20. MM IB–IIB Kamares Ware: straight-sided cup (223), semi-globular cup (224), carinated cup (225), jugs (226–231), and jar (232). MM IIB Chamaizi pots (233–239). Figure 21.

MM I–II imports to Lasithi with parallels from Malia: spouted two-handled cups (240–243), jugs (245–248), and carinated cups or kantharoi (249–259).

Figure 22. MM I –II i mports t o L asithi w ith pa rallels f rom M alia: c ups ( 260, 261), s coop ( 262), a nd basket-shaped vessel (263). EM III–MM IIB miscellaneous imported fabric groups: shallow bowls (264, 265, 272), cups (266–271), miniature tripod vessel (273), and jugs (274–277). Figure 23. EM III–MM IIB miscellaneous imported fabric groups: jugs (278–285), wide-mouthed vessel (286) closed vessel (287), and bridge-spouted jars (288, 289). Figure 24. EM III–MM IIB miscellaneous imported fabric groups: side-spouted jug (290), spouted two handled cups (291–299), small jar (300), and jar with thickened rim (301). Figure 25. EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: shallow conical bowls (302–308), shallow conical bowls with tab handles (309, 310), and rounded cup with bosses (312). Figure 26. EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with dark .paint on interior of rim and exterior (313–328). Figure 27.

EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups with dark paint on interior of rim and exterior (329–343).

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 28. Lasithi Red Fabric Group: EM III–MM IA rounded cups with dark paint on interior of rim and e xterior ( 344–347), a nd E M I I–MM I p lain r ounded c ups o r c ups w ith pa int m issing (348–357). Figure 29. EM II–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (358–369). Figure 30. EM II–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (370–379). Figure 31.

Lasithi Red Fabric Group: EM II–MM I rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (380–382), MM I–II cylindrical cup with dark slip on interior and exterior (383), and rounded cups with dark slip on interior and exterior (384–394).

Figure 32. EM III–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (395–407). Figure 33. EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (408–412) and miscellaneous open shapes (413–419). Figure 34. EM I II–MM II L asithi R ed F abric G roup: m iscellaneous o pen s hapes (420, 421), br azier (422), t ripod vessels ( 423–427), c ooking vessel w ithout l egs ( 428), a nd s mall t ripod b owl (429). Figure 35. EM IIB–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: jug or kantharos(?) (430) and jugs (431–436). Figure 36. MM I–II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: jugs (437–445) and tube-spouted and bridge-spouted jugs (446, 447). Figure 37.

EM IIB–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: tube-spouted and bridge-spouted jugs (448, 449), closed vessel (450), jars (451–457), and lid (459).

Figure 38. Geological map of the areas discussed in the text (adapted after IGME 1989).

List of Plates

Plate 1.

EM I IA Monochrome Style jugs (52, 55). EM I IA d ark burnished offering t able (64). EM IIB Vasiliki Ware small jugs (73, 74). EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in pale fabrics: goblet (83) a nd j ugs ( 89, 90). E M I IB Vasiliki S tyle i mitations i n t he L asithi R ed Fabric G roup: goblet (92) and jug (96). EM III–MM II vessels in pale fabrics with light-on-dark decoration: jugs (113, 120, 121), teapot (137), and jar (139).

Plate 2.

EM III–MM II vessels in pale fabrics with mostly light-on-dark decoration: jars (140, 141) and pyxis (142). MM I Diagonal Line Style and other small jugs in pale fabrics (144, 145, 164, 174). MM IB minature pithos in ἀne red fabric with dark red slip (202). MM IB vessels with parallels from Galatas: jug (206) and side-spouted jug or cup (220). MM IIB Chamaizi pot (233). MM I–II imports into Lasithi: spouted two-handled cup (244) and conical cup (267). EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (316, 319) and rounded cups (332, 345, 350, 371).

Plate 3.

EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cup (377), cylindrical cup (383), straightsided cup with conical shape (400), deep rounded cup (419), tripod vessel leg (424), jug with elevated spout (431), jugs (438, 439), and side-spouted or tube-spouted jug (447).

Plate 4.

Fabric G roup 1 : ca lcite t empered ( a). Fabric G roup 2 ( Lasithi R ed Fabric G roup): c oarse phyllite fabric Group 2A (b), Group 2B (c). Small groups and loners with metamorphic rocks (d–f).

Plate 5.

Small g roups a nd loners w ith m etamorphic r ocks ( a, b ). Fabric G roup 3 : s emicoarse w ith carbonate rock f ragments (c). Fabric G roup 4: calcareous g rog-tempered (d); note elongate

xvi

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY



voids with remnants of burned organic material. Fabric Group 5: red fabric with quartz and clay pellets (e). Fabric Group 6: red fabric with quartz (f).

Plate 6.

Fabric Group 7 ( Mirabello Fabric): granodiorite fabric Group 7A (a), Group 7B (b). Fabric Group 8: very ἀne fabric with rare nonplastics (c). Fabric 9: ἀne calcareous with pellets (d). Fabric 10: ἀne calcareous with biotite mica (e). Fabric 11: ἀne fabric with rounded sandstones (f).

Plate 7.

Fabric 12: very ἀne fabric with pellets (a); note layer of slip on the upper part of ἀeld. Fabric 13: very ἀne fabric with serpentinite (b).

Overview

The study of ἀ nds from the cave at Hagios Charalambos in the Lasithi Plain provides an illustration of the practice of secondary burial in Early and Middle Bronze Age Crete. The cavern a dds t o our u nderstanding of E arly a nd M iddle M inoan L asithi a nd i lluminates more clearly the function of the cave at Trapeza, which has close parallels for most classes of objects found at Hagios Charalambos. A total of 18,065 sherds and vases come from the excavations, and they were all studied either statistically or in detail. A majority of the pottery from the site is made locally, but a selection of imports ranges in date from EM I o r earlier to MM IIB. Imports can be recognized from the Gulf of Mirabello area, the Mesara, Malia, the Pediada, and Knossos. The pottery shows a s hift in the use of imports during the site’s history. Objects from the Mesara decline after MM I, and objects from Malia increase in MM IIB. This change may reḀect a shift in economic and/or political dominance and inḀuence in Lasithi. Typical of pottery associated with burials, the types of vessels were mostly used for the pouring and drinking of liquids. In addition, the assemblage has small-sized vessels that most l ikely c ontained precious oils or liquids a nd several other classes i ncluding s everal small jars and spouted containers, a few jars in large sizes, and a ἀne cylindrical pyxis. The assemblage also has offering tables made from the local clay fabric of the Lasithi region. The tables were designed to be carried by a short stem, and they could have held a liquid or solid offering. The local clay sources used to make the distinctive fabric of the plain’s pottery are represented i n t he m ajority o f t he c eramics f ound a t t he ca ve. P etrographic a nalysis p rovides a thorough description, and the fabric is referred to as the Lasithi Red Fabric Group.

xviii

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Petrographic analysis of samples of imported wares conἀrms the origin of manufacture for some of the vases and allows for conclusions regarding the implications of certain imports. Overall, the pottery here shows that the people who deposited their dead in the secondary burial cave at Hagios Charalambos were in contact with ceramic production centers in East Crete, the Mesara, Knossos, the Pediada, and Malia. This range of inḀuences speaks not only of trade relations and political spheres of inḀuence but also of tastes in pottery production and consumption.

Acknowledgments

Many people offered invaluable help and encouragement toward the completion of this study. Two seasons of excavation were conducted in July and August 2002 and in July 2003 by a team of archaeologists from the Tyler School of Art of Temple University with a permit issued by the Greek Ministry of Culture, under the auspices of the American School of Classical Studies at Athens. The excavation was directed jointly by Philip P. Betancourt and Costis Davaras in 2002, with Eleni Stravopodi joining the team as co-director in 2003. The Institute for Aegean Prehistory (INSTAP), Temple University, the University of Pennsylvania, and private donors funded the excavation. Additionally, several study seasons were conducted at the INSTAP Study Center for East Crete (SCEC). Many thanks go to Philip Betancourt and Costis Davaras for allowing me to participate as trench supervisor during the two seasons of excavation and also for allowing me to study the pottery. I a m g rateful to the various libraries a nd i nstitutions t hat have aided my research: i n Greece, the INSTAP-SCEC; in Rome, the German Archaeological Institute; and in Florence, the Berenson Library at Villa I Tatti. I w as g reatly aided by the administration at Temple University in Philadelphia. My research was generously supported by Temple University travel grants. A most crucial debt goes to those conservators and scientists who shared u npublished results o f t heir w ork a nd a ll g enerously p rovided a nalyses a nd d iscussed t heir s igniἀcance. These individuals include Sylvie Müller-Celka, Yiannis Papadatos, Kostas Christakis, Giorgos Rethemiotakis, David Wilson, Nicoletta Momigliano, Donald Haggis, and Evi Sikla. A lekos Nikakis contributed, most i mportantly, a s excavation specialist during excavation seasons and in the conservation of objects now on display in the Hagios Nikolaos M useum, C rete. S tephania C hlouveraki, C hief C onservator a t t he I NSTAP-SCEC,

xx

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

contributed many hours of expertise. Eleni Nodarou, Chief Petrographer at the I NSTAPSCEC, contributed invaluable scientiἀc expertise and interpretation. Thanks go to Thomas M. B rogan, D irector o f t he I NSTAP-SCEC, a nd C hronis P apanikolopoulos, C hief P hotographer at t he INSTAP-SCEC. Special t hanks goes t o Registrar Mary B etancourt for cataloging p ottery, a nd t o m y c olleagues, G ayla Weng, S usan Ferrence, a nd Tanya M cCullough, for their assistance in pottery study. Finally, t o m y d issertation c ommittee m embers, P hilip B etancourt, J ane E vans, a nd George Myer, I owe a great debt of thanks. I am especially indebted to Philip Betancourt who welcomed me to the ἀeld of Aegean Prehistory and has guided my research ever since. For the countless doors he opened, and the cordial environment he created at Temple University, I cannot thank him enough.

List of Abbreviations

B C cm d. EM FN H h. HCH HNM IGME INSTAP-SCEC

base complete centimeter(s) diameter Early Minoan Final Neolithic handle height Hagios Charalambos excavation number Hagios Nikolaos Archaeo­logical Museum number Institute of Geology and Mineral Exploration, Athens, Greece INSTAP Study Center for East Crete, Pacheia Ammos, Crete, Greece

L LM LN m max. dim. mm µm MM MNI MNV NC pres. R rest. S

leg Late Minoan Late Neolithic meter(s) maximum dimension(s) millimeter(s) micrometers Middle Minoan minimum number of individuals minimum number of vases nearly complete preserved rim restored spout

1

Minoan Caves: Points to Consider Regarding Function

The ca ves o f C rete a re t he s ubject o f m ajor works by Faure (1964) a nd Tyree (1974). Adding to these studies, closer analytical treatments have focused o n c ommon e lements a mong t he ca ves to gain insight into the functions of the cave sites with respect to Minoan religion (Rutkowski 1986; Marinatos 1993; Nowicki 1996). The beginning of the Middle Bronze Age marks a h igh point in the popularity o f n atural s anctuaries, w ith r eligious practices taking place at both peak sanctuaries and caves. P eak s anctuaries h ave b een r egarded a s a correlate of the greater consolidated powers of the ἀrst palaces (Peatἀeld 1987, 89). Thus, the associated practices are of a socially complex nature. In his a rticle d ealing w ith t he character of t he p eak sanctuary a nd palace relationship, however, Peatἀeld ( 1987, 9 0) a rgued t hat t he c ult p ractices a t peak sanctuaries originated in Early Minoan (EM) religious practices conducted at cemeteries: Though a domestic shrine was discovered at Phournou Koriphi, […] the main cult places appear to have been the tombs. The Mesara tholoi, with their complexes of

rooms, outside paved areas, ἀ nds indicative of shrines […], and the continuity of their offerings, provide the clearest evidence of extended ritual use beyond immediate funerary rites […]. Scholars […] have suggested that t hese t ombs w ere u sed b y k inship g roups. W ithin a ny c ulture, f unerary r ituals p erform a n i mportant function in reafἀrming group solidarity when faced with the crisis of death.

This situation supports that all the pieces were in p lace f or a h ighly d eveloped c ulture o f ca ve burial and ritual practice. Unlike peak sanctuaries, caves like Hagios Charalambos h ave b een less extensively st udied t han other t ypes of t ombs. T hey a re fewer i n number, and often they have been victims of looting. Consequently, they are harder to deἀne as sacred spaces. W hile ca ves u sed f or b urial a re so metimes used later for sacred or cult practices, the implicit model is that these t wo f unctions a re u nrelated and chronologically distinct (Rutkowski 1986, 65). Though we do not see a d istinct shift in f unction from secondary burial to a site for cult practice, it

2

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

is possible that some kind of intangible ritual took place upon the occasion of the secondary deposit. I propose that we, at least, consider the act of making a s econdary deposit a r itual act in itself. This chapter, t herefore, w ill i llustrate t he ca ve’s f unction as a burial deposit, nominate the existence of

ritual ( as c onceived m ore n arrowly t han c ult a ctivity), a nd consider pa rallels to other a rtifact assemblages. L astly, it w ill r eview t he i mplications of this evidence in light of the other caves used for various purposes in the Lasithi Plain.

Deἀning and Distinguishing Ritual and Cult According t o t he st andard d eἀnitions, H agios Charalambos d oes n ot q ualify a s a s acred ca ve (Tyree 1 974; R utkowski 1 986; N owicki 1 996). Tyree d istinguished sacred caves by t he presence of a rchitectural e lements i ncluding pa ved a reas, partition walls, and low walls surrounding stalagmites. I n a ddition t o a rchitecture, h er o ther c riterion is the presence of cult implements. These implements include models of weapons, ἀgurines, votive double axes, lamps, ritual vessels, and small pots. L arger cult i mplements i nclude large votive double axes, storage vessels, stone offering tables, manmade altars, and horns of consecration (Tyree 1974, 6 ; f or t he v essels f or f easting, s ee T yree, Kanta, a nd R obinson 2 008). R utkowski a nd N owicki add to Tyree’s corpus but merely implicitly continue t he u se o f h er c riteria f or t heir a ssignment of particular caves to the categories that they address (certainly, probably, and possibly used for cult purposes). The objects excavated f rom t he cave t hat were once associated with the primary burials are quite typical of the objects found in other burial contexts from this time period. For example, there are parallels to objects found in tholoi in the Mesara such as anthropomorphic a nd zoomorphic ἀ gurines ( Bet‑ ancourt and Ferrence 2014a) and seals (Betancourt and Ferrence 2014b; Muhly 2014c). A lso, t he a ssemblage has models of items, such as weapons (Muhly 2014a, 55) a nd j ewelry ( Muhly 2 014b). Despite the inability to distinguish items that were exclusively deposited at the time of secondary interment i n t he ossuary, we should not b e m istaken in thinking that there were no activities taking place t here w ith r eligious s igniἀcance. A d eἀnition can be given for religious r itual t hat afἀrms the existence of practices for the care of the dead that can remain analytically separate from our traditional understanding of cult.

In order to discuss ritual as it relates to the cave and secondary deposit of burials at Hagios Charalambos, we must establish the bases for recognizing a nd deἀning r itual practice. However, ἀ rst, it is useful to reḀect on the physical context of burial i n w hich t hese r ituals w ould a rise. U ndoubtedly t he t ombs of P repalatial C rete d iffer i n s ize and shape according to region, but most are monumental i n character. O ne exception is the cemetery at P seira ( Betancourt 2 003; Betancourt and Davaras, eds., 2003). The graves there are of several different styles (Betancourt 2003, 3). Though not monumental, they are situated in an area that is r emoved f rom t he t own b ut w ithin s ight o f i t (Betancourt and Davaras, eds., 2003). There seems to be a concern with visibility. This is true also of monumental structures, such as the tholoi of the Mesara, which were constructed w ith a r egard to visibility a nd p ermanence ( Xanthoudides 1 924; Branigan 1970b). Their large size, though not necessarily t heir s hape, i s e xplained b y t he f act t hat they w ere d esigned f or c ommunal b urial. N evertheless, they are imposing structures designed speciἀcally to house the remains of the dead, and this fact r eḀects a u nique c onsideration f or t he d ead. The i mportance o f t he d eceased a nd t he i mportance of honoring the deceased are evidenced also in the richness of the objects that were associated with the remains. Therefore, the belief system that was manifested in the communal burials with their associated rich objects may have resonated further when the secondary disposal was made. There a re myriad d eἀnitions of b oth r itual a nd cult a nd m any st udies t hat s eek t o e xplain t he function o f each (Durkheim 1 912; Goody 1 961; Goodman 1 988; L awson a nd M cCauley 1 993; Leach 2002). Social scientists have tried to categorize religious rituals i n a number of ways. A successful a nd p opular a ttempt w as m ade b y French

MINOAN CAVES: POINTS TO CONSIDER REGARDING FUNCTION

ethnographer and folklorist Arnold van G ennep (1961). Q uite simply, he p roposed t hat the m ultitude of worldwide rituals can be grouped into three types: those of separation, of transition, and of incorporation. He pointed out that rituals accompany people t hroughout t heir l ives a nd m ark s ituations such a s birth, puberty, m arriage, a nd death. R itual facilitates the passage from one social condition to the next. Discussions of the functions of ritual— such as the meaning of ritual, ritual as social communication, ritual as power, or ritual as belief—are beyond the scope of this study. Rather, it is important t o c onsider t hat t he s econdary d eposits t hat took p lace a t H agios C haralambos w ere, i n v an Gennep’s terms, a ritual action marking the condition of death (1961, 165). Though ritual and cult practice a re not mutually exclusive, i n the case of the Hagios Charalambos cave there may have been only ritual. In the Lasithi Plain, while the cave site of Hagios Charalambos s erved a r itual f unction, t he n eighboring Psychro Cave (Hogarth 1899–1900) served a c ultic/religious f unction. T he P sychro C ave i s at an altitude of 1,025 m a nd is situated above the modern village of Psychro on the southern edge of the plain (Figs. 1, 2). An extensive terrace is located east of the cave opening, and the cave consists of t wo p arts, a l arge u pper v estibule a nd a l arge lower chamber. In the northwestern area of the upper chamber, four layers were reported by Hogarth. Finds of animal bones and pottery indicate that this area was used for habitation i n the Late Neolithic and Early Minoan I periods. Psychro was used for burials in the Early Minoan II and III periods, and it h as b een c losely a ssociated w ith t he l egendary Dictaean C ave. R utkowski a nd N owicki m ention that t he b urial u se a t P sychro w as s imilar t o t hat at Trapeza (Rutkowski 1986; Nowicki 1996). They add t hat, “ The n earest s ettlement t o t he D ictaean Cave h as b een i dentiἀed a s K atsoucheiroi, a nd i t was p erhaps p eople f rom t here t hat h ad d esignated part of the Upper Grotto for their cemetery, as was the case of Trapeza and settlement on Kastello near Tzermiado” (Rutkowski and Nowicki 1996, 18). Here, a reassessment shows that the burials at Trapeza are not similar to Psychro, but that they reḀect a n altogether d ifferent p ractice of s econdary

3

burial, much l ike t hat at H agios C haralambos. At Psychro, the cave was used for a d ifferent class of function as indicated by the abundance of cult objects a nd e quipment i ncluding br onze ἀ gurines, double axes, gems, blades, razors, tweezers, and offering receptacles. The continuity of cult usage is attested by ἀ nds from the Geometric, Roman, and Byzantine periods. The d ifἀcult t ask i s i nferring r itual o r c ult a ctivity from a rchaeological ἀnds. In a l arge st udy dealing w ith M inoan r eligion, M arinatos ( 1993, 14) states that the Prepalatial communal tombs provide us with evidence for the latter. This has bearing o n H agios C haralambos a s t he ca ve w as an os suary f or t he r emains i nterred i nitially i n communal b urials. U nfortunately, t he or iginal burial site or sites are not known. Perhaps there are undiscovered tholoi in the Lasithi area that housed the p rimary b urials. M arinatos c orroborates t he ideas o f T yree ( 1974) a nd R utkowski ( 1986). I n recognizing the involvement of a r espective community w ith regard to burial, she st ates ( Marinatos 1993, 14): The l arge s ize o f t he c ommunal t ombs i ndicates t hat they were deliberately constructed for conspicuous display. In addition, many had paved areas for gatherings and a ltars. C ult i mplements a nd offerings were found outside t he t ombs, t hus s uggesting p eriodic v isitation to the cemeteries by sizable groups of people. Evidence of collective secondary burial implies treatment of the dead. It suggests the involvement of not one but several families.

If w e a re t o r egard t he H agios C haralambos Cave a s a c ollective d eposit f rom c ommunal p rimary burials suggesting the involvement of several families, then according to M arinatos’ m odel, Hagios Charalambos, being a communal deposit regardless of the lack of cult equipment, is a reḀection of ritual practice. It is the result of the efforts of a c ommunity t o redispose of t heir dead. It is a group effort, t hat g roup b eing larger t han t he i mmediate families as the shear bulk of material suggests. I f we are t o accept Marinatos’ m odel, then the m ere e xistence o f t he ca ve a s a p lace o f s econdary deposit is evidence for ritual and cult activity. Again, a closer examination of the nuances that distinguish ritual and cult is a larger problem not to be undertaken here.

4

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Discussion The c losest pa rallel f or t he H agios C haralambos Cave is the Trapeza Cave (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936), which lies at an altitude of 850 m on the northeastern outskirts of the village of Tzermiado on the eastern side of the Lasithi Plain (Fig. 2). The cave is a single corridor with extensions containing many stalagmites and stalactites. The overall stratigraphy of the cave was m ixed a nd deposited over a n i ntact a rea t hat had t races o f L ate N eolithic o ccupation. H uman bones and o bjects i ncluding p ottery, ἀ gurines, weapons, j ewelry, a nd s ealstones w ere f ound. A t both Trapeza and Hagios Charalambos, the skeletons and broken artifacts were mixed and scattered among the different rooms or areas of the respective caves. The ἀ nds of the Trapeza Cave provide the closest parallels to those excavated at Hagios Charalambos. T he o bjects t hemselves a re pa ralleled as well as the classes of objects found together in both contexts. In light of t he excavations at Hagios Charalambos, it is suggested that the cave at Trapeza was used as a secondary deposit much in the same way that the cave at Hagios Charalambos was. Pendlebury’s c onclusion ( Pendlebury, P endlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 23) t hat t here were EM II and III primary burials on top of a Final Neolithic ( FN) l evel, t herefore, i s p robably w rong. Tyree points out that Pendlebury initially felt that Trapeza was abandoned i n M M I, but he t hen changed h is mind t o s ay t hat t he cave w as u sed l ater ( Pendlebury 1939, 126, notes MM II material). Tyree suggested t hat i t w as u sed f or c ult p ractice i n M M I later to be replaced in function by the Psychro Cave (Tyree 1974, 11). The “MM I” ἀnds were a Twelfth Dynasty scarab, a clay seated ἀgurine, three bronze dagger b lades, a br onze k nife, a nd p otsherds. I t

should be noted that Rutkowski and Nowicki seem to be in agreement with Pendlebury in that they put the T rapeza ca ve w ithin t heir ca tegory o f “ caves possibly used for cult purpose,” but again, they do not explain t heir c riteria ( Rutkowski a nd Nowicki 1996, 68–69; see also Jones 1999, 4). As at Hagios Charalambos, the objects were from mixed burials, and it is not possible to discern subsequently deposited objects. As at Hagios Charalambos again, however, t he a ct of secondary deposit speaks of ritual practice at Tzermiado. The two caves seemed to have served the same purpose d uring t he s ame t ime p eriods. N otably, they were in relatively close proximity to each other. T heir p roximity st rongly s uggests t hat t hose utilizing one cave must h ave k nown of t he other. They were used concurrently, so this is not a case of one being ἀlled, and then the other coming into use. Rutkowski posits that the cave at Hagios Charalambos m ay h ave s erved m any s ites t hat o ccupied the plain. H e st ates, “ The n umber of b odies m ay indicate that it was a very special site used by the majority of the plateau rather than by a small local community i n t he v icinity o f i t” ( Nowicki 1996, 34). Perhaps we may want to consider the Trapeza cave as well, as servicing many settlements rather than a local community in its vicinity, but the statistics do not support this conclusion because one burial per year does not suggest more than a single settlement (see d iscussion i n t his volume). Nonetheless, w e t hen h ave t wo s ites ( caves t hat w ere repositories o f secondary burials) where ritual manifested and resonated with a signiἀcant population of t he L asithi r egion i n M M I B/II, a c ritical period of political transition that brings with it changes in belief systems.

2

Methodology

History of Excavation and Research Lasithi is a high plain in East-Central Crete (Figs. 1, 2). In 1976, during the construction of a segment of road that roughly follows the plain’s outer perimeter, dynamite blasted open an entrance into the Hagios C haralambos C ave, a n atural cavern t hat h ad once facilitated d rainage of the plain ( Karkanas 2014). In order to guard against destruction and looting, a rescue e xcavation w as c onducted at the cave (Davaras 1976, 1982, 1983). Costis Davaras removed much of the contents of the cave in order to store them safely. Finds were placed in the Hagios Nikolaos Museum. A study season on the pottery from Davaras’ 1976 excavation was conducted during the summer of 2001 at the INSTAP Study Center for East Crete (INSTAP-SCEC).

Two seasons of excavation followed in 2002 and 2003, d irected jointly by C ostis Davaras, Philip P. Betancourt, a nd E leni S travopodi ( in 2 003). A n additional st udy s eason was c onducted i n January of 2 004 a t t he H agios Nikolaos Museum. O n t hat occasion, vessels were removed from storage and were cataloged, d rawn, a nd photographed. D uring the summers of 2004 and 2005, study seasons were conducted a t t he I NSTAP-SCEC. T he a uthor h ad the opportunity to take part in all of these aspects of the Hagios Charalambos project beginning in 2001, working as a s urvey technician, t rench supervisor, and pottery specialist.

6

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Methodology This study of the pottery from Hagios Charalambos has several objectives that contribute different types of historical information. First, thorough descriptions of distinct pottery classes are provided. Adding to this, the pottery assemblage as a w hole is d iscussed. T he a ssemblage r epresents o bjects, both manufactured locally and imported, that were chosen to accompany burials. The i mportance of these objects, in terms of function and as symbols of e xternal r elations, i s i nvestigated. T he i mported pottery represents inḀuences on the local community, and because of this situation it provides evidence f or p olitical a nd e conomic b oundaries. With a m ore d iachronic p erspective, t he i mplications of a chronological continuum represented i n the assemblage is discussed. Questions regarding a perceived change i n the f unction of the cave w ith regard to practices of habitation, secondary burial, and ritual use are addressed also. The pottery from the cave is a very heterogene­ ous a ssemblage. I t i ncludes e xamples o f v essels whose characteristics are well known, vessels whose c lass h as n ot b een p ublished b efore, a nd vases w hose c ultural a nd t echnological a fἀliation is u nclear b ecause o f p oor p reservation o r o ther causes. Most of the pottery survives as small fragments. All of the pottery was kept and studied, and the r esults o f t he st udy a re p resented i n t his v olume. T he st atistics a re p rovided i n A ppendix B . Speciἀc examples of the classes presented in Appendix B w ere ca taloged t o i llustrate t he v arious classes present in the assemblage. All complete or nearly complete vessels were cataloged, and examples of sherds were added as well to provide a more complete range of what was present. The n omenclature follows B etancourt ( 2008a). The following terms are used in this volume: Class. Any group of pottery vessels. Fabric. The materials used for a v essel, including both the original ingredients and aspects derived from the forming, the ἀring, and the post-burial conditions. Style. A c lass of vessel d eἀned b y t he s urface treatment and decoration.

Ware. A class of vessel deἀned both by the style and by the fabric. The fabric must be deἀned by ceramic petrography. With t his s ystem, a c lass m ay e xist b oth a s a Style (with the fabric undeἀned) or as one or more Wares, manufactured from speciἀc fabrics. Examples of the main classes that occur in the text are deἀned u sing t his s ystem f or t he n omenclature. The most important ones include the following: Barbotine S tyle. A p ottery w ith r ough, r aised clay a dded t o t he s urface (C h. 9 ) w as d escribed i n detail by Foster (1982). W hen the class is manufactured from Cretan South Coast Fabric (as deἀned by several studies including Nodarou 2013, 157–158), it i s ca lled Barbotine W are. T his i s a n i mportant c lass in the Mesara, but it has not been recognized from Hagios Charalambos. The pottery from the cave has not had its fabric deἀned, and it is called the Barbotine Style. Diagonal L ine S tyle. A c lass o f v essels w ith similar d iagonal l ine d ecoration w hose f abric has not been deἀned is called the Diagonal Line Style (Ch. 8). East Cretan White-on-Dark Ware. Two classes of White-on-Dark Ware a re r ecognized a nd d eἀned a t p resent, E ast C retan W hite-on-Dark Ware m ade o f M irabello F abric ( Betancourt 1984; f or t he f abric, s ee N odarou 2 013, 160, with bibliography) and Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware manufactured from the Lasithi Red Fabric G roup as deἀned i n this volume (App. A, fabric 2). Hagios Onouphrios Style. Pottery with red linear d ecoration (C h. 4 ) h as b een d escribed many t imes ( Branigan 1970a, 2 3–27; Blackman a nd B ranigan 1982, 2 9–32; B etancourt 2008a, 47–53). It has a technological distinction from ceramics with dark brown or black linear decoration in that the red decoration is ἀred in an oxidizing atmosphere, not a reducing one. If it is m ade of Cretan South Coast

METHODOLOGY

Fabric, i t ca n b e ca lled H agios O nouphrios Ware. I f t he fabric is d ifferent or it is u ndeἀned, it is called Hagios Onouphrios Style. Kamares W are. P olychrome v essels m anufactured from ἀne fabrics or Cretan South Coast Fabric a re ca lled K amares Ware. T he p olychrome p ottery f rom t he ca ve i s ca lled K amares Ware (Ch. 13). Koumasa Style. The EM pottery decorated with dark linear decoration (Ch. 4) was called Hagios O nouphrios I I by Branigan (1970a, 28– 29). H ere i t i s ca lled K oumasa Ware i f i t i s made of Cretan South Coast Fabric and Koumasa Style i f its f abric i s u ndeἀned ( Betancourt 2008a, 47–48). Light-on-Dark C lass. M any st yles o f l ight-ondark p ottery w ere m anufactured i n M iddle Minoan (MM) Crete. (Ch. 7) Monochrome Style. Vases whose surfaces are a single color are called the Monochrome Style. Vasiliki W are. M ottled p ottery f rom E M I IB manufactured from Mirabello Fabric (Ch. 6) is called Vasiliki Ware (Betancourt 1979). It was apparently manufactured in several related workshops on the coast of the Gulf of Mirabello (not at Vasiliki). The p ottery w as o rganized a nd st udied u sing several d ifferent t ypes o f c riteria. I t w as so rted ἀrst by date, and then by fabric and class, and ἀ nally by shape. The fabrics were sorted i n a preliminary w ay u sing f eatures ( including c olor, texture, coarseness, and c olor o f visible i nclusions) that were visible by macroscopic examination. The division by class considered technology, ornament, s hape, a nd st yle. A s t he ἀ nal st ep i n

7

the organization, the pottery was sorted based on completeness (whole vases, vases that were largely restorable, and sherds), and the sherds were sorted by their position on the vase. The vases and sherds were then counted, and the resulting total picture is presented in statistical form in Appendix B. Divisions by fabrics were conἀrmed and sometimes m odiἀed b ased o n c eramic p etrography. This information is presented in Appendix A. The methodology uses both the traditional stylistic examination o f s hapes, d ecoration, su rface t reatment, a nd m anufacturing t echnology a long w ith the more recently developed techniques of ceramic p etrography. P etrographic a nlaysis pro vides valuable i nformation o n i nclusions, m icroscopic st ructure, and other elements of the clay fabric (Peterson 2009). The conclusions reḀect the multivariate a nalysis. For e xample, o ne o f t he w orkshop g roups is r epresented b y a r ange of shapes that was produced locally using the local clay (Ch. 17). D ecoration i n w hite i s a dded o ver t he d ark undercoat in imitation of t he East Cretan Whiteon-Dark Ware f rom t he northeastern c oast of t he island. T he l ocal L asithi p roduction u ses a m ore limited repertoire of decorative motifs than is used in t he m ain r egion o f t his w are, w hich e xtends along the northern coast of eastern Crete from Malia to Palaikastro. Petrographic analysis of samples conducted by Eleni Nodarou at the INSTAP-SCEC identiἀes t he g roup a s b eing l ocal i n p roduction (App. A). A nalysis o n p ottery o f l ocal m anufacture provides a thorough description of the Lasithi fabric, a nd i t w ill b e v aluable t o f uture c eramic studies regarding pottery from the Lasithi region. Analysis of i mported p ottery at t he site conἀrms identiἀcation a s s uch. P etrographic a nalysis p rovides data suitable for further studies regarding all of the wares that were analyzed.

Previous Work on the Ceramics of the Lasithi Region In addition to the work that accompanied the excavations in the Trapeza Cave in the 1930s (Pendlebury, P endlebury, and M oney-Coutts 1 935–1936; Pendlebury 1936–1937), several other studies have examined t he p ottery f rom L asithi a nd i ts v icinity. B efore t he e xcavations a t T rapeza, S pyridon

Marinatos had uncovered a tholos tomb with many vases a t K rasi, l ocated j ust n orth o f t he h ighland plain (Marinatos 1929; Galli 2014). More recently, Gerald C adogan d iscussed t he p ottery f rom L asithi i n c omparison w ith t he c eramics f rom M alia a nd P yrgos-Myrtos (C adogan 1 990, 1 995). I n

8

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

addition, d istinctive f abrics o f a “ Lasithi g roup” were d iscussed i n a st udy r egarding E M I II–MM IA p ottery f rom K nossos ( Momigliano 2 000, 76; Rethemiotakis a nd C hristakis 2004; Macdonald and Knappett 2007, 39, 156; see also Momigliano 1991, 261–264; MacGillivray 1998, 88–89). Regional f abric g roups o f t he P ediada r egion h ave been examined i n a st udy regarding pottery f rom Galatas a nd K astelli ( Rethemiotakis a nd C hristakis 2004, 169–175). The pottery from Hagios Cha­ ralambos ἀ ts w ell w ith t he c onclusions o f t hese earlier st udies, w hich i dentify a s eries of p roduction c enters m aking p ottery f or u se i n t he P ediada and nearby Lasithi using the local phyllite-rich clays t hat ἀ re t o a r ed c olor. T he p resent st udy provides m uch m ore d etail o n so me o f t he l ocal a nd r egional p ottery p roductions a nd a llows them t o b e characterized more c ompletely. It a lso

demonstrates that several different production centers were operating in the large region that supplied pottery to the communities of the Lasithi and Pediada regions, that these workshops sometimes specialized in speciἀc classes of vessels, and that they developed and changed their output through time. Several preliminary reports have been published by t hose w ho w orked a t H agios C haralambos o n the site’s pottery and the conclusions that it can provide for chronology, style, and other classes of information (Davaras 1976; 1982; 1983; 1986; 1988; Betancourt 2002; 2003; 2005; 2007; 2008b, 2011a; Ferrence 2007; 2008; Betancourt and Muhly 2008; Betancourt et al. 2008; 2014b; Dierckx 2008; Hickman 2008; Karkanas 2008; Langford-Verstegen 2008; M cGeorge 2 008; M uhly 2 008). T he ἀ rst volume i n t he ἀ nal r eport w as p ublished i n 2 014 (Betancourt 2014a).

3

Coarse Fabrics, Neolithic to EM I

Incised Coarse Dark Burnished Class, Late Neolithic II Though n o i ntact N eolithic l evel w as d etected a t H agios C haralambos, s herds o f a N eolithic open vessel with punctation marks were found. The shape is open with an everted rim. The interior and exterior a re burnished. T he d iameter of t he vessel suggests that it is a b owl, and its use may not have been restricted to drinking. Knossian parallels suggest a date in Late Neolithic (LN) II (Tomkins 2007, 31, ἀg. 1.8:24–26). As such, it stands apart from the predominant drinking vessels from subsequent periods in the assemblage. The coarse carbonate and rarer phyllitic fabric was analyzed petrographically. It was probably from the Pediada region. Parallels f or t his s hape, a nd m uch o f t he c eramic assemblage and the other ἀ nds, come from

the T rapeza C ave ( Pendlebury, P endlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935–1936).

Carinated Bowl with Everted Rim

1 (HCH 160; Fig. 3). Carinated bowl with everted r im, b ody sherds. D. of r im 22 c m. A c oarse fabric (reddish brown, 5YR 4/3), with carbonate temper; burnished on interior and exterior. Incised punctation marks on the exterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). A nalyzed b y c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. HCH 0 4/25 ( Hagios Charalambos Fabric 3). Parallels: Pendlebury, Pendlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935– 1936, 27, ἀ g. 6:T16 (Trapeza Cave). Date: LN II. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:a; 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:a; Langford-Verstegen 2008, 556, ἀg. 10:15.

10

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Monochrome Style, Dark Burnished Fabrics A f ew o f t he o pen v essels f rom F N–EM I a re made in a f abric that is tempered w ith angular fragments of white calcium carbonate. One example is also tempered with chaff. The vessels have a rounded proἀle, and they are burnished on the interior and exterior. The shape suggests that they are drinking vessels. Final N eolithic–EM I f abrics t empered w ith phyllite a re m ore n umerous, a nd t he s hapes h ave a r ange o f s izes, a lbeit a s mall o ne. T he v essels

include s hapes w ith r im d iameters f rom 10 t o 1 2 cm, an open vessel with straight proἀle and lug handle that has a 16 cm diameter, an open vessel with an o pen s pout, a nd a j ar w ith a st rap h andle. P etrographic a nalysis h as b een u sed t o d escribe t he calcite-tempered f abric a nd t he f abric t empered with phyllite. The use of phyllitic inclusions is a distinctive characteristic of the regional pottery of La­ sithi and the adjacent Pediada.

MONOCHROME STYLE, DARK BURNISHED CLASS WITH CALCITE Open Vessel

Open vessels designed for beverages are already important i n t he a ssemblage f rom i ts e arly p eriods. Most of these earliest pieces are not well preserved, and many of the original shapes cannot be restored. This class is made from a clay recipe that often includes short stems of vegetal matter (presumably chaff) as well as fragments of white calcium carbonate, which is either calcite or marble. The clay recipe that i ncludes a ngular f ragments of white ca lcium ca rbonate w as used over a wide geographic region in Crete (and also in the Cycla­ des; for references, see Betancourt 2008a, 28–29). Signiἀcant d ifferences i n r egional s hapes s uggest that the technology was used in many workshops.

2 ( HCH 0 3-215; F ig. 3 ). O pen v essel, b ody s herd. Max. d im. 3 .9 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6),

tempered w ith c alcite a nd c haff; b urnished o n i nterior a nd e xterior. R ounded p roἀle. M onochrome. Comments: from R oom 5 , a rea 5 , l evel 2 ( unit H CH 02-3-5-2). A nalyzed b y c eramic p etrography, s ample no. HCH 04/28 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 1). Date: FN–EM I.

Closed Vessel with Handle

3 ( HCH 0 2-120; F ig. 3 ). C losed v essel, p robably a jar, b ody s herd w ith s car f rom h andle. M ax. d im. 5.7 cm. A c oarse f abric (varies f rom b lack a t t he c ore t o red, 2 .5YR 5 /6, a t t he s urface), c arbonate t empered; burnished o n e xterior. V ery t hick h andle. M onochrome. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 4 (unit HCH 0 2-2/3 E nt-4). A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/19 ( Hagios C haralambos Fabric Group 3). Date: FN–EM I.

MONOCHROME STYLE, DARK BURNISHED CLASS WITH PHYLLITE Open Vessels

Vessels tempered with phyllite (either added by the potters or occurring as a natural part of the clay deposits) are important in the assemblage from the cave from its earliest periods. Some of these sherds come from outside the cave, and they are part of a Final Neolithic d eposit t hat is not a ssociated w ith the ca ve’s l ater f unerary u se. T his c lass o f f abric continues to be used in EM I, and the date of speciἀc sherds cannot be determined on ceramic evidence alone.

4 ( HCH 0 3-164; F ig. 3 ). O pen v essel, b ody s herd. Max. d im. 2 .3 c m. A c oarse f abric, (red, 2 .5YR 5 /6), with phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Monochrome. Comments: from the cave exterior, Trench 11 (unit H CH 0 3-11-2). A lso t empered w ith c haff(?) a s well as phyllite. Date: FN–EM I. 5 ( HCH 0 5-449; Fig. 3 ). C up, c omplete p roἀle. H . 7.4; d . of r im 11.5; d . of b ase 7.7 c m. A c oarse f abric (reddish b rown, 2 .5YR 4 /4), w ith p hyllite; b urnished on interior and exterior. Rounded proἀle. Monochrome. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: FN– EM I.

COARSE FABRICS, NEOLITHIC TO EM I

6 (HCH 05-448; Fig. 3). Cup, base sherd. D. of base 5.7 c m. A c oarse f abric ( light r eddish b rown, 5 YR 6/4); highly burnished on interior and exterior. Monochrome. Comments: from R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). Date: FN–EM I. 7 ( HCH 0 3-169; F ig. 3 ). O pen v essel, b ody s herd. Max. d im. 3 .1 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6), with phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Monochrome. Comments: from the cave exterior, Trench 12 (unit HCH 03-12-1). Date: FN–EM I. 8 ( HCH 0 3-189; F ig. 3 ). O pen v essel, b ody s herd. Max. d im. 2 .9 c m. A c oarse f abric ( reddish b rown, 2.5YR 2 .5–3/4), w ith p hyllite; b urnished o n e xterior. M onochrome. Comments: from t he c ave e xterior, Trench 12 (unit HCH 03-12-8). Date: FN–EM I. 9 (HCH 49; Fig. 3). Cup, complete proἀle. H. 3.6; d. of rim 10; d. of base 6 cm. A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6), with phyllite; b urnished on interior a nd exterior. Rounded proἀle and Ḁat base. Monochrome. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: FN–EM I. 10 ( HCH 23; Fig. 3). C up, r im s herd. D. of r im 12 cm. A coarse fabric (from black to red to reddish brown, 5YR 3/4), with phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Rounded proἀle. Monochrome. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: FN–EM I. 11 ( HCH 05-441; Fig. 3). C up, proἀle almost complete. D. o f b ase 10 c m. A c oarse f abric (varies f rom black t o r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /6), w ith p hyllite; b urnished o n interior a nd e xterior. R ounded p roἀle. M onochrome. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/26 ( Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 2a, Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: FN–EM I. 12 ( HCH 0 5-442; F ig. 3 ). C up, r im s herd. D . o f rim 1 2 c m. A c oarse f abric ( varies f rom b lack t o red, 2 .5YR 5 /6), w ith p hyllite; b urnished o n i nterior a nd e xterior. R ounded p roἀle. M onochrome. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). A nalyzed b y ceramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/29 ( Hagios

11

Charalambos F abric G roup 2 a, L asithi R ed F abric Group). Date: FN–EM I. 13 (HNM 13,789; Fig. 3). O pen vessel (cup?), base sherds. D. of base 7.5 cm. A c oarse black fabric, w ith phyllite; b urnished o n i nterior a nd e xterior. R ounded proἀle a nd Ḁat b ase. M onochrome. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: FN–EM I. 14 (HCH 04-271; Fig. 3). Open vessel (bowl?), base sherd. D. of base 12–14 cm. A coarse black fabric (varies between very dark gray, 10YR 3/1, and black, 10YR 2/1), w ith phyllite; burnished on i nterior a nd exterior. Flat pronounced base. Monochrome. Comments: f rom Room 4 (1983 season). Date: FN–EM I. 15 (HCH 0 5-440; F ig. 3 ). O pen v essel ( cup o r bowl?), b ase a nd b ody s herds. D . o f b ase 6 c m. A coarse f abric ( varies f rom b lack t o r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /8), with ἀ ne-grained p hyllite; b urnished o n i nterior a nd exterior. S hallow o pen v essel w ith b arely Ḁ attened base. Monochrome. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 0 4/34 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 6 ). Date: FN–EM I.

Open Vessel with Lug Handle

16 ( HCH 196; Fig. 3 ). O pen vessel ( cup?) w ith l ug handle, r im s herd w ith h andle. D . o f r im 1 6 c m. A coarse fabric (varies from black to red, 2.5YR 4/8), with phyllite; b urnished o n i nterior a nd e xterior. S traight proἀle with lug handle. Monochrome. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: FN–EM I.

Jar with Strap Handle

17 (HCH 04-287; Fig. 3). Jar with strap handle, handle s herd. M ax. d im. 4 .5 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2.5YR 5 /6), w ith p hyllite; b urnished o n e xterior. Monochrome. Comments: f rom R oom 4 /5 E ntrance, level 4 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-4). Date: FN–EM I.

Monochrome Style, Red Fabric with Phyllite, Burnished Jar

18 (HCH 05-450; Fig. 4). Jar, rim sherd. D. of rim 11.7 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, b etween 2 .5YR 4 /6

and 2 .5YR 5 /6), w ith p hyllite; b urnished o n e xterior. Monochrome. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: FN–EM I.

12

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Scored Style in Phyllite Fabrics The st yle ( Scored S tyle) i s a c lass o f c eramics from E arly M inoan ( EM) I t hat i s c haracterized by parallel scratches on the exterior (for discussion and bibliography, see Betancourt 1985, 31; 2008a, 64; Sakellarakis an d Sapouna-Sakellaraki 1 997, 377). M ost e xamples h ave c ome f rom t he w estern and central parts of Crete. It is represented in the a ssemblage by very few s herds. Fragments of open vessels with both a round and straight proἀle have a surface that is scored horizontally. The ἀ nish suggests use of a comb or brushlike instrument to achieve the parallel scratches. The rarity of this ware may suggest that it was imported f rom elsewhere on Crete. Petrographic analysis (sample no. HCH 04/30) was used to describe this coarse, phyllitic fabric, a metamorphic fabric with epidote.

Open Vessel, EM I

19 ( HCH 0 5-437; F ig. 4 ). O pen v essel, b ody s herd. Max. d im. 4 .5 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8), with phyllite; burnished(?) interior; horizontally scored exterior. Slightly rounded proἀle. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Interior of fabric is black. Scored Style. Parallels: Wilson and Day 2000, pl. 8:164–175 (Knossos). Date: EM I. 20 (HCH 05-438; Fig. 4). Open vessel, body sherd. Max. d im. 2 .8 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /6), with p hyllite; b urnished i nterior; h orizontally s cored exterior. Straight proἀle. Comments: from Room 4, upper l evels ( 1983 s eason). S cored S tyle. A nalyzed b y ceramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/30 ( a l oner containing metamorphic rocks with epidote). Date: FN–EM I.

Monochrome Style, Dark Burnished Fabrics with Phyllite These o pen v essels, b oth w ith a st raight p roἀle, have diameters ranging in size from 10 to 16 cm. The open, conical shape suggests that they are drinking v essels. T he c lay f abrics h ere a re h arder and thinner than those dated to the Final Neolithic period discussed above. Interior and exterior surfaces are well burnished. Dark colors are usual.

Open Vessels

5YR 3/2), with phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Straight proἀle. Monochrome. Comments: from cave e xterior, T rench 11, l evel 1 ( unit H CH 0 3-11-1). Date: EM I. 22 (HCH 04-408; Fig. 4). Cup or bowl or small chalice, r im sherd. D. of r im 16 cm. A c oarse fabric (dark reddish brown, 5 YR 3 /2), w ith phyllite; burnished on interior a nd e xterior. S traight p roἀle. M onochrome. Comments: from cave exterior, Trench 14, level 2 (unit HCH 03-14-2). Date: EM I.

21 ( HCH 0 4-407; Fig. 4 ). C up o r b owl, r im s herd. D. of rim 10 cm. A coarse fabric (dark reddish brown,

Dark Burnished Fabrics without Phyllite, Red to Black Fabric Chalices ( large open vessels supported on c onical b ases) a re t he m ost c ommon s hapes o f t his class. The fabric is hard and thin with burnishing on t he s urface. B ecause t he f abric d oes n ot c ontain a ny phyllite (which is a d istinctive characteristic o f t he l ocal L asithi-Pediada p roduction), t he vessels a re i mports f rom elsewhere on Cr ete. For discussion o f t he s hape, s ee H aggis 1 997. P arallels come from many sites: Wilson 1985, 297–299;

Hood 1990, 369 and ἀg. 1:1, 2; Momigliano 1990, 477–479 (Knossos); Blackman and Branigan 1982, 27–29 (Hagia Kyriaki); Todaro 2001, 17, ἀg. 7 (Hagia Triada); Haggis 1996, 664–668 (Kalo Chorio); Xanthoudides 1918, 156–159 (Pyrgos Cave); Davaras and Betancourt 2004, tomb 1 n o. H N 2484, tomb 7 no. HN 2842-1, tomb 53 no. HN 2773, tomb 85 no. 3972, and others (Hagia Photia).

COARSE FABRICS, NEOLITHIC TO EM I

Chalice, Pyrgos Style

The P yrgos S tyle i s a c lass o f M inoan p ottery with r ed t o d ark s urfaces t hat a re d ecorated w ith burnished l ines ( for d iscussion a nd t he r ange o f shapes, s ee B etancourt 2 008a, 5 6–63). T he c halice is the most common shape in this fabric at Hagios Charalambos. The Pyrgos Style is well known from EM I contexts (for a list of sites in Crete with the Pyrgos Style, see Betancourt 2008a, 59). Various fabrics are present at Hagios Charalambos. 23 (HNM 13,856; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd from waist ( join b etween b owl a nd b ase). D. of w aist 11.3; max. dim. 8.1 cm. An almost black fabric (very dark gray, 2 .5YR N 3/0), t empered w ith f ragments o f c arbonate rock; burnished on interior and exterior. Bowl on a tall conical base. Two incised grooves at the waist. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Pyrgos S tyle. For t he s hape, s ee A lexiou a nd Warren 2004, ἀ g. 6 :15 ( Lebena); K arantzali 2 008, 2 58, ἀ g. 25.15:MH 7 489 ( Pyrgos C ave). A nalyzed b y c eramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/31 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric 4). Date: EM I. 24 (HCH 03-202; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd. Max. dim. 3.8 c m. A m edium-coarse f abric ( red, 10R 5 /6), with calcite and chaff. Open vessel with straight proἀle.

13

Decorated w ith i ncised h orizontal l ines o n e xterior. Comments: f rom c ave e xterior, T rench 1 2 ( unit H CH 03-12-8). Pyrgos Style. Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/27 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 1). Date: EM I. 25 (HCH 86; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd from the bowl. M ax. d im. 3 c m. S traight p roἀle. A m ediumcoarse f abric (reddish b rown, 5 YR 5 /6); b urnished o n interior and exterior. Bowl above conical base. Decoration of burnished horizontal striations on exterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). P yrgos S tyle. Date: EM I. 26 ( HCH 0 4-275; Fig. 4 ). C halice, b ody s herd f rom the bowl. Max. dim. 2.7 cm. Straight proἀle. A mediumcoarse fabric (dusky red, 2.5YR 3/2); burnished on i nterior and exterior. Bowl above conical base. Decoration of burnished zigzag pattern on exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Pyrgos Style. Date: EM I. 27 (HCH 0 4-273; Fig. 4). Chalice, r im sherd. D. of rim 16–18 cm. Straight proἀle. A m edium-coarse fabric (between very dark gray, 2.5YR N3, and dusky red, 2.5YR 3 /2); b urnished o n i nterior a nd e xterior. B owl above conical base. Traces of pattern burnish(?) on exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Pyrgos Style. Date: EM I. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:b.

Dark Burnished Fabrics with Phyllite or Calcite, Red to Brown Fabric Like t he c halices d iscussed a bove, these op en shapes w ere i ntended f or d rinking. T he s hape i s an open vessel supported on a conical base. Most of the fabrics do not contain any calcite inclusions, and t hey do c ontain inclusions of p hyllite, suggesting a d ifferent p roduction f rom t he ca lcitetempered vases. They are substantially redder than those i n t he p receding g roup. T he d ate i s E M I (Wilson 2007, 51–54).

Open Vessels

28 ( HCH 0 4-371; F ig. 4 ). O pen v essel ( chalice?), body sherd. Max. dim. 4.8 cm. A m edium-coarse fabric (brown, 7.5YR 5/4, with the exterior surface dark, between very dark gray, 2.5YR N3, and black, 2.5YR N2.5); b urnished o n e xterior. S traight p roἀle. D ecoration o f b urnished h orizontal s triations on e xterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Pyrgos Style. Date: EM I.

29 ( HCH 0 4-377; F ig. 4 ). O pen v essel ( chalice?), body sherd. Max. dim. 5.8 cm. A medium-coarse fabric ( yellowish red, 5YR 4 /6); burnished on i nterior(?) and exterior. Straight proἀle. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM I.

Chalice

30 (HCH 04-274; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd. Max. dim. 4.9 cm. A m edium-coarse fabric (reddish brown, 2.5YR 4/4), with phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Rounded proἀle. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM I. 31 (HCH 04-355; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd f rom waist (join between bowl and base). D. of waist 14 cm. Straight proἀle. A medium-coarse fabric (dark reddish brown, 5YR 3/4, with the surface dark reddish brown, 5YR 3/2), with ἀ ne-grained phyllite; burnished on interior and exterior. Bowl above conical base. Burnished horizontal lines on the interior and vertical lines on the exterior. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983

14

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 0 4/32 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 6 ). Date: EM I. 32 (HCH 04-272; Fig. 4). Chalice, body sherd. Max. dim. 6 .1 c m. A m edium-coarse f abric ( varies f rom black to red to reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4), with phyllite; burnished o n i nterior a nd exterior. Rounded p roἀle. Burnished horizontal lines on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). For the shape of t he b owl o n a t all b ase, s ee A lexiou a nd W arren 2004, ἀg. 6:15 (Lebena). Date: EM I. 33 (HCH 05-443). Chalice, sherd from base of bowl. Max. dim. 5.6 cm. A medium-coarse fabric (dark reddish g ray, 5 YR 4 /2), w ith c arbonate r ock; b urnished. Black s urface ( 5Y 2 .5/1). S herd s hows w here b ase

joined lower part of bowl. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/33 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 4). Date: EM I.

Goblet

34 (HCH 149; Fig. 5). Goblet, body sherd from waist (join b etween b owl a nd s tem). D. of w aist 3.5 c m. A coarse fabric (reddish brown, between 2.5YR 4/4, and 2.5YR 5/4), with phyllite; burnished interior(?) and exterior. Bowl supported on a stem. Two incised grooves at w aist. Comments: f rom Rooms 1 –3 ( 1982 s eason). Date: EM I.

Monochrome Style in Soft Reddish-Brown to Black Fabric Only a single vessel made in this pale brown to black fabric was recognized from the cave. Too little of the vessel survives to identify the shape.

Open Vessel with Lug Handle

35 ( HCH 123; Fig. 5 ). O pen v essel ( bowl o r s mall chalice?), rim sherd with vertically pierced lug handle. D. of rim 16 cm. A coarse fabric (dark yellowish brown, 10YR 5/6); burnished on interior and exterior. Rounded proἀle, straight rim. Either a bowl or a small chalice. Burnished. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). Date: FN–EM I.

Miniature Vessel with Pierced Lug Handle

The soft fabric of this miniature vessel suggests an early d ate. Too little of t he vessel s urvives to identify the shape. 36 (HCH 04-373; Fig. 5). Miniature open vessel, rim sherd w ith v ertically p ierced l ug h andle. D . o f r im 4 cm. A coarse fabric (reddish brown, 5YR 5/8). Straight proἀle. Dark slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM I.

Monochrome Style in Calcite-Tempered Fabric with Variegated Color Only one example of this vessel has been identiἀed. The diameter of the rim may suggest that the jug was of average size, intended for pouring, and not a miniature.

Large Jug with Pointed Spout

37 (HCH 04-404; Fig. 5). Jug, rim sherds with spout and h andle s car. D. of r im 7 c m, n ot i ncluding s pout.

A coarse fabric (red, 10R 5/6), with calcite and chaff. Irregularly colored surface ranging from light reddish brown ( 5YR 6 /3) t o d ark r eddish g ray ( 5YR 4 /2) t o very dark gray (5YR 3/1); burnished on interior of rim and exterior. Rounded proἀle, pointed spout, outturned rim. I ncised b and a t n eck. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , upper levels (1983 season). Analyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample no. HCH 0 4/22 ( Hagios C haralambos Fabric Group 1). Date: EM I.

4

Coarse and Fine Fabrics, EM I–IIA

Hagios Onouphrios Style A few examples of the Hagios Onouphrios Style (called H agios O nouphrios W are w hen m ade o f Cretan South Coast Fabric) were found in the ceramic assemblage. This class is made of fabrics with a pa le c olor d ecorated w ith r ed l inear o rnament. It i s a h allmark of E M I ( Branigan 1970a, 23–27; Blackman and Branigan 1982, 29–32; Wilson 2 007; B etancourt 2 008a, 47–53). A long w ith the Pyrgos Style chalices and the two examples of the Scored Style, discussed above, EM I i s represented by several vessels discussed in this chapter. An open vessel w ith st raight proἀle a nd a j ug, for pouring, are the most diagnostic examples. The jug has the typical painted linear decoration of the Hagios O nouphrios S tyle. P etrographic a nalysis was used to provide a description of this ἀnely textured ca lcareous f abric w ith r ounded s andstones (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 11).

Open Vessel

38 (HCH 61; Fig. 5). Open vessel, body sherd. Max. dim. 6 .6 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 5/6); burnished on interior and exterior. Straight proἀle. Burnished, no paint survives. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Probably Hagios Onouphrios Style. The sherd is assigned to this date on the basis of the fabric. Date: EM I–IIA.

Jugs

39 (HCH 04-278; Fig. 5). Jug with wide mouth, complete proἀle. H. (excluding spout) 9.3; d. of rim 8; d. of base 6 .1 c m. A c oarse, p ale f abric ( pink, 7.5YR 7 /4); slipped a nd b urnished o n e xterior. R ounded p roἀle, straight rim, Ḁat base. Decoration of two thin horizontal bands at rim, four thin diagonal bands from rim to mid body, t hree horizontal bands at base. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Hagios Onouphrios Style. Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no.

16

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

04/36 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 11), containing s andstone a nd p hyllite f ragments. Date: E M I IA. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 5 54, ἀ g. 9 :4; B etancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:c. 40 ( HCH 0 4-321; F ig. 5 ). J ug, h andle s herd. M ax. dim. 4.8 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (very pale brown, 10YR 8.4); burnished on exterior. Rounded proἀle. No paint survives. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Probably Hagios Onouphrios Style. Date: EM I. 41 (HCH 75; Fig. 5). Jug, base sherd. D. of base 6 cm. A ἀ ne, p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 8 /4); s lipped a nd b urnished on exterior. Rounded proἀle. Decoration of thin diagonal l ines, s ome c ross-hatched. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Hagios Onouphrios Style. Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 0 4/35 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 1 1). Date: EM I. 42 (HCH 06-457; Fig. 5). Jug, sherd from base of neck. D . o f n eck 2 .8 c m. A ἀ ne, p ale f abric ( reddish

yellow, 5 YR 6/6); s lipped a nd b urnished o n exterior. Rounded p roἀle. D ecoration o f d iagonal l ines. Comments: f rom R ooms 3 –4 ( 1983 s eason). H agios O nouphrios Style. Date: EM I. 43 ( HCH 0 2-138; Fig. 5 ). J ug(?), b ody s herd. M ax. dim. 3.7 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6); slipped (pink, 7.5YR 7/4) and burnished on exterior. Red lines. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance (unit H CH 0 2-2/3-Surface). H agios O nouphrios S tyle. Date: EM I. 44 (HCH 02-140; Fig. 5). Jug, body sherd with handle. Max. d im. 5.2 c m. A ἀ ne, p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5YR 7/6); slipped and burnished on exterior. Traces of red slip, probably lines. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 ( unit HCH 02-2/3-3). Possibly Hagios Onouphrios Style. Date: EM I.

Koumasa Style Pottery with Pale Fabrics, EM IIA The Koumasa Style is a l oosely related series of styles using black linear ornament on pale pottery (for the style, see Branigan 1970a, 28–29, where it is called Hagios Onouphrios II; see also Blackman and B ranigan 1 982, 2 9–32; B etancourt 1 983, 4 1– 43). S everal s hapes i n t his st yle a re p resent h ere. They include cups, bowls, and spouted vessels. The surfaces are burnished and decorated in the typical, linear dark-on-light decoration.

Cup

45 (HCH 04-303; Fig. 5). Cup with horizontal handle, complete proἀle. H. 5.6; d. of rim 10.5; d. of base 7 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Straight proἀle, h orizontal h andle, s traight r im, s traight b ase. Decoration of d ark band on i nterior of r im a nd top of rim. Added white: short d iagonal l ines on t op of r im. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. Date: EM IIA. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:c.

Wide-Mouthed Vessel

46 (HCH 04-353; Fig. 6). Wide-mouthed vessel, rim, handle, and base sherds.. H. 9; d. of rim 12; d. of base 6.9 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle, vertical handle with eliptical section. Decoration of dark band on interior of rim and bands and dark cross-hatching on exterior of rim.

Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. Date: EM IIA.

Wide-Mouthed Vessel with Spout

47 ( HCH 0 4-286; F ig. 6 ). W ide-mouthed v essel, spout s herd. M ax. d im. 8 .9; l ength o f s pout 4 c m. A ἀne, pale fabric ( pink, 7.5YR 7/4); burnished on interior and exterior. Rounded proἀle, open spout, straight rim. D ecoration o f t wo t hin, d ark v ertical b ands o n spout, h orizontal b ands a nd c ross h atching a t r im. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. For the shape, see Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 20:41 (Lebena). Date: EM IIA. 48 (HCH 7 4; F ig. 6 ). W ide-mouthed v essel w ith bridged spout, rim sherd with spout. D. of rim 12 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Dark band of crosshatched lines at rim, two dark bands partly around the spout, band at base of spout, and tip of spout painted. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. For the shape, see Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀgs. 20:46, 47 (Lebena). Date: EM IIA. 49 (HCH 04-285, Fig. 6). Wide-mouthed vessel with bridged s pout, r im sherd w ith s pout. D. of r im 16 c m. A ἀ ne, p ale f abric ( between p ink, 5 YR 7 /4, a nd l ight reddish brown, 5YR 6 /4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, bridged spout, straight rim. Decoration of dark horizontal b and o n i nterior a nd e xterior o f r im, v ertical b and on spout. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. For the shape, see Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 20:41 (Lebena). Date: EM IIA.

COARSE AND FINE FABRICS, EM I–IIA

50 ( HCH 0 4-279; F ig. 6 ). W ide-mouthed v essel with u nknown s pout, r im sherd. D. of r im 22–26 c m. A ἀne, pale fabric (pink, 5YR 8/3); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Decoration of dark band on interior of rim,

17

diagonally c ross-hatched a rea o n e xterior n ear r im. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Koumasa Style. Date: EM IIA.

Monochrome Style, Pale Burnished, EM IIA The Monochrome Style consists of vessels that are either unpainted, covered with a u niform coat of slip, or wiped and burnished over the entire surface ( for d iscussion o f t he st yle, s ee B etancourt 2008a, 65–71). The style is very common in Crete from EM I to MM II. If the surface is in poor condition or missing, as with many of the vases from this cave, it can be difἀcult or impossible to know if decoration was originally present. The bowl in this class was probably imported for its own sake, but among the other vessels are containers t hat w ere m ore l ikely u sed i n L asithi f or their contents. This group includes a pyxis, a group of rather irregular jugs in small sizes, and a g roup of small cylindrical jugs. All of these vessels have the low-ἀred, pale, burnished fabrics typical of EM IIA. T he cylindrical jugs a re made f rom a n especially ἀnely textured, pale fabric, and their surfaces are very heavily burnished. Perhaps they held a special oil or perfume. An unpublished parallel for the cylindrical jug is known from Myrsini, near the northeastern coast of Crete.

Bowl with Horizontal Handle

51 ( HCH 0 4-356; F ig. 6 ). B owl, l ower p art. D . o f base 7.8 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric ( pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Conical container, horizontal handle placed low on the body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Dated by the quality of the soft, heavily burnished pale fabric. Parallels: the shape is related to a bowl from EM I with a rounded base (Hood 1990, ἀg. 1:8, 9 [Knossos]), but the base is Ḁat in this example. Date: EM IIA.

Cylindrical Jug

52 (HCH 02-41; Fig. 6 ; Pl. 1). Cylindrical jug, partial proἀle with handle scar. H. 4.9; d. of opening 1.8; d. of base 6.8 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (yellowish red, 5YR 5/6); slipped or self-slipped and burnished. White slip on exterior. Straight proἀle and small neck. Comments:

from t he R oom 4 /5 E ntrance ( unit H CH 0 2-2/3 E nt). Parallels: Myrsini (unpublished). Date: EM IIA. 53 (HCH 02-146; Fig. 6). Cylindrical jug, body sherd with handle. Max. dim. 4.5 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7/6); slipped or s elf-slipped a nd burnished. Straight proἀle and small neck. Comments: from Room 3, cleaning (unit HCH 02-2-1). Parallels: see 52. Date: EM IIA. 54 ( HCH 0 3-225; F ig. 6 ). C ylindrical j ug, b ody sherd with handle. Max. dim. 4.4 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6); s lipped o r s elf-slipped a nd burnished. Straight proἀle and small neck. Comments: from Room 5, area 3, level 5 (unit HCH 02-5-3-5). Parallels: see 52. Date: EM IIA.

Conical, Irregular Jug The handmade jug with a w ide base and an irregular but generally conical shape can be dated to EM IIA (for the date, see Soles 1992, pl. 4:G I-4, from Gournia). 55 ( HNM 1 3,842; F ig. 6 ; P l. 1). C onical j ug, l ower part. Rest. h. ca. 7.5; d. of base 9.5 cm. A m ediumcoarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). C onical s hape, w ide base, and irregular walls and surface. Comments: from Room 5 , a rea 3 , l evel 5 ( unit H CH 0 2-5-3-5). Parallels: Marinatos 1929, 112, ἀg. 9, lower row second from right (Krasi); Soles 1992, pl. 4:G I-4 (Gournia, Tomb I). Date: EM IIA. 56 (HCH 171; Fig. 6). Conical jug, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 6; d. of base 6.8 cm. A medium-coarse fabric (yellowish red, 5YR 5/8). Conical shape, wide base, and irregular w alls a nd s urface. Comments: from R oom 4 , upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: see 55. Date: EM IIA. 57 ( HCH 1 56; F ig. 6 ). C onical j ug, t hree-quarters com­plete. Rest. h . ca. 10–12; p res. h . 8 .0 cm. A medium-coarse f abric ( between r eddish y ellow, 5 YR 7/6, and pink, 5YR 7/4). Conical shape, wide base, and irregular w alls a nd s urface. Comments: f rom R oom 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: see 55. Date: EM IIA.

18

Pyxis

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

58 (HCH 82; Fig. 6). Pyxis, body sherd. Rest. h. ca. 10–12; d. of rim ca. 7 cm. An atypical fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Vertical neck, rounded body, and lugs on

upper sho ulder. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Parallels: for the shape, see Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 27:318 (Lebena). Date: EM IIA?

5

Dark Burnished Offering Tables in Monochrome Style with Coarse Phyllite Fabric, EM I–IIA

A notable a ddition t o t he H agios C haralambos ceramic assemblage (which, as a whole, is largely made up of both locally m ade a nd i mported vessels for pouring and drinking) is a local or regional production consisting of open vessels that may have been used as offering tables. Unique and usually restricted to burial contexts, the shape begins in E M I w ith a s hallow f orm t hat h as o utturned sides ( Hood 1990, ἀ g. 2 :18), b ut t he m ain d evelopment ( with m ore v ertical s ides) i s i n E M I IA. The main period is dated by evidence that comes from Tholos Tomb Gamma at Archanes (Papadatos 2005, 14, no. P 78) and from Tomb I at Gournia (Soles 1992, 13–14, nos. G I-15, G I-16). The date is reinforced by the EM IIA stratigraphy of a dark, burnished, coarse fabric in the West Court House at Knossos (Wilson 1985, 353). The shape is a shallow, circular receptacle with a Ḁat bottom and low, slightly Ḁared to almost straight walls (range of height is 2.2–3.5 cm), attached to a short, cylindrical stem. Plastic decoration is sometimes applied to the surface of the underside of the

vessel in the form of raised concentric rings, bosses, and (in one example with no parallel), a r adiating motif. The function of these objects, sometimes considered to be lids or stands, seems more reasonable as an offering table. Although considered lids by Xanthoudides (1924, 10), B anti (1930–1931, 166–167), and Pendlebury (1939, 65), both Xanthoudides and Pendlebury acknowledged the absence of vases that would h ave b een c overed b y s uch l ids. W hile w e may consider that as lids they covered an object or vessel made from a perishable material, the fact that no matching vase exists holds true for all extant examples. Evans and Seager considered the examples from Mochlos to be fruitstands (Evans 1921–1935, I, 75; Seager 1912, 18, 20, 71). Soles argued further t hat t he hollow p edestals a nd wear on t he i nterior a lso s uggest t hat t hey w ere u sed a s st ands (Soles 1 992, 2 6). W hen w e c onsider f ruitstands from subsequent periods like, for example, the elaborate MM II Kamares Ware stands (see Betancourt 1985, pl. 10:D), it seems that the early stands

20

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

are reasonable predecessors on structural elements alone. The interpretation as a container is corroborated by an example from EM I consisting of a plate on a st and, w hich c ould n ever b e u sed a s a c over (Boyd 1905, 180, ἀg. 1:Gie). What s peaks l oudly i n t he a rgument f or f unction is the consistency of contexts for most examples. P ublished c ontexts a re c ommunal p rimary burials o r s econdary os suaries. I t i s a ppropriate that o bjects d esigned f or o fferings w ere p resent there. F urther, f rom L ebena ( Alexiou a nd W arren 2004, 31), the authors believe an example was found i n s itu, r esting o n t he p edestal b ase. W ith regard t o s hape a nd c onsistency of ἀ nd s pots (in burial contexts), it therefore seems reasonable that we m ay r egard t hese o bjects a s h andheld, p ortable offering t ables. T hey m ay h ave held a n offering and may have been carried in addition to being placed down on the Ḁat surface of the cylindrical stem. As such, the tables are evidence for ritual at the occasion of primary burial. The offering t ables a re m ade of a c oarse, red t o brown fabric in the Monochrome Style. The surface is black, and the exterior and interior are highly burnished. Fabric s amples w ere a nalyzed p etrographically, a nd t he p resence o f p hyllite a nd s andstone inclusions i ndicates t hat t he fabric is t ypical of t he Lasithi production (in App. A, the fabric is the Lasithi Red Fabric Group 2). Consequently, the distribution of parallels is important evidence for export out of t he L asithi r egion. Moreover, t he d istribution of these specialized items is extensive, as parallels are known from elsewhere in Lasithi, the northern coast of Crete, the Mesara, and the southeastern coast of Crete. Examples are known from the following sites: Sphoungaras (Hawes et al. 1908, ἀg. 37:3), Trapeza (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935– 1936, 53), Malia (Pelon 1970, ἀg. 3, pl. 24), Mochlos (Seager 1 912, 1 8, 7 1), G ournia ( Soles 1 992, ἀ gs. 5, 10, p ls. 5, 11), M yrsini ( unpublished), K oumasa (Xanthoudides 1924, pls. 18, 20), Platanos (Gerontakou 2003, 309, no. 16), Lebena (Alexiou and Warren 2 004, p ls. 7 b, 5 8b, 5 8c), A rchanes ( Papadatos 2005, 14, n o. P 78), K nossos ( Hood 1990, 373, ἀ g. 2:18; Wilson 2007, 55, ἀg. 2.4:7), and Pyrgos (Xanthoudides 1918, 152, ἀg. 12). The t ypology o f t he o ffering t ables s hows 1 2 variations o f p lastic d ecoration t hat a re a dded t o the basic shape (Table 5.1). The plastic decoration is found on t he u nderside of t he vessel body. T he

descriptive t erms “ inner a nd o uter” r efer t o t he placement of decoration with regard to where it occurs in proximity to the outer rim. Concentric ridges occur i n pairs or singly. Bosses occur, t hree i n number, in sets of three or four.

Type B

59 (HNM 12,569; Fig. 7). Offering table, complete. H. 10.6; d. of rim 21.5; d. of base 6.4 cm. A coarse fabric ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /6), w ith p hyllite; b lack b urnished surface o n i nterior a nd e xterior. S hallow, c ircular r eceptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, Ḁared walls (h. 3.5), attached t o a s hort, cy lindrical s tem ( handle). P lastic decoration o f o ne r idge o n u nderside o f b owl. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Type B. Date: EM IIA. 60 (HCH 04-391; Fig. 7). Offering table, side of bowl. D. of rim 19.7 cm . A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR between 4/6 and 5/6), with phyllite; black burnished surface on interior a nd e xterior. S hallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat bottom a nd low, Ḁared walls ( h. 2.8) attached t o a short, cy lindrical s tem ( handle). P lastic d ecoration o f one ridge on underside of bowl. Comments: from Room 1 (1982 season). Surface is mottled black t o r ed. Type B. Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/38, H agios C haralambos F abric G roup 2 a ( Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM IIA.

Type D

61 ( HNM 12,570; Fig. 7). Offering t able, complete. H. 10.2; d . of r im 21.4; d . of b ase ( handle) 6 .2 c m. A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 4/6), with phyllite; black burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, circular receptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, Ḁared walls (h. 3.5), attached to a s hort, cy lindrical stem ( handle). P lastic decoration of two inner ridges and two outer ridges on underside of bowl. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976– 1983 s easons). Type D. Parallels: Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, pl. 9:404 (Trapeza Cave). Date: E M I IA. Bibl: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 556, ἀg. 10:16.

Type E

62 (HCH 04-389; Fig. 7). Offering table, rim sherd. D. of rim 18 cm. A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 3/4), with phyllite; black burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat b ottom a nd low, Ḁared walls (h. 2.2), attached to a s hort, cylindrical s tem ( handle). P lastic d ecoration o f i nner r idges and two outer ridges on the underside of the bowl, and an unknown number of sets of three bosses. Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Surface is mottled black to red. Type E. Date: EM IIA.

DARK BURNISHED OFFERING TABLES IN MONOCHROME STYLE WITH COARSE PHYLLITE FABRIC Type

Description

21

Examples Gournia: G I-15, G II-8 (Soles 1992, ἀgs. 5, 10, pls. 5, 11)

A

Myrsini: HNM 11,980, unpublished

No plastic decoration

Trapeza: 402, 411 (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 53) B

One inner ridge

Hagios Charalambos: 59, 60

C

One outer ridge

Trapeza: 406, 407, 408, 409 (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 53)

D

Two inner ridges, two outer ridges

Trapeza: 404 (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 53) Hagios Charalambos: 61

E

Three inner ridges, two outer ridges, three sets of three bosses

Hagios Charalambos: 62, 63, 64

F

Three inner ridges, three outer ridges

Trapeza: 403, 405 (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 53)

G

Three inner ridges, two outer ridges

Trapeza: 401 (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 53)

H

Three inner ridges, two outer ridges, four sets of bosses

Gournia: G I-16 (Soles 1992, ἀgs. 5, 10, pls. 5, 11)

I

One inner ridge, four sets of three “rays” joined at one end extending outward

Hagios Charalambos: 65

J

Bowl shape with no plastic decoration

Lebena: Tomb I 38, Tomb II 222, 223 (Alexiou and Warren 2004, pls. 7, 58B, 58C)

K

Flared walls and incised decoration of “rays”

Mochlos: Seager 1912, 71

L

One inner ridge, one outer ridge, three single bosses; tall straight walls

Mochlos: Seager 1912, 71 Koumasa: unpublished

Table 5.1. Typology of EM IIA offering tables.

63 (HCH 04-390; Fig. 7). Offering table, rim sherd. D. of rim 18 cm. A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/4), with phyllite; black burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat b ottom a nd low, Ḁared walls (h. 2.5) attached to a short, cylindrical stem ( handle). P lastic d ecoration o f i nner r idges a nd two outer ridges on the underside of the bowl, and sets of t hree b osses. Comments: f rom R oom 1 ( 1982 s eason). Surface is mottled black to red. Type E. Analyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/37, H agios Charalambos Fabric Group 2a (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM IIA. 64 (HNM 12,568; Fig. 8; Pl. 1). Offering table, complete. H. 10.3; d. of rim 18.5; d. of base (handle) 6.3 cm. A c oarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 4 /6), w ith phyllite; black burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, circular receptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, Ḁared walls (h. 2.8) attached to a s hort, cylindrical stem ( handle). Plastic d ecoration of t hree i nner r idges a nd t wo outer ridges on the bottom of the bowl, and three sets of three bosses. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1976–1983 s easons). Type E. Date: EM IIA.

Type I

65 ( HCH 1 ; F ig. 8 ). O ffering t able, c omplete. H . 9.2; d. of rim 22; d. of base (handle) 6.8 cm. A c oarse fabric ( reddish b rown, 5 YR 4 /4), w ith p hyllite; b lack burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, circular receptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, Ḁared walls (h. 3 ) a ttached t o a short, cy lindrical s tem ( handle). Plastic d ecoration o f o ne i nner r idge a nd f our s ets o f three “ rays” j oined t o t he i nner r idge a t o ne e nd a nd “radiating” o utward. Comments: m ended f rom s herds from t he R oom 4 /5 E ntrance ( unit H CH 0 2-3/4 E nt) and Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). Surface is mottled black to red. Type I. Date: EM IIA.

Offering Table with Unknown Plastic Decoration

66 (HCH 24; Fig. 8). Offering table, rim sherd. Max. dim. 2 .6 c m. A c oarse f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 3 /6), w ith phyllite; black burnished surface on interior and exterior. Shallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat b ottom a nd

22

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

low, almost straight walls attached to a short, cylindrical s tem ( handle). Unknown plastic d ecoration. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM IIA. 67 ( HCH 126; Fig. 8 ). O ffering t able, b ase ( handle) sherd. H . 6 c m. A c oarse f abric ( ranges f rom b lack t o red, 2.5YR 4 /4), with phyllite; black burnished surface (not high burnish) on interior and exterior. Shallow, circular receptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, almost straight walls, attached to a short, cylindrical stem (handle). Unknown plastic decoration. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 s eason). S urface i s m ottled b lack t o r ed. Date: EM IIA. 68 (HNM 13,885, formerly HCH 02-76; Fig. 8). Offering t able, base ( handle) sherd. H. 5.7 c m. A c oarse fabric (ranges from black to red, 2.5YR 4/8), with phyllite; black burnished surface (not high burnish) on interior a nd e xterior. S hallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat bottom and low, almost straight walls, attached to a short, cylindrical stem (handle). Unknown plastic decoration. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 3 (unit HCH 02-5-5-3). Date: EM IIA. 69 (HCH 05-409; Fig. 8). Offering table, rim sherd. D. of b ody c a. 14; m ax. d im. 4 .4 c m. A c oarse f abric (light r eddish b rown, 2 .5YR 6 /4) w ith p hyllite; b lack burnished surface (not high burnish) on interior and exterior. Shallow, circular receptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, almost straight walls, attached to a s hort cylindrical s tem ( handle). U nknown p lastic d ecoration. Comments: from Room 4 (1976–1983 season). Analyzed by

ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/1, Hagios Cha‑ ralambos Fabric 2A ( Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM IIA. 70 (HCH 05-439; Fig. 8). Offering table, handle and body sherds. Max. dim. 6.8 c m. A coarse fabric (reddish b rown, 5 YR 4 /3), w ith p hyllite; b lack burnished surface o n i nterior a nd e xterior. S hallow, c ircular r eceptacle with Ḁat bottom and low, almost straight walls, attached to a short cylindrical stem (handle). Unknown plastic decoration. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). S urface m ottled b lack t o b rown. A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/39, H agios Charalambos Fabric Group 2a (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM IIA.

Small Unburnished Offering Table with Unknown Plastic Decoration

71 (HCH 05-435; Fig. 8). Offering table, rim sherds. D. o f r im 16 c m. A c oarse f abric ( between l ight r ed, 2.5YR 6 /6, a nd r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /6), w ith p hyllite; b lack burnished s urface ( not h igh b urnish) o n i nterior a nd exterior. S hallow, c ircular r eceptacle w ith Ḁat b ottom and low, almost straight walls, attached to a s hort, cylindrical s tem ( handle). U nknown p lastic d ecoration. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). S urface mottled black to red. Date: EM IIA.

6

Vasiliki Ware and Its Imitations, EM IIB

Several e xamples o f V asiliki W are i mported from the area of the Gulf of Mirabello, as well as imitations, a re present i n t he a ssemblage (for d iscussion of this pottery, see Betancourt 1979). The examples of true Vasiliki Ware include a spouted goblet and jugs in a r ange of sizes. The burnished and mottled s urface (ranging f rom black to red), that of true Vasiliki Ware, survives on most examples. Typical details, such as a pronounced base, a groove above the base, and “eyes” or bosses on the rim, are present.

The p resence o f Vasiliki Ware, t he h allmark o f EM IIB, contributes nicely to our chronological continuum l inking t he e arlier EM I IA Koumasa Style with the later EM III–MM I p ottery with light-ondark d ecoration. T his d emonstrates c ontinuity o f occupation f or t he c ommunity r epresented b y t his deposit. T he presence of Vasiliki Ware a nd its i mitations, b oth l ocal t o t he L asithi r egion a nd f rom elsewhere, i s f urther e vidence f or e arly t rade r elationships with production centers on the north coast of Crete.

Vasiliki Ware Vasiliki Ware o ften c ontains small g rains of granodiorite, a r ock that is only present in the region o f t he G ulf o f M irabello t hat e xtends f rom Gournia o n t he e ast t o P riniatikos P yrgos a nd

Kalo Chorio on the west (Fig. 1; Dierckx and Tsi­ kouras 2 007). I ts s urface i s s lipped, b urnished, and ἀ red t o c reate a m ottled s urface w ith c olors ranging from red to brown to black.

24

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Spouted Goblet

Spouted goblets a re not a s c ommon a s t he u nspouted variety. They consist of bowls with small spouts b ut n o h andles. T hey a re s upported o n small bases.

72 (HCH 62; Fig. 9). Spouted goblet, spout sherd. Max. d im. 4.4 cm. A p ale fabric ( between p ink, 5 YR 7/3, and light reddish brown, 5YR 6/3); burnished. Dark slip (traces). Slightly rounded proἀle. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Ware. For discussion of t he s hape, s ee B etancourt 1979, 3 4; for p arallels of the shape, see Hall 1912, 47, ἀg. 21:a, f (Sphoungaras); Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:C (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB.

Jugs, Small Size

Vasiliki Ware jugs have piriform bodies and low or tall vertical spouts. A vertical handle is opposite the s pout, a nd a s mall g roove is sometimes present above the base. A few jugs have small knobs at the sides of the spout. Two small jugs (73, 74), four medium jugs (75–78), and one large jug (79) were recovered from the cave.

73 (HNM 12,422; Fig. 9; Pl. 1). Small jug, complete proἀle. H. 7; d. of base 3.6 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /8); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle, r aised spout. S lipped a nd b urnished, m ottled b lack t o r ed. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Ware. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:M (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. 74 (HNM 12,460; Fig. 9; Pl. 1). Small jug, complete proἀle. H . 7 ; d . o f b ase 4 .6 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 7.5YR 7/6); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle, r aised s pout, bosses on either side of neck, handle with circular section. Dark slip. Surface mottled black to red. Comments: from R ooms 1 –4 (1983 s eason). Vasiliki Ware. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:M (Vasiliki). Date: EM I IB. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 554–555, ἀg. 9:5.

Jugs, Medium Size

75 (HCH 131; Fig. 9). Medium jug, almost complete proἀle. Spout opening 2 .5; h . 16.5; d . of b ase 5.8–6.2 cm. A p ale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded p roἀle, r aised s pout, h andle w ith c ircular s ection. Dark s lip, l ight r ed ( 2.5YR 6 /8). S urface m ottled r ed to b lack. Comments: from R ooms 1–4 (1983 s eason). Vasiliki Ware. Date: EM IIB. 76 ( HCH 107; Fig. 9 ). M edium j ug, b ase s herd. D. of b ase 4 .2 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle, p ronounced b ase. D ark s lip. Surface m ottled (varies f rom l ight r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8, t o

red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). Comments: from R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 season). Vasiliki Ware. Date: EM IIB. 77 ( HCH 144; Fig. 9). Medium jug, b ase sherd. D. of b ase 4 .1 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4); b urnished. Rounded proἀle, conical shape at base, incised horizontal g roove a t b ase. S urface m ottled ( light r eddish brown, 2.5YR 6/6, to light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Comments: f rom R oom 1 –3 (1982 s eason). Vasiliki Ware. Date: EM IIB. 78 (HCH 102; Fig. 9). Medium jug, body sherd with spout and handle. Max. dim. 6.8; d. of opening 1.4 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, small neck and small raised spout, handle with circular section. Surface m ottled black t o r ed. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Ware. Date: EM IIB.

Jug, Large Size

79 (HCH 04-276+277; Fig. 9). Large jug, spout, handle, and body sherds. Rest. h. 27; d. of opening 6.8 cm. A ἀne fabric (between pink, 5YR 7/4, and light reddish brown, 5 YR 6 /4); b urnished. P iriform s hape, u praised spout, h andle w ith c ircular s ection. D ark s lip. S urface mottled black to brown to red. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Ware. A nalyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/2 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 7b), conἀrming that this sherd was an import from the region of the Gulf of Mirabello. Parallels: for t he shape, s ee B etancourt 1985, ἀ g. 27:J ( Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:d.

Closed Vessels, Probably Jugs

80 (HCH 158; Fig. 9). Jug(?), body sherd with edge of handle. D. of opening 1.8; max. dim. 7.8 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, rounded c arination a t s houlder, h andle w ith c ircular s ection. Dark slip (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Surface mottled black to red to brown. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 seasons). Vasiliki Ware. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:I (Sphoungaras). Date: EM IIB. 81 (HCH 159; Fig. 9). Jug(?), body sherd. Max. dim. 3.9 c m. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6); burnished. R ounded p roἀle, r ounded c arination a t s houlder. Surface mottled black to brown to red. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1982 seasons). Vasiliki Ware. Parallels: for the probable shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:I (Sphoungaras). Date: EM IIB. 82 (HCH 103; Fig. 9). Jug(?), body sherd. Max. dim. 5.6 c m. A p ale f abric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /4); burnished. Rounded carination at shoulder. Dark slip. Surface mottled black to brown. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 ( 1983 s eason). V asiliki W are. P arallels: f or t he probable shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:I (Sphoungaras). Date: EM IIB.

VASILIKI WARE AND ITS IMITATIONS, EM IIB

25

Vasiliki Style Imitations in Pale Fabrics Imitations of Vasiliki Ware made from pale fabrics of u nknown origin copy t he t ypical shapes of the mottled pottery. They include both goblets and jugs. On m ost examples t he s urface condition is poor, so i t is difἀcult to discern how the i mitation of the mottled surface of true Vasiliki Ware is handled. Nevertheless, some examples have a dark slip. Details such as a r aised spout, pronounced base, a groove above the base, and “eyes” or bosses on the rim are present.

Goblet (Egg Cup)

83 ( HNM 13,843; Fig. 9 ; Pl. 1). G oblet, r im sherd. D. of rim 6.2 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Rounded bowl on Ḁared, hollow stem/base. Surface m issing. Comments: from R oom 1 ( 1976–1983 seasons). Vasiliki S tyle. Parallels: f or t he shape, s ee the list of parallels given by Betancourt 1979, ἀg. 11:1– 6, a nd a dd Betancourt a nd Davaras, eds., 2003, 8, 77, nos. 1.11, 9.35–9.41 (Pseira). Date: EM IIB. 84 (HCH 141; Fig. 9). Goblet, base sherd. D. of base 5 cm. A pale fabric (between pink, 5YR 7/4, and reddish y ellow, 5YR 7 /6, w ith a l ight g ray core); b urnished(?). Rounded bowl on Ḁared, hollow stem/base. Dark slip varies f rom black to red (2.5YR 5/8). Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: f or t he s hape, s ee B etancourt 1 985, ἀ g. 2 7:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. 85 (HCH 142; Fig. 9). Goblet, base sherd. D. of base 4 cm. A pale fabric (between pink, 5YR 7/4, and reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6, with a l ight gray core); burnished(?). Rounded b owl on Ḁared, h ollow stem/base. D ark slip from black to red (2.5YR 5/8). Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. 86 ( HCH 0 4-305; F ig. 9 ). G oblet, b ase s herd. D. o f base ca. 6 cm. A coarse pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 6/6), b urnished(?). R ounded b owl o n Ḁ ared, h ollow stem/base. Surface i n poor condition. Comments: f rom Rooms 1 –3 ( 1976–1983 s easons, u nit H CH-Dump). Vasiliki S tyle. Parallels: f or t he s hape, s ee B etancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB.

Jug, Small Size

87 ( HCH 1 29; F ig. 9 ). S mall j ug, a lmost c omplete rounded proἀle. D. of base 3.7 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7 /4); b urnished. Slipped a nd b urnished, m ottled black to red (2.5YR 6/6). Comments: from Room 4, upper l evels (1983 s eason). Vasiliki S tyle. Parallels: f or the s hape, s ee B etancourt 1 985, ἀ g. 2 7:M ( Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB.

Jug, Carinated

88 ( HNM 1 2,417; F ig. 1 0). C arinated j ug, a lmost complete. H. 10; d. of base 4.5 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished(?). Rounded proἀle, rounded carination at shoulder, small neck, short spout, handle w ith c ircular s ection. D ark slip not well p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4 (1983 season). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: for the shape, see Hall 1912, 47, ἀg. 21:c and Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:I (Sphoungaras). Date: EM IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:j. 89 ( HNM 1 2,425; F ig. 10; P l. 1). C arinated j ug, a lmost complete. H. 9.3; d . of base 4.2 c m. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6); burnished(?). Rounded p roἀle, rounded carination at shoulder, small neck, short spout, h andle w ith c ircular s ection, p ronounced b ase. Surface mostly missing. Comments: from Room 1 (1976– 1983 seasons). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB.

Jug, Globular Body with Incised Dashes

90 ( HNM 1 2,418; F ig. 10; P l. 1). G lobular j ug, a lmost c omplete. H . 12; d . of b ase 6 c m. A p ale f abric (light reddish brown, 2.5YR 6/4); probably burnished. Globular proἀle, small neck, handle with circular section, i ncised g roove above base. Decoration of double lines of incised dots at neck and mid body. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 s easons). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: f or a V asiliki W are j ug w ith i ncised d ots, see Hall 1914, ἀg. 46, upper right (Priniatikos Pyrgos). Date: EM IIB.

Vasiliki Style Imitations in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group The pottery workshops that made ceramics somewhere in the Lasithi region also produced copies of

the Vasiliki Style. The vases, recognizable because they use the Lasithi Red Fabric Group, include the

26

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

spouted conical bowl, the goblet, and both small and larger jugs. Like the originals and the copies in pale fabrics, include both drinking and pouring vessels.

Spouted Conical Bowl

91 ( HNM 1 2,449; F ig. 1 0). S pouted c onical b owl, complete. H . 5 .3; d . o f r im u neven; d . o f b ase 8 c m. La­sithi Red Fabric Group, light red (2.5YR 6/8); possibly burnished. Conical shape, open spout at r im opposite a small knob, groove above the base. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). V asiliki Style. This bowl copies most aspects of the East Cretan bowls, including the groove above the base, but the proportions are not the same (this bowl is more shallow). Parallels: for the genuine Vasiliki Ware spouted conical bowl, see the list published by Betancourt 1979, 34– 35, and add Betancourt and Davaras, eds., 2003, 65, 78, nos. 7.11, 9.49 (Pseira). Date: EM IIB.

Goblets

92 (HNM 13,841; Fig. 10; Pl. 1). Goblet, almost complete. H. 7.5; d. of rim 8.8; d. of base 4.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Rounded bowl on Ḁared stem/base. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. 93 (HCH 13; Fig. 10). Goblet, base sherd. Max. dim. 3.9 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6/8); b urnished(?). R ounded b owl o n Ḁared, h ollow stem/base. Surface in poor condition. Comments: from Room 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). V asiliki S tyle. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB. 94 (HCH 190; Fig. 10). Goblet, base sherd. Max. dim. 5.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4); burnished(?). Rounded bowl on Ḁared, hollow stem/base. Dark slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Vasiliki Style. Parallels: for the shape, see Betancourt 1985, ἀg. 27:H (Vasiliki). Date: EM IIB.

Jugs, Medium Size

95 (HCH 29; Fig. 10). Medium jug, upper part with upper part o f h andle. M ax. dim. 7.1 c m. Lasithi R ed

Fabric G roup (2.5YR 4 /6). Low spout, bosses on side of spout, handle w ith circular section attached at r im. Surface i n p oor c ondition. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , upper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Vasiliki S tyle. Date: E M IIB. 96 ( HCH 0 2-75; Fig. 10; Pl. 1). Medium j ug, u pper part with handle. Max. dim. 13.8 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8 to 5/8). Low spout, bosses on side of spout, handle with circular section attached at rim. Surface in poor condition. Comments: from Room 5, a rea 5 , l evel 3 ( unit H CH 0 2-3-5-3). Vasiliki S tyle. Date: EM IIB. 97 (HCH 02-80; Fig. 10). Medium jug, almost complete. Rest. h . ca. 14; d . of base 4.7 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). R ounded b ody, raised spout, bosses on side of spout, handle with circular section attached at rim (as shown by scar). Surface mostly missing but probably once slipped and mottled. Comments: from Room 1 (1976 season). Vasiliki Style. Date: EM IIB. 98 (HNM 12,412; Fig. 10). Medium jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 11–12; pres. h. 9.5; d. of base 4.4 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Raised spout, bosses on side of neck, handle with circular section a ttached b elow r im a nd o n s houlder. S urface i n poor condition. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Vasiliki Style. Date: EM IIB. 99 (HNM 13,806; Fig. 10). Medium jug, almost complete. Rest. h. 13.7; d. of base 4.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). R aised spout, bosses on side of spout, groove just above base. Surface missing. Comments: from Room 1 (1976–1983 seasons). Vasiliki Style. Date: EM IIB.

Jug, Large Size

A jug is considered large (100) if it is more than 20 cm in height.

100 (HCH 0 2-81; F ig. 10). L arge j ug, a lmost c omplete. Rest. h. ca. 22–24; d. of base 7.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8); burnished(?). Piriform body, raised spout, bosses on side of spout, handle with circular section attached below rim. Dark slip (mottled) on exterior. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 3 ( unit HCH 0 2-3-5-3). Vasiliki Style. Date: E M IIB.

7

Vessels in Pale Fabrics with Mostly Light-on-Dark Decoration, EM III–MM II

Light-on-dark d ecoration c haracterizes m uch o f the E M I II a nd l ater p ottery p roduction of M iddle Bronze A ge C rete. W hite-on-Dark W are, a c lass from t he b eginning o f t he t radition, w as e specially p opular i n E M I II a nd M M I A. It o riginated i n East Crete (Betancourt 1984). The assemblage of related vases from the cave includes: cups; tumblers; and jugs in small, medium, and large sizes. Over a dark slip, white decoration is added i n t he form of bands, dots, and circles. These vases are all imports into Lasithi from other parts of Crete, and often the white d ecoration s urvives o nly i n t races. T he f abric i s pa le, a nd t he exact o rigins of t he p roduction are unknown. This class, however, nicely represents EM III and early MM in the advancing chronological continuum, and we continue to see many vessels designed for pouring and drinking.

Shallow Conical Bowl

101 ( HCH 14; F ig. 11). S hallow b owl, a lmost c omplete. D. of rim ca. 20 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR

7/4). Shallow conical proἀle with Ḁat outturned rim. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white band inside rim and chevrons on top of rim. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: Hall 1912, 46, ἀg. 20 (Sphoungaras); Betancourt 2006, 91, ἀg. 5.7:89 (Chrysokamino). Date: EM III–MM I.

Cups

102 (HCH 73; Fig. 11). Cup, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim 8–10 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Semiglobular or straight-sided cup, Ḁat handle (no dark slip on underside). Dark slip on exterior and interior of rim. Added white bands on handle. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample H CH 0 4/40 ( Hagios Charalambos F abric G roup 7A, c ontaining g ranodiorite). T he f abric ( Mirabello Fabric) d emonstrates t hat this c up i s a n i mport f rom t he r egion o f t he G ulf o f Mira­bello. The Ḁat handle means that the cup is no earlier than MM IB. Date: MM IB–II. 103 (HNM 12,445; Fig. 11). Semiglobular cup without handle, complete. H. 6.0; d. of rim 10.3; d. of base 3.3 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 4–7/4). Dark slip on

28

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

interior and exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Parallels: Pelon 1970, pl. 15:5 (Malia). Date: MM IA. 104 (HCH 05-445; Fig. 11). Rounded cup, almost complete. H. 5.7; d. of r im 7.8 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish y ellow, 5 YR 5 /6). P ronounced b ase, h andle n ot preserved. D ark s lip ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /8) o n i nterior a nd exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I–IIB. 105 ( HCH 6 9; F ig. 1 1). C up, b ase s herd. R est. h . 8–10; d. of base 4.2 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Rounded or semiglobular shape. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white bands on lower body, part of a frieze on body, not fully preserved. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s easons). Date: M M IB–IIB. 106 (HCH 05-431; Fig. 11). Cup, base sherd. Rest. h. ca. 10; d. of base 8 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 6–7/6). Straight-sided proἀle. Dark slip (red) on i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded w hite m issing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA 107 (HCH 182; Fig. 11). Cup, complete proἀle (handle missing). H. 5.7; d. of rim 10; d. of base 4.0 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Conical proἀle, straight r im, s traight w alls. D ark s lip o n i nterior a nd exterior. N o a dded w hite p reserved. Comments: f rom Rooms 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 108 ( HCH 139; Fig. 11). C up, r im sherd. D. of r im 14.0 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 8 /4). R ounded o r semiglobular s hape. D ark s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior of r im. Added white bands on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). The form of this cup is uncertain because of the small amount of the vessel t hat i s p reserved, a nd it m ay h ave b een a t wohandled cup. Date: MM I–II.

Tumblers

109 ( HCH 0 5-436; F ig. 1 1). T umbler, b ase s herd. D. o f b ase 4 c m. A p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7/6, w ith t he c ore l ight r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). F lat b ase, straight sides. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). A dded w hite b and a t b ase, v ertical bands, d ots. Parallels: M acGillivray 1998, pl. 4 6:144, 145 (Knossos). Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM I. 110 (HNM 13,823; Fig. 11). Tumbler, almost complete. H. 7.2; d. of rim 6; d. of base 3.5 cm. A ἀne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Tall cup, slightly pronounced base. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Traces of added white. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Parallels: among many others, see Zois 1969, pl. 29 (Gournes); Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 44:118 (Lebena). Date: EM III–MM I.

Small Jugs

111 (HNM 12,409; Fig. 11). Jug, almost complete. H. 9.5; d. of base 3.5 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Piriform shape, small spout, handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands at base of n eck a nd o n l ower b ody, e lliptical d esign o n b ody. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Poorly preserved. Date: EM III–MM I. 112 (HNM 13,808; Fig. 11). Jug, almost complete. H. 8.7; d. of base 2.9 cm. A p ale fabric (very pale brown, 10YR 7 /4). P iriform s hape, s mall s pout, p ronounced base, handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands at base of neck and lower body, circles on shoulder bounded by bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM I. 113 ( HNM 12,426; Fig. 11; Pl. 1). Jug, almost complete. H. 11.4; d. of rim 2.6; d. of base 4.3 cm. A pale fabric ( pink, 7.5YR 7/4). Piriform shape, small spout, handle w ith c ircular s ection. D ark s lip o n e xterior. Added white t races. Comments: f rom Room 1 ( 1976– 1982 seasons). Date: EM III–MM I. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:k. 114 ( HNM 1 2,458; F ig. 11). J ug, c omplete p roἀle. H. 9.8; d . o f b ase 3 .7 c m. A p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). R ounded p roἀle, s mall s pout, h andle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior (red, 2.5YR 5/8). A dded w hite n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom Rooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). B urned. Date: E M III–MM I. 115 (HNM 12,436; Fig. 11). Jug, a lmost complete. H. 8 .4; d . o f b ase 3 .5 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7/4). Rounded proἀle, small spout, handle w ith circular section. Dark slip on exterior (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Added w hite n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom R oom 4, u pper levels (1983 s eason). Burned. Date: E M I II– MM I. 116 (HNM 12,401; Fig. 11). Jug, complete. H. 7.1; d. of base 4 c m. A ἀ ne pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/8). S quat g lobular s hape, s mall s pout, h andle w ith circular section. Traces of dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 117 (HCH 38; Fig. 11). Jug(?), base sherd. D. of base 5.1 cm. A p ale fabric ( pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark bands on lower b ody. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 118 ( HNM 12,402; Fig. 12). J ug, a lmost c omplete. H. 6 .9; d . o f b ase 4 .3 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). S quat g lobular f orm, s mall s pout, handle with circular section. Traces of dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 119 (HNM 13,825; Fig. 12). Jug, almost complete. H. 8 .7; d . o f b ase 2 .9 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( reddish

VESSELS IN PALE FABRICS WITH MOSTLY LIGHT-ON-DARK DECORATION, EM III–MM II

yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). S quat g lobular f orm, s mall s pout, handle with circular section. Dark slip (red, 5YR 5/6) on e xterior. A dded w hite t races. Comments: f rom Rooms 1 –4, u pper l evels ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: MM I–IIB. 120 ( HNM 1 2,410; F ig. 1 2; P l. 1 ). J ug, c omplete. H. 7; d . of b ase 3.5 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric (very p ale brown, 10YR 8/3). Globular form, small spout, handle with circular section. Traces of dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 121 (HNM 13,838; Fig. 12; Pl. 1). Jug, base with handle. P res. h . 4 .5; d . o f b ase 5 .4 c m. A p ale f abric (reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4). Convex (slightly carinated) proἀle, handle with elliptical section. Dark slip on exterior. Added white t races. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM I. 122 (HCH 56; Fig. 12). Jug, three-quarters complete. Rest. h . c a. 9 –12 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5YR 7/6, to pink, 5YR 7/4). Piriform shape, small spout, handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I–IIB. 123 (HCH 167; Fig. 12). Jug, neck sherd with handle and upper shoulder. Max. dim. 4.1 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Small spout, handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior. Added white horizontal bands and frieze of quirks on neck. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

Medium to Large Jugs

A medium-sized jug has a h eight above 15 cm, and a large jug measures over 20 cm tall.

124 (HCH 183; Fig. 12). Jug, upper part with spout and edge of handle. Max. dim. 10.2; d. of opening 3.4 cm (no tip of spout surviving). A pale fabric (between light reddish brown, 5YR 6/4, and reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Medium-sized jug w ith r ounded p roἀle, b oss on either side of neck, handle with elliptical section, double w all c onstruction f or s pout. D ark s lip o n e xterior and interior of rim. Added white bands on spout and at base of neck, group of diagonal lines on shoulder (possibly part of a z igzag motif). Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM I. 125 (HCH 119; Fig. 12). Jug, neck sherd. Max. dim. 4.7 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Bumps on interior o f s herd. D ark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite horizontal bands at neck. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM I. 126 (HCH 116; Fig. 12). Jug, body sherd from shoulder. M ax. d im. 5 c m. A p ale, ἀ ne f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7/4). M edium-sized o r l arge j ug. D ark s lip o n e xterior. Added white vertical lines on shoulder. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM I.

29

127 (HCH 85; Fig. 12). Jug, neck sherd. D. of base of neck 5.5 cm. A pale fabric (between pink, 5YR 7/4, and reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Raised spout, tall neck. Dark slip on exterior. Added white horizontal bands on neck. Comments: f rom R oom 4 ( 1983 s eason). Date: MM I–II. 128 (HCH 31; Fig. 12). Jug, neck and shoulder sherd. D. at base of neck 6 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). D ark s lip o n e xterior. Added w hite h orizontal bands a nd z igzag b and a t u pper s houlder. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 129 (HCH 157; Fig. 12). Jug, upper part with spout and handle. Max. dim. 14.3; d. of opening 6.5 cm. A pale f abric ( between p ink, 5 YR 7 /4, a nd r eddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). L arge j ug w ith r ounded p roἀle, s mall spout, handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior and interior of rim. Added white traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I. 130 ( HCH 0 3-185; F ig. 1 2). J ug, u pper p art w ith spout and body sherds. Max. dim. 10.6 cm. A pale fabric (light yellowish brown, 10YR 6/4). Rounded proἀle, small s pout. Surface m issing. Comments: f rom Room 7, w ashed i n f rom R oom 5 i n p ost-burial t imes ( unit HCH 03-7-1). Date: EM III–MM I. 131 (HCH 04-372; Fig. 13). Jug, spout sherd. Rest. h. of vessel ca. 20–22 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6–8). Low spout. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands o n r im, n eck, a nd u pper s houlder. Comments: from Room 7, w ashed i n f rom Room 5 i n p ost-burial times (unit HCH 03-7-1). Date: MM I–II.

Closed Vessel

132 (HCH 05-410; Fig. 13). Closed vessel, body sherd. M ax. d im. 4 .4 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( pinkish gray, 7.5YR 6/2, to brown, 7.5YR 5/2), with many clay pellets. R ounded p roἀle. D ark s lip. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/24 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric 9). Date: EM II–MM II.

Jar with Pierced Vertical Handles

133 ( HCH 1 94; F ig. 1 3). J ar, t wo r im s herds w ith vertical handles. D. of r im 8.5 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7 /5YR 7 /6). Straight p roἀle, pierced vertical handles rising from the rim. Dark slip on exterior (traces). Added white missing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

Miscellaneous Pouring Vessels

134 ( HCH 0 4-348; F ig. 13). J ug w ithout s pout, a lmost c omplete, h andle m issing. D . o f r im 8 .5 c m. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7/5YR 7/6). Vertical neck

30

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

or rim, one vertical handle (missing). Dark slip on exterior. A dded w hite b ands a nd f riezes o f h orizontal chevrons. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: for the motif see Zois 1969, pls. 28, 29 (Tylissos). Date: MM I–II. 135 ( HCH 1 53; F ig. 1 3). W ide-mouthed j ug, r im sherd w ith s pout a nd h andle. D. o f r im c a. 14 c m. A pale f abric ( reddish b rown, 5 YR 4 /4). W ide m outh, straight vertical r im, o pen s pout at t he r im, o ne v ertical h andle with c ircular s ection o pposite t he s pout. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands and frieze of hatched triangles. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM II. 136 ( HCH 0 4-351; Fig. 13). Spouted bowl, complete proἀle. H. 8.3; d. of rim ca. 16; d. of base 6.5 cm. A pale fabric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). S traight, s lightly i nturned rim, two horizontal handles with circular sections below r im, open spout at t he r im, lug at t he r im opposite the spout. Poorly preserved dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: for the shape, see Alexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 45:6 (Lebena). Date: EM III–MM I. 137 (HNM 6,828; Fig. 13; Pl. 1). Teapot, half complete. H. 7.6; d. of rim 8.0; d . of base 5.0 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Globular form with straight, slightly i nturned r im, t wo horizontal handles with circular sections on s houlder, t eapot-type spout below r im. D ark s lip o n e xterior a nd i nterior o f r im. Added w hite s ets o f t hree c urved d iagonal l ines e xtending from base to rim. Comments: from Rooms 1–2 (1976 s eason). Parallels: f or t he o rnament, s ee Z ois 1969, p l. 2 1 (G ournes); S akellarakis a nd S apounaSakellaraki 1 997, 4 07, ἀ g. 3 62 l ower l eft ( Archanes); Betancourt and Davaras, eds., 2003, ἀg. 32:4.53 (Pseira); f or b oth s hape a nd d ecoration, s ee A lexiou a nd Warren 2004, ἀg. 43:68 (Lebena). Date: MM IB. Bibl.: Davaras 1976a, 349, pl. 301:3. 138 ( HCH 72; Fig. 13). Bridge/open-spouted jar or teapot, rim sherd. D. of rim 10.0 cm. A pale fabric (reddish y ellow, 7 .5YR 7 /6). S traight, s lightly u pturned rim, probably had two horizontal handles on the shoulder a nd a b ridged o r o pen s pout (now m issing). D ark slip o n i nterior o f r im a nd o n e xterior. A dded w hite missing. Comments: f rom R ooms 3 –4 (1983 s eason). Date: MM IB–II.

Jars

139 (HNM 12,438; Fig. 13; Pl. 1). Jar, complete. H. 9.6; d. of rim 4.9; d. of base 4.7 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Globular form, straight, slightly Ḁaring r im, t wo h orizontal h andles w ith c ircular s ections o n l ower s houlder. D ark s lip o n i nterior o f r im and on exterior. Added white band at base of neck, sets of three diagonal lines extending f rom base of neck to center of body, above a frieze of dots bounded by white bands. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: for the ornament of sets of white lines, see Z ois 1 969, p l. 21 (G ournes); A lexiou a nd Warren 2004, ἀ g. 4 4:117 ( Lebena). For t he shape, see A lexiou and Warren 2004, ἀg. 6:1 (Lebena). Date: MM IB. 140 ( HNM 1 2,427; F ig. 1 3; P l. 2 ). M iniature j ar, complete. H. 6.2; d. of rim 4.6; d. of base 3.6 cm. A pale fabric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4). So mewhat c onical f orm, Ḁaring rim, pronounced base, two horizontal handles with circular s ections o n s houlder. D ark s lip o n i nterior of rim and on exterior. Added white band at base of neck, lines extending from below base of neck to lower body. Comments: f rom R oom 1 ( 1976 s eason). Parallels: Marinatos 1929, 112, ἀg. 9:8 (Krasi). Date: MM IB. 141 ( HNM 13,827; F ig. 13; P l. 2 ). S mall j ar, c omplete. H. 8.2 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Conical f orm, Ḁaring r im, t wo h andles w ith c ircular sections on shoulder. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white bands on rim and at base of neck, groups of four diagonal lines on body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: for the ornament of s ets of w hite l ines, s ee Z ois 1969, p l. 21 (Gournes). For the shape, see Marinatos 1929, 112, ἀg. 9:8 (Krasi). Date: MM I–II.

Pyxis

142 (HNM 14,066; Fig. 13; pl. 2). P yxis, complete. H. 10.5; d . of r im 13.5; d . of b ase 16 c m. A p ale fabric ( surface s lipped, p ink, 5 YR 6 /4). R im w ith i nner ledge for l id, w hich i s m issing; a lmost s traight w alls; pronounced base; three small feet; four small holes on inner side of rim, probably to attach the lid. Dark slip: band on inside of rim, outer rim, and base; checkerboard on body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM II.

8

Diagonal Line Style Jugs and Other Small Jugs in Pale Fabrics, MM I

A group of handmade jugs stands apart from the majority o f t he H agios C haralambos a ssemblage, which consists mostly of pottery designed for pouring a nd d rinking. M ost e xamples a re m iniature, although a few medium-sized jugs were also recovered. The small size and narrow openings of the majority of the pieces suggest other purposes. The clay fabric i s u sually r eddish y ellow, a nd m any p ieces may have come from Malia, but 162 is from Lasithi. In t erms o f st ructure, t he m iniature j ugs h ave small, perfectly circular openings in the necks, so they c ould e asily h ave b een s ealed w ith st oppers made f rom st icks w rapped i n a m aterial s uch a s leather. O nce ἀ lled, t he a bility t o s eal t heir o penings would a llow for t ransport w ith t he a ssurance that the contents would remain intact. In later periods, perfumed oil was a t ypical offering in tombs, and i t w as o ffered i n s mall v essels w ith n arrow necks. This shape allows liquid to be poured slowly and conservatively. In the Late Bronze Age, the vessels used for grave offerings of oil were stirrup jars,

and they were replaced by the alabastron and the lekythos after the end of the Bronze Age. Perhaps we may consider this class of miniature jug as a predecessor of the perfumed oil vessels of later periods because of the miniature size and the design of the neck opening (Betancourt 2008a, 28–29). Further, the consistent decorative scheme of diagonal bands and variations on t his motif may have made t hese miniature jugs readily recognizable.

Diagonal Line Style Jugs

The D iagonal L ine S tyle i s t he ca ve’s l argest group of small jugs in pale fabrics. Decoration is either i n d ark-on-light o r l ight-on-dark b ands a pplied in a diagonal manner across the bodies of the jugs. T here i s l ittle v ariation i n t he c omposition, and the decorative motifs are limited. The diagonal line motif often c onsists of a pair of d iagonal designs w ith t he h ighest pa rts u nder t he s pout ( Bet­ ancourt 2 011a). W ith n arrow m ouths a nd s lightly

32

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

raised delicate spouts, the jugs may have held a precious oil or unguent and were most likely deposited in the primary burials as offerings. These special vessels have parallels at Malia (Demargne 1 945, p l. 2 8:8598, 8 599, 8 600, 8 601), t he Trapeza Cave (Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and MoneyCoutts 1935–1936, ἀg. 17:643 [somewhat different]), the Kyparissi Cave (Serpetsidaki 2006, 257, ἀg. 3:3, 4), Archanes (Sakellarakis and Sapouna-Sakellaraki 1997, 387, ἀg. 229, lower right); and Krasi (Marinatos 1929, 113, ἀg. 10:gamma). 143 (HCH 113; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd. Rest. h. ca. 6.5 cm. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 6/6 to 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a z igzag motif. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:1. 144 (HNM 13,829; Fig. 14; Pl. 2). Small jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 7; d. of base 3.7 cm. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (white, 10YR 8 /2); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle, raised s pout, h andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached a t rim a nd s houlder. D ark slip: b and a t b ase of n eck, d iagonal lines Ḁanking a zigzag motif, one band on lower body at widest part. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1976– 1983 seasons). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:2. 145 (HNM 13,826; Fig. 14; Pl. 2). Small jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 8; d. of base 3.4 cm. A p ale ἀ ne fabric ( reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6); b urnished. Rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached at rim and shoulder. Dark slip: band at base of neck, diagonal lines Ḁanking a zigzag motif, one band on lower body at widest part. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–3 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I A. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 555, ἀg. 9:9; Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:3. 146 (HCH 130; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd from the shoulder. Max. dim. 5.9 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal l ines Ḁanking a z igzag motif. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:4. 147 (HCH 115; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd from the shoulder. Max. dim. 3.4 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a zigzag motif. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:5. 148 ( HCH 57; Fig. 14). Small jug, b ody sherd f rom the shoulder. Max. dim. 2.6 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (pink, 5YR 8/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a band of ἀlled triangles. Comments: from R ooms 1 –3 (1983 s eason). Date: MM I A. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:6.

149 ( HCH 92; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd w ith handle. Max. d im. 5.2 c m. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle, h andle with circular section. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a band of crosshatched lines. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 ( 1983 s eason). Date: M M I A. B ibl.: B etancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:7. 150 (HCH 112; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd with handle. M ax. d im. 5 .2 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric ( pink, 5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, handle with circular section. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a band of crosshatched lines. Comments: from R ooms 1 –3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:8. 151 (HCH 114; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 4 .1 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 6/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking an incomplete (unidentiἀable) motif. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:9. 152 (HCH 59; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 3.2 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7/6); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle. D ark s lip: d iagonal lines Ḁanking a band of groups of short diagonal lines. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:10. 153 (HCH 91; Fig. 14). Small jug, upper part. Max. dim. 6.8; rest. h. ca. 12 cm. A pale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 8/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle, small raised spout, handle with circular section. Dark slip: diagonal lines on tip of spout, two bands at base of neck, diagonal lines Ḁanking bands of chevrons. Comments: from R ooms 1–3 (1983 s eason). Date: MM I A. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:11. 154 (HCH 164; Fig. 14). Small jug, body sherd from shoulder. Max. dim. 3.4; rest. h. ca. 12 cm. A pale ἀne fabric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6); b urnished. R ounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a band of chevrons. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–3 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:12. 155 (HCH 181; Fig. 14). Small jug, lower part. Rest. h. c a. 1 2; d . o f b ase 4 .0 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric ( between pink, 7.5YR 7/4, and reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking a b and o f d iagonal l ines. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:13. 156 (HNM 13,809; Fig. 14). Small jug, almost complete (missing upper part of spout and part of handle). Rest. h . c a. 7.5; d . of b ase 3.7 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric, reddish yellow (7.5YR 7 /5); b urnished. Rounded p roἀle, small raised spout, handle with circular section attached at rim and on s houlder. D ark s lip: horizontal lines o n n eck, d iagonal l ines o n b ody, h orizontal l ine

DIAGONAL LINE STYLE JUGS AND OTHER SMALL JUGS IN PALE FABRICS, MM I

on l ower b ody. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976– 1983 seasons). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:14. 157 (HNM 13,807; Fig. 14). Small jug, almost complete (missing top of spout and handle). H. 9; d. of base 3.4 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached below r im a nd o n s houlder. D ark slip: h orizontal l ine at base of neck, sets of two diagonal lines on body, two horizontal bands on body. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:15. 158 (HNM 13,828; Fig. 14). Small jug, almost complete (missing handle and top of spout). Rest. h. ca. 10; d. of base 3.7 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4). Rounded p roἀle, s mall r aised s pout, h andle w ith c ircular section attached at rim and on shoulder, rounded proἀle. Dark slip on exterior. Added white band at base of n eck, d iagonal l ines Ḁanking a c hevron m otif, a nd two bands on lower body. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 s easons). Parallels: f or t he l ight-on-dark variation a t M alia, s ee D emargne 1 945, p l. 2 8:8600. Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:16. 159 (HCH 04-350; Fig. 14). Medium-sized jug, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 17–18; d. of base 8.2 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: diagonal lines Ḁanking zigzag band, double b and a round b ody. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:17. 160 (HCH 05-452; Fig. 14). Medium-sized jug, body sherd. Rest. h. ca. 17–18; max. dim. 4.0 cm. A red fabric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle. Dark slip: d iagonal lines Ḁanking band of g roups of s hort d iagonal l ines. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1983 season). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:18. 161 (HCH 04-358; Fig. 15). Medium-sized jug, r im sherd with handle. Rest. h. ca. 17–18; d. of rim 6 cm. A pale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle, small raised spout, handle with circular s ection a ttached b elow r im a nd o n s houlder. D ark slip: h orizontal b and a t b ase o f n eck, d iagonal l ines Ḁanking b and o f c hevrons o n b ody. Comments: f rom Room 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: MM I A. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:19. 162 ( HCH 0 2-56; F ig. 1 5). M edium-sized j ug, a lmost c omplete. H . c a. 12.2; d . of b ase 6.2 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Rounded proἀle, small raised spout, handle with circular section attached below rim and o n s houlder, p air o f l ugs o n s ides o f s pout. D ark slip ( red, 10R 5 /8) o n e xterior. A dded w hite b and o n rim, band at base of neck, two bands at center of body, band on lower body, diagonal band on shoulder consisting of thin bands Ḁanking another motif, which is not preserved (possibly chevrons). Comments: from Room 4, u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). A nalyzed b y c eramic

33

petrography, sample no. HCH 04/11, Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 2b (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2011a, 27, ἀg. 1:20.

Jugs with Bosses on Body

163 ( HNM 1 3,819; F ig. 1 5). J ug, a lmost c omplete. Rest. h . c a. 1 0; d . o f b ase 3 .2 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric (pink, 5 YR 8 /4). P iriform s hape, h andle w ith c ircular section. Five bosses on upper shoulder. Dark bands on upper shoulder, triple diagonal bands on body. Comments: from R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Parallels: for the small jug with large bosses, see Sakellarakis and S apouna-Sakellaraki 1 997, 3 83, ἀ g. 3 35, s econd from left (Archanes). Date: MM I–IIB. 164 ( HCH 0 3-216; F ig. 1 5; P l. 2 ). J ug, h alf c omplete. Rest. h. ca. 9–10; d. of base 6 cm. A ἀne pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Piriform shape, handle with thick oval section attached at rim and shoulder. Three or four bosses on shoulder. Three dark bands on upper shoulder, three bands on lower body. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Parallels: Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and M oney-Coutts 1 935–1936, 7 4, ἀ g. 1 7:662 ( Trapeza Cave); Momigliano 1991, pl. 31:27 (Knossos). Date: MM I–IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:f. 165 ( HCH 1 9; F ig. 1 5). J ug, b ase a nd b ody s herd. Rest. h . c a. 7 –9; d . o f b ase 3 .3 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle. Four bosses, two on shoulder and two on lower body. Paint missing or never present. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Parallels: see 164. Date: MM I–IIB. 166 ( HCH 0 3-218; F ig. 1 5). J ug, b ody s herd f rom the n eck a nd s houlder. M ax. d im. 6 .4; r est. h . c a. 10– 15 c m. A ἀ ne f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6); b urnished. Rounded proἀle. Bosses at center of body. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands on neck and shoulder. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: MM I–IIB.

Various Classes of Small Jugs

167 (HNM 13,813; Fig. 15). Small jug, complete. H. 7.4; d. of base 4.5 cm. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4). Rounded proἀle, small low spout, handle with elliptical section attached at rim and shoulder. Dark slip: horizontal lines on spout, sets of three diagonal lines on body, vertical line on handle. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I. 168 (HNM 12,413; Fig. 15). Small jug, complete. H. 7; d. of base 3.1 cm. A pale ἀne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Rounded p roἀle, s lim s hape, s mall l ow s pout, h andle with circular section attached at rim and shoulder. Dark slip: line on spout, horizontal band at base of neck, sets of four diagonal lines on body placed in alternate directions. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I.

34

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

169 ( HCH 0 4-304; F ig. 1 5). S mall j ug, h alf c omplete. R est. h . c a. 7–9; d . of b ase 4.2 c m. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6); burnished. Rounded proἀle, handle attached at rim and shoulder. Surface in poor condition. Comments: mended from the Room 4/5 Entrance (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent) and from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I. 170 ( HCH 0 2-114; F ig. 15). S mall j ug, u pper p art. Pres. h. 6.8; rest. h. ca. 8 c m. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /6); b urnished. R ounded p roἀle. D ark slip: diagonal lines on tip of spout, horizontal band at base of neck, t races of d iagonal l ines at upper part of shoulder, with the remainder of the decoration missing. Comments: f rom t he 4 /5 E ntrance, l evel 3 ( unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Date: MM I. 171 (HCH 128; Fig. 15). Small jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 9–10; d. of base ca. 6 cm. A ἀ ne pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). Rounded p roἀle. D ark slip: bands on neck. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I–IIB. 172 (HCH 177; Fig. 15). Small jug, upper part. Rest. h. c a. 15 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7/6); b urnished. C onical s houlder a nd s mall h andle. Dark slip: horizontal b ands on u pper p art of shoulder and body. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 173 (HNM 12,408; Fig. 15). Small jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 8 cm. A ἀne pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle, small slightly raised spout, handle with circular section attached at rim and shoulder. Paint missing or never present. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 174 ( HNM 12,461; Fig. 15; Pl. 2 ). Small jug, c omplete. H. 9.6 cm. A fabric tempered with phyllite and

chaff ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). R ounded p roἀle, s lim shape, small slightly raised spout, tiny handle attached at r im a nd o n s houlder. P aint m issing o r n ever p resent. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I. 175 ( HNM 1 3,815; F ig. 1 5). S mall j ug, l ower p art. Rest. h. ca. 10–12 cm. A ἀne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6 with pale s urface). Rounded p roἀle. Paint m issing o r n ever present. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I. 176 ( HCH 0 2-54, i n H NM; Fig. 16). S mall j ug, a lmost complete (handle and spout missing). Rest. h. ca. 10–12 c m. A ἀ ne f abric ( reddish y ellow, 7.5YR 6 /6). Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: traces. Added white traces of hatched area. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: MM I. 177 ( HCH 0 2-99, i n H NM; Fig. 16). S mall j ug, a lmost complete. Rest. h. ca. 10–12; d. of base 4 c m. A ἀne f abric ( light b rown, 7 .5YR 6 /6). R ounded p roἀle, small spout, handle with circular section attached at r im a nd s houlder. D ark s lip: c rosshatched b and o n shoulder, b ands o n r im, n eck, a nd l ower b ody. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Date: MM I. 178 (HCH 02-20, in HNM; Fig. 16). Small jug, complete e xcept for h andle. H . 11.3; d . of b ase 4.2 c m. A ἀne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle. Dark slip: traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (unit HCH 02-2-2). Date: MM I–IIB. 179 (HCH 58; Fig. 16). Small jug, upper body sherd. Max. d im. 5.3 c m. A p ale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 6 /6); burnished. Small jug w ith r ounded p roἀle. Dark slip: vertical bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1982 season). Date: MM I.

9

Jugs with Bosses in Barbotine Style, MM I–II

Added plastic d ecoration, s uch a s b osses, is t he deἀning characteristic of t he M iddle M inoan Barbotine Style (Kaiser 1976; Foster 1982, 1–52). A t Hagios Charalambos, this class is made up of several fragments of jugs with horizontal rows of small bosses. They are cataloged separately because they do not join, but it is likely that a f ew may be from the same vessel. A f abric sample of this class was analyzed, a nd it is classiἀed a s H agios C haralambos Fabric G roup 8 , w hich m ay b e f rom t he a rea of Malia. It i s i nteresting t o n ote t hat t he B arbotine S tyle was decidedly unpopular at Hagios Charalambos, as few examples are present, and some fragments may join. However, if indeed the fabric of this class is of Malian manufacture (more rare than the hallmark Barbotine v essels f rom S outh C rete), t his w ould mean that the examples here, albeit few, contribute to the signiἀcant increase at Hagios Charalambos of MM II pottery from Malia that belies an economic o r p olitical s hift, w hich i nḀuenced t he L asithiPediada region during the Middle Bronze Age.

Jugs in Barbotine Style

The d ecoration o n t hese j ugs c onsists o f t hree horizontal bands of small bosses a nd d ark-painted areas t hat a re so metimes a cross t he b arbotine. Vessels w ith t his t ype of d ecoration o ccur a t sites near the northern coast of Central Crete (Demargne and G allet d e S anterre 1 953, p l. 5 1:g [ Malia]; Zois 1 969, p l. 3 1; F oster 1 982, p l. 2 2 [ Gournes]; Sakellarakis an d S apouna-Sakellaraki 1 997, 4 15, ἀg. 3 80, l eft a nd r ight [ Archanes]; M omigliano 1991, pl. 31:40a [Knossos]).

180 (HCH 04-320; Fig. 16). Wide-mouthed jug, complete proἀle. H. 9.8; d. of rim ca. 7.5; d. of base 4.6 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached below rim and on shoulder. Plastic bosses: three horizontal rows at mid body. Dark slip on exterior (grayish brown 10R 5/2). Added white traces? Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Parallels: for the form, which has been recorded from Malia, Lasithi, and elsewhere in Central Crete, see Walberg 1983, 173, t ype 130. Date: M M IB–IIA. Bibl.: Langford-Verstegen 2008, 555, ἀg. 9:7.

36

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

181 ( HCH 1 37; F ig. 1 6). J ug, b ody s herd. M ax. dim. 4.5 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 5/6). Rounded proἀle. Plastic bosses, probably in horizontal rows. Dark slip on exterior. Added white two horizontal bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Date: MM IB–IIA. 182 (HCH 176; Fig. 16). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 3.1 cm. A p ale fabric (light reddish brown, 5YR 6 /4). Rounded proἀle. Plastic bosses: three horizontal or diagonal rows. Traces of dark slip on exterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/45 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric 8). Date: MM IB–IIA 183 (HCH 138; Fig. 16). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 5 c m. A p ale f abric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). R ounded proἀle. Plastic b osses: t wo h orizontal r ows. D ark slip on exterior (light reddish brown, 5YR 6/3–6/4). Added white t races? Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Date: MM IB–IIA. 184 (HCH 188; Fig. 16). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 2.9 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Rounded proἀle. Plastic bosses. Dark slip on exterior. Added white two

horizontal bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Date: MM IB–IIA. 185 (HCH 187; Fig. 16). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 8 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/8). Rounded proἀle. Plastic bosses. Traces of dark slip on exterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1983 s eason). B arbotine Style. Date: MM IB–IIA. 186 ( HCH 0 2-110; F ig. 1 6). J ug, b ody s herd. M ax. dim. 4 .7 c m. A p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). Rounded proἀle. Plastic bosses. Dark slip on exterior. Added white horizontal bands. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-3/4 Ent-3). Barbotine Style. Date: MM IB–IIA. 187 (HCH 184; Fig. 16). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 5.6 cm. A medium coarse fabric, (reddish brown, 2.5 YR 5/4), with phyllite. Rounded proἀle. Band of large plastic bosses. Dark slip on exterior. Added white bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Barbotine Style. Analyzed b y c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 04/46 (Hagios C haralambos m etamorphric f abric, loner). Date: MM IB–IIA.

10

Knossian Pottery, EM II–MM II

Early i mports f rom K nossos a re f ew, b ut s igniἀcant; t hey make up a s mall, representative set of pouring and drinking vessels. Two examples of goblets are constructed of a t all cup attached to a foot. Two jars, one of which has a br idged spout, are slipped and decorated with bands. The spouted jar has parallels f rom the North Central Court at Knossos (Momigliano 1991, 177, ἀg. 5:1; 2000, 79, ἀg. 8:24, 25, 26).

Goblets

Knossian g oblets a re t aller t han t he s hape f avored f arther e ast ( Momigliano 1 990; 1 991, 2 47– 248; Macdonald and Knappet 2007, ἀg. 3.1). They consist of a small conical foot supporting a tall conically s haped c up w ith a s lightly r ounded p roἀle. This form a lso o ccurs elsewhere i n North-Central Crete ( Zois 1969, pl. 30:2 [ Gournes]; S akellarakis and Sapouna-Sakellaraki 1997, 391, ἀg. 342, upper right [Archanes]).

188 ( HCH 4 4; F ig. 1 7). G oblet, b ase s herd. D . o f base 6 c m. A pale ἀne f abric (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). Footed goblet. Dark slip on exterior. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 ( 1983 season). I dentiἀed a s Knossian, pers. comm. D. Wilson and N. Momigliano. Date: EM IIB or EM II–MM I. 189 (HCH 45; Fig. 17). Goblet, base sherd. D. of base 4.6 cm. A medium coarse pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/6). Footed goblet with tall cup. Dark slip on exterior (light reddish brown, 5YR 6/4). Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Cup attached directly to thin base with rounded e dges. I dentiἀed a s K nossian, p ers. c omm. D. W ilson a nd N . M omigliano. Date: EM I IB o r E M III–MM I. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008, 166, ἀg. 16:g; Langford-Verstegen 2008, 555, ἀg. 9:6. 190 ( HCH 03-204; Fig. 17). G oblet, b ase s herd. D. of base 4.6 cm. A ἀne pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6), b urnished. F ooted g oblet w ith t all c up. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 1 (unit HCH 02-3-51). Date: EM IIB or EM III–MM I.

38

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Spouted Jar

191 (HCH 179; Fig. 17). Spouted jar, rim sherd with neck. D. of rim 10 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4); burnished. Rounded proἀle, slightly outturned rim. Dark slip on i nterior of r im, band at r im. Added white pairs of h orizontal t hin b ands. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –3 (1982 season). Parallels: Knossos, North Central Court (Momigliano 1991, 177, ἀ g. 5:1; 2000, 79, ἀ g. 8:24, 25, 26). Date: MM I–II.

Wide-Mouthed Vessel with Bridged Spout

192 ( HCH 0 3-166; F ig. 1 7). B ridge-spouted v essel, spout and rim sherds. D. of rim 14 cm. A pale ἀne fabric

(between pink, 7.5YR 7/4, and reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). H ighly b urnished. C onvex p roἀle, e verted r im; handles do not survive. Two bands at interior of rim, two bands at exterior of rim, four bands on spout and top of rim. Comments: mended from sherds found in Room 5, area 3, level 4 a nd a rea 5, level 2 ( units HCH 02-3-5-2 and HCH 03-5-3-4), Room 7, s urface (unit HCH 03-71), a nd t he 1976–1983 d ump (unit HCH-Dump). Date: MM I–II.

11

Fine Red Fabrics with Dark Red Slip, Mostly MM IB

Several different shapes were imported into the site from production centers that made pottery with thin walls in red-ἀring clay and ἀnished them with a darker red or black-ἀring slip. Tumblers predominate in this class, but a few other shapes also exist, all s mall a nd d elicate. B esides t he t umbler, o pen shapes include a goblet, a kantharos, and a carinated c up. C losed s hapes i nclude a m iniature p ithos and jugs. The fabric is dark red (10R 4/8 to 2.5YR 5/8), a nd t he s lip o f t he r ed p ieces i s e ven d arker red than the fabric. Among the members of this group a re t he v ases f rom t he Pediada r egion t hat have been discussed by Rethemiotakis and Christakis i n t heir st udy o f p ottery f rom G alatas a nd Kastelli a nd ca lled K astelli F abric ( Rethemiotakis and Christakis 2004). Petrographic analyses of three samples from this group show that more than a s ingle f abric i s p resent i n t he class i mported t o Hagios Charalambos.

Tumbler

193 ( HCH 67; Fig. 17). Tumbler, b ase s herd. D. of base 2 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 4 /8); burnished. Dark r ed s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior. Tall c up, p ronounced b ase. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 194 ( HCH 6 8; Fig. 17). Tumbler, b ase s herd. D. of base 2.5 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Dark red slip ( 10R 5 /6) o n i nterior a nd e xterior. Tall c up w ith straight proἀle. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 195 ( HCH 0 3-224; F ig. 1 7). T umbler, b ase s herd. D. of b ase 2 c m. A ἀ ne f abric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /6). Dark s lip o n e xterior ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). Tall c up w ith almost straight proἀle, pronounced base. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: MM IB. 196 (HCH 04-381; Fig. 17). Tumbler, base sherd. D. of base 3.8 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 4 /6–8); burnished. Dark red slip on exterior (2.5YR 4-5/6). Tall cup with s traight p roἀle. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper

40

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

levels ( 1983 s eason). A nalyzed b y c eramic p etrography, sample no. HCH 04/44 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 5), considered to be from the coastal plain of Malia. Date: MM IB. 197 ( HCH 0 5-418; F ig. 1 7). T umbler, b ody s herd. Max. dim. 2.1 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/8); burnished. Dark red slip on exterior. Tall cup with straight proἀle. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 0 4/10 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 5 ), considered to be from the coastal plain of Malia. Date: MM IB.

Goblet

198 (HCH 55; Fig. 17). Goblet, lower part. D. of base 3.7 cm. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Dark red slip (5YR 4 /8) on i nterior a nd exterior. Tall c onical goblet. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1983 s eason). Parallels: for the shape, see MacGillivray 1998, pl. 1:55 (Knossos); 2007, 115, ἀg. 4.7:8 (Knossos). Date: MM IB.

Kantharos

199 ( HCH 0 6-460; Fig. 17). K antharos, r im s herd. D. of rim 8.8 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Dark red slip (5YR 4 /8) on interior and exterior. Open vessel with two opposed handles. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB.

Tall Carinated Cup

200 ( HCH 2 2; F ig. 1 7). T all c arinated c up w ith raised h andle, b ody, b ase, a nd h andle s herds. Rest. h . ca. 8.5; d. of base 2.8 cm. Black slip. Comments: from Rooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). A nalyzed b y c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. HCH 0 4/43 ( Hagios C haralambos M icaceous F abric, l oner). A s imilar v ase c omes from Galatas (Rethemiotakis and Christakis 2004, 172, ἀg. 12.2:c, from MM IB). Date: MM IB.

Carinated Cup with Grooves

201 ( HCH 0 3-212; F ig. 1 7). C arinated c up, b ody sherd. M ax. d im. 3 .4 c m. A ἀ ne f abric ( red, 2 .5YR 5/6). H orizontal i ncised l ines o n e xterior. Comments: from R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s eason). T he c arinated c up

begins in M M IB, and it continues into M M IIB. The class with horizontal grooves on the upper section is a “ type f ossil” f or M M I IB i n E ast-Cental a nd E ast Crete (Walberg 1976, 150–151, form 47; 1983, pls. 16, 17, nos. 257–260). Parallels: Hawes et al. 1908, pl. 2:11 (Gournia); B etancourt a nd S ilverman 1 991, 2 5–26, nos. 410–415 (G ournia); Pendlebury, Pendlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1 935–1936, 6 2 ( Trapeza C ave); D e‑ margne 1945, pl. 33:8657 (Malia); Coldstream and Huxley 1972, 9 4–95 ( Kythera); B etancourt 1983, p ls. 19, 2 0, n os. 2 57–260 ( Vasiliki); B etancourt a nd D avaras, eds., 2003, 15, 46, 79, nos. 1.122, 4.61, 4.62, 9.64 (Pseira); T sipopoulou a nd W edde 2 000, 3 77, ἀ g. 1 4, lower l eft ( Petras); P oursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 2 24– 225, nos. 720–765 (Malia). Date: MM IIB.

Miniature Pithos

202 ( HCH 0 2-25; Fig. 17; P l. 2 ). M iniature p ithos, three quarters complete. H. 6.4; d. of rim 5; d. of base 4 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 4/6–8); burnished. Dark red slip on exterior. Miniature jar with slightly everted rim, pronounced base, three sets of three vertical handles. Comments: f rom t he 4 /5 E ntrance, s urface (unit HCH 03-4/5 Ent-Surface). Parallels: Poursat 1996, pls. 22:a–g, 33:f (Malia). Date: MM IB.

Small Jug(?)

203 (HCH 04-380; Fig. 17). Jug(?), neck and shoulder sherd. Max. dim. 5.6 cm. A ἀ ne red (possibly Kastelli?) fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Dark red slip on exterior (red, 2 .5YR 5 /6), burnished. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB.

Jug with Incised Band on Body

204 ( HCH 02-122; Fig. 17). Jug, s pout, b ase, n eck, and body sherds. D. of base 4.9; max. d. of spout a nd neck 8.1 c m. A ἀ ne, d ark ( burned?) fabric containing phyllite. T hin s pout, r ounded s houlder, s traight b ase, strap handle attached at r im and shoulder. Comments: mended from sherds from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-5-5-2) and the 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 03-4/5 Ent-3). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/12 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 2a, Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: MM IB.

12

Cups and Trefoil-Mouthed Jugs with Parallels from Galatas, MM IB

Open-mouthed jugs with trefoil spouts predominate i n t his c lass o f p ottery m ade f rom a f abric from the Pediada region. A s ample was a nalyzed by c eramic p etrography ( sample n o. H CH 0 4/6), and the fabric has been classiἀed as metamorphic but different from Lasithi Fabric Group 2. The fabric is light red (2.5YR 6/8), and all examples have a light red, slightly lustrous surface that was probably covered with a s lip made from clay that was similar t o t hat u sed f or t he b ody. T his f abric i s one of the types used for pottery found at Galatas (Rethemiotakis and Christakis 2004, 171). One example has traces of added white decoration in the form of bands. Another example has plastic decoration consisting of small knobs.

Straight-Sided Cup

205 (HCH 5; Fig. 18). Straight-sided cup, base sherd with p art o f h andle. D. o f b ase 4 .3 c m. A ἀ ne f abric (light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8); b urnished. R ed slip o n exterior. Added white horizontal bands at center of cup and

traces above bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB.

Jugs with Trefoil Mouths

The a ttribution o f t his c lass t o t he P ediada i s based on excavations at Galatas that uncovered many examples of the shape (Rethemiotakis and Christakis 2004, 172, ἀg. 12.2:c). The class has also been found at Kato Symi (Christakis 2013, 170, ἀg. 15.2), K nossos ( Momigliano 1991, p l. 5 0:57), a nd Phaistos (Levi 1976, vol. I*, pl. 34:a, g, h). The vessel has relatively thin walls, a t refoil mouth, and a single vertical handle. The proἀle of the body varies from rounded to carinated. 206 ( HNM 13,833; Fig. 18; Pl. 2 ). Trefoil-mouthed jug, complete except for rim and handle. Rest. h. ca. 14; d. of base 4.5 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (light red 2.5YR 6/5). Proἀle w ith r ounded c arination, s lim s hape, h andle with circular section attached at r im a nd lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB.

42

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

207 ( HNM 1 3,850; F ig. 1 8). T refoil-mouthed j ug, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 14; d. of base 5.4 cm. A ἀne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/8, with a darker core). Proἀle with rounded carination, handle with circular section a ttached at lower s houlder. R ed s lip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 208 (HNM 13,852; Fig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed jug, almost complete. H. ca. 25 cm. A ἀne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6 to 10R 6/8). Body with rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached at rim and lower shoulder. Red slip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1976– 1983 seasons). Date: MM IB. 209 (HNM 12,440; Fig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed jug, almost c omplete. H. 14.0 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6). B ody w ith r ounded p roἀle, h andle w ith c ircular section a ttached a t r im a nd l ower s houlder. R ed s lip on e xterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 ( 1983 s eason). Burned. Date: MM IB. 210 (HNM 13,845; Fig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed jug, almost complete. H. 15.5; d. of base 7.5 cm. A ἀne red fabric (2.5YR 5/8). Body with rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached at rim and lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 3 (1982 season). Date: MM IB. 211 (HNM 13,853; Fig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed jug, almost complete, missing rim and handle. Rest. h. ca. 14; d. of base 5.1 cm. A ἀne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6) with a darker surface. Body with rounded proἀle. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 212 ( HCH 3 3; F ig. 1 8). T refoil-mouthed j ug, r im sherd. Max. dim. 5.0 cm. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 213 (HCH 02-64; Fig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed jug, upper p art. R est. h . c a. 14; d . of r im c a. 8 .1 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6, with a d arker core). Body with rounded p roἀle, h andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached at r im and lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Possible traces of white. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, surface (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent). Date: MM IB. 214 ( HCH 0 2-46; F ig. 18). Trefoil-mouthed j ug(?), lower part. D. of base 4.7 cm. A ἀne fabric (red, 2.5YR 4/8). B ody w ith r ounded p roἀle, h andle w ith c ircular section attached at lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, surface (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent). Date: MM IB. 215 (HCH 02-132; Fig. 19). Trefoil-mouthed jug, upper part. Pres. h. 16.3; d. of rim ca. 10 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (red, 2.5YR 4/4). Body with rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached at rim and lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Date: MM IB. 216 (HCH 02-55, Fig. 19). Trefoil-mouthed jug, complete p roἀle. H . 11.1; d . of b ase 5.2 c m. A ἀ ne f abric

(between r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8, a nd l ight r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /8). Body with rounded proἀle, handle with circular section attached at rim and lower shoulder. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Burned. Date: MM IB. 217 (HCH 05-414; Fig. 19). Trefoil-mouthed jug, rim sherd. Max. dim. 5.3 cm. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). R ed s lip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , upper l evels (1983 season). A nalyzed b y ceramic p etrography, sample no. HCH 04/6 (Hagios Charalambos Metamorphic Fabric). Date: MM IB.

Side-Spouted Jug or Cup

218 ( HNM 1 3,832; F ig. 1 9). S ide-spouted j ug o r cup, almost complete. H. 9.7; d. of rim 8.3; d. of base 5.5 c m. A ἀ ne f abric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). W idemouthed vessel w ith r ounded p roἀle a nd slightly Ḁaring rim, with o pen s hallow s pout a t the side, vertical handle with circular section attached at rim and widest part of b ody, t wo pairs of b osses on opposite sides of body, and one boss u nder the spout. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 219 (HCH 04-306; Fig. 19). Side-spouted jug or cup, body sherd. Max. dim. 8.5 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). W ide-mouthed v essel w ith r ounded p roἀle a nd slightly Ḁaring r im, p robably w ith o pen s hallow spout at the side, with small knobs on body. Red slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 220 (HNM 12,442; Fig. 19; Pl. 2). Side-spouted jug or c up, c omplete. H . 9.4; d . of r im 8 .1; d . of b ase 5.7 cm. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Wide-mouthed vessel w ith r ounded p roἀle a nd s lightly Ḁaring r im, with o pen s hallow s pout a t t he s ide, v ertical h andle with circular section attached at rim and widest part of body. R ed s lip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 221 (HNM 12,443; Fig. 19). Side-spouted jug or cup, complete. H . 10.2; d . of r im 7.1; d . of b ase 5.1 c m. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Wide-mouthed vessel w ith rounded proἀle a nd slightly Ḁaring r im, w ith open shallow spout at the side, vertical handle with circular section attached at r im a nd w idest part of body. Red slip o n exterior. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: MM IB. 222 (HNM 12,435; Fig. 19). Side-spouted jug or cup, complete. H . 10.2; d . o f r im 8 .4; d . o f b ase 6 c m. A ἀne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Wide-mouthed vessel w ith rounded proἀle a nd slightly Ḁaring r im, w ith open shallow spout at the side, vertical handle with circular section attached at r im a nd w idest part of body. Red s lip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: MM IB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:g.

13

Kamares Ware, MM IB–IIB

Kamares Ware is a Middle Minoan style of polychrome pottery highly decorated with dynamic geometric m otifs a s w ell a s d esigns d rawn f rom t he natural world ( Walberg 1976). T he E arly K amares Ware pottery, from the initial period of the tradition in MM IB to MM IIA, has light-on-dark decoration with added white and red paint in the form of bands and other details that are not as elaborate as the ornament f rom t he m ature p hase i n M M I IB. T he decoration of the pieces found in the cave is by no means as sophisticated or developed as the ἀnest examples from the palaces, but one cannot be certain if the date of these fragments is early or late in the sequence. Shapes here include cups, jugs, and jars.

Straight-Sided Cup

223 (HCH 05-447; Fig. 20). Straight-sided cup, base sherd with part of handle. D. of base 8.0 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Handle with elliptical section. Dark slip on exterior and interior. Added white: horizontal bands Ḁanking a red band. Added red: crossing p airs o f d iagonal b ands. Comments: f rom R ooms

1–4 (1983 season). Classical Kamares Ware. Parallels: MacGillivray 1998, pl. 38:12 (Knossos). Date: MM IIA–IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:h.

Semiglobular Cup

224 (HCH 71; Fig. 20). Semiglobular cup, rim sherd. D. of rim 12 cm. A p ale, ἀ ne fabric (pink, 5YR 8/4 to 7/4). D ark s lip: t races o n i nterior r im a nd on e xterior. Added white: t win horizontal a nd d iagonal b ands. Added red: horizontal and diagonal bands. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Kamares Ware. Date: MM IB–IIA.

Carinated Cup

225 ( HCH 165; Fig. 20). C arinated c up, r im sherd. D. of r im 8 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4). D ark slip on interior and exterior (black, 5YR 2.5/1). Added white: horizontal bands on exterior and diagonal crosshatched l ines. A dded r ed: b and b elow r im a nd t wo diagonal lines. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). K amares Ware. Parallels: f or c ross-hatching o n the upper p art of a carinated cup, see Levi 1976, I**, color pl. LIIIc (Phaistos). Date: MM IIB.

44

Jug

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

226 ( HNM 13,818; F ig. 2 0). J ug, a lmost c omplete. H. 1 0.3; d . o f b ase 4 .5 c m. A p ale, ἀ ne f abric ( reddish yellow, 7.5 YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle. Dark slip in traces. A dded w hite a nd r ed t races. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 s easons). Parallels: compare Macdonald a nd K nappett 2 007, ἀ g. 3 .27:499 ( Knossos). Date: MM I–IIB. 227 ( HCH 0 4-370; F ig. 2 0). J ug, s pout s herd w ith handle. O pening o f s pout 2 .3; m ax. d im. 6 .2 c m. A pale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 7.5YR 7 /6). C onvex p roἀle, h andle w ith c ircular s ection. D ark s lip o n i nterior of spout a nd exterior. Added white: thin horizontal bands on spout and neck. Added red: band at neck and shoulder. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent). Kamares Ware. Date: MM IB–IIA. 228 ( HCH 0 4-388; Fig. 2 0). J ug, n eck s herd. M ax. dim. 5.2; d. of neck 3.8 c m. A p ale, ἀ ne fabric ( pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark slip on exterior. Added white: pair of vertical p etals. A dded r ed: v ertical b and. Comments: from Room 1 (1982 season). Classical Kamares Ware. Parallels: M acGillivray 1 998, p l. 5 0:170 ( Knossos). Date: M M I IA–IIB. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 555, ἀg. 9:8. 229 (HNM 13,801; Fig. 20). Jug, spout sherd. Max. dim. 4 c m. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Dark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite: t hin h orizontal

bands o n r im a nd n eck. A dded r ed: h orizontal b and at neck. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM IB–IIA. 230 (HCH 163; Fig. 20). Jug(?), body sherd. Max. dim. 5.4 cm. A pale ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). C onvex p roἀle. D ark s lip o n e xterior. A dded white: thin horizontal bands on the body (Ḁanking the red band) and groups of diagonal lines on lower body. Added r ed: h orizontal b and b etween t wo s ets o f t wo white b ands. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1983 s eason). Kamares Ware. Date: MM IB–IIA. 231 (HCH 40; Fig. 20). Jug, body sherd. Max. dim. 3.4 c m. A p ale ἀ ne f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4). C onvex proἀle. Dark slip on exterior. Added white thin diagonal lines hatched with thin added red lines. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Kamares Ware. Date: MM IB–IIA.

Jar

232 (HCH 186; Fig. 20). Jar(?), handle sherd. Max. dim. 3 .4 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 7.5YR 7 /4). Vessel (probably a s mall j ar) w ith t wisted h andle (two c oils, twisted t ogether t o f orm a h andle). D ark s lip. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Kamares Ware. Date: MM IB–IIA.

14

Chamaizi Pots, MM IIB

A s mall vessel w ith a p iriform b ody a nd a c ylindrical rim/neck with no separate spout is called a Chamaizi pot after the site where the class was ἀrst found. All the known examples are made from pale-ἀring clay. I ncised d ecoration on the c ylindrical u pper pa rt i s u sual, t hough e xamples w ith a p lain r im a re a lso k nown ( Poursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 3 6–37). I nscriptions i n t he C retan h ieroglyphic script occur on some of the pieces. The class ca n be placed i n M M IIB by its presence i n the destruction level of Quartier Mu at Malia (Poursat 1996, pl. 30:d, e; Poursat and K nappett 2 005, 236, n os. 1123–1139, p l. 3 6, u pper 2 r ows). O ther pa rallels i nclude t he f ollowing: X anthoudides 1906, pl. 9:1–3 (Chamaizi); Hall 1914, 117, ἀ g. 67 (Vrokastro); Chapouthier and Demargne 1942, pl. 7:g (Malia); Demargne 1945, pls. 31.2:8649, 8650, 32.2:8602 ( Malia); Demargne a nd Gallet d e S anterre 1953, pl. 8:8507 ( Malia); Zois 1969, pl. 24:2 (Gournes); P endlebury, P endlebury, and M oneyCoutts 1935–1936, 81, ἀg. 17:665 (Trapeza Cave).

Only a f ew e xamples o f t he C hamaizi p ot o ccur in the cave. They vary somewhat in size, in the shape of the upper part, and in the type of incised decoration. O nly o ne e xample ( 233) i s c omplete enough to discern the shape of the body (Walberg 1983, 175, form 25, type 149). No inscriptions occur from this location. Analysis of the ἀ ne, pale fabric (petrographic sample no. HCH 04/8, called Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 10) does not match any of the petrographic samples known from Malia. 233 (HNM 12,390; Fig. 20; Pl. 2). Chamaizi pot, almost complete. H. 6.2; d. of rim 2.5; d. of base 3.1 cm. A pale, ἀne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Incised diamonds o n n eck. Comments: f rom R oom 3 ( 1976– 1983 seasons). Date: MM IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt 2007, 215, ἀg. 25.5:B; Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:i. 234 ( HNM 1 3,811; F ig. 2 0). C hamaizi p ot, u pper part. Rest. h. ca. 7; d. of rim 2.7 cm. A pale, ἀne fabric ( pink, 7.5YR 7 /4). I ncised c rosshatching o n n eck, widely s paced. Comments: f rom R oom 3 ( 1976–1983 seasons). Date: M M I IB. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2008, 556, ἀg. 10:14.

46

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

235 ( HCH 0 5-416; F ig. 2 0). C hamaizi p ot, u pper part. Rest. h. ca. 12; d. of rim ca. 4 cm. A pale, ἀne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). I ncised crosshatching on neck, closely spaced. Comments: from Room 4, upper l evels (1976–1983 s easons). A nalyzed b y c eramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/8 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 10). Date: MM IIB. 236 ( HCH 4 2; F ig. 2 0). C hamaizi p ot, u pper p art. Rest. h. ca. 9–10; d. of rim ca. 2.5 cm. A pale, ἀne fabric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4). I ncised c rosshatching o n n eck, closely spaced. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IIB. 237 (HCH 135; Fig. 20). Chamaizi pot, neck sherd. Rest. h . c a. 10–12; d . o f r im c a. 2 .6 c m. A p ale, ἀ ne

fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Incised crosshatching on neck, closely spaced. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976– 1983 seasons). Date: MM IIB. 238 ( HCH 136; Fig. 2 0). C hamaizi p ot, r im s herd. Rest. h. ca. 12; d. of r im ca. 4 c m. A p ale, ἀ ne fabric (between pink, 7.5YR 7/4, a nd reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). I ncised c rosshatching o n n eck, w idely s paced. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IIB. 239 ( HCH 0 4-357; F ig. 2 0). C hamaizi p ot, u pper part. Rest. h. ca. 12; d. of rim ca. 2.4 cm. A p ale, ἀ ne fabric ( pink, 7 .5YR 7 /4). I ncised c rosshatching o n neck, widely spaced. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IIB.

15

Imports into Lasithi with Parallels from Malia, MM I–IIB

In MM II the amount of pottery from production centers that are related to those at Malia increases while the percentage of imports from elsewhere decreases. T his f act m ay c ontribute t o a g reater u nderstanding o f t he M alian p olitical a nd e conomic sphere of i nἀuence i n t he M iddle M inoan p eriod. Objects f rom t he cave w ith published pa rallels i nclude: jugs with incised bands on the shoulder; tall, open-spouted jugs; two-handled, spouted cups with painted a nd i ncised d ecoration; ca rinated v essels with undulating rims; carinated cups with grooves; and s everal o ther s hapes. A s i n t he o ther c lasses, many of t he vessels a re d esigned f or p ouring a nd drinking. P etrographic a nalysis o n s amples h as shown matches with a Malian pale fabric.

Spouted Two-Handled Cup, Incised

240 (HNM 13,982; Fig. 21). Spouted two-handled cup, almost complete. D. of rim 7.8; d. of base 5.4 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Straight rim with open spout at the rim, two opposed vertical handles with circular section. Band of incised diagonal

lines, in groups, alternating directions. Dark slip on upper part and lower part of exterior. Added white chevrons and bands. Comments: mended from sherds found in R oom 5 , a rea 5 , l evel 2 ( unit H CH 0 2-5-5-2) a nd Room 4 /5 E ntrance, l ower l evels ( unit H CH 0 2-4/5 Ent). Parallels: Deshayes and Dessenne 1959, pl. 53:c (Malia); M arinatos 1 929, 113, Ḁg. 10:epsilon (Krasi). Date: MM IB–IIA. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, Ḁg. 28:l. 241 ( HCH 0 4-288; F ig. 2 1). S pouted t wo-handled cup, r im and body sherds. D. of r im ca. 8 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/8). Straight rim with open s pout a t t he r im, t wo o pposed v ertical h andles with c ircular s ection. B and o f i ncised d iagonal l ines. Dark s lip o n u pper p art a nd l ower p art o f e xterior. Added white: three bands, chevrons. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: see 240. Date: MM IB–IIA. Bibl.: Betancourt 2007, Ḁg. 25.5:A; Langford-Verstegen 2008, 556, Ḁg. 10:12. 242 ( HCH 0 4-289; F ig. 2 1). S pouted t wo-handled cup, h andle a nd b ody s herds. E stimated d . of r im c a. 8–10 c m. A p ale, Ḁne f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 /4). S hape probably l ike 2 40, t wo o pposed v ertical h andles w ith circular s ection. B and of i ncised d iagonal l ines. D ark slip (light red, 2.5 Y R 6 /6) below and probably above

48

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

incised b and. A dded w hite n ot p reserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: see 240. Date: MM IB–IIA. 243 ( HCH 0 5-419; F ig. 2 1). S pouted t wo-handled cup, b ody s herd. M ax. d im. 1.8 c m. A p ale, Ḁne f abric ( between l ight r eddish b rown, 5 YR 6 /4, a nd r eddish yellow, 5 YR 6/6). Band of incised diagonal lines. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Analyzed b y c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 04/21 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 8). Parallels: see 240. Date: MM IB–IIA. 244 ( HCH 0 2-51; Pl. 2 ). Spouted t wo-handled c up, fragments. D. of rim 10 cm. A Ḁne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4), b urnished. T hin s traight r im, t wo v ertical h andles attached just below rim and on incised band. Dark slip on i nterior of r im a nd on r im above i ncised band and below incised band. Added white: two thin bands above and below incised band of chevrons. Comments: from R oom 3 , a rea 5 , l evel 2 ( unit 0 2-3-5-2). Date: MM I–II.

Jugs with Incised Lines

Small jugs are common at the cave. These examples have incised horizontal lines on the shoulders. They belong to a class of trefoil-mouthed jug with parallels from Malia and elsewhere in NorthCentral C rete: P oursat 1 996, p ls. 2 2:a–g, 3 3:f (Malia); P oursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 6 1, Ḁg. 1 4, lower row right, pl. 23:559, 581, 582, 625 (Malia); Zois 1969, pl. 8:6942 (Gournes).

245 (HCH 122; Fig. 21). Jug with incised lines, rim and body sherds at shoulder. D. of rim 4.8 cm. Convex proḀle. A Ḁne, light red (2.5YR 6/6), very hard fabric. Three incised horizontal lines on upper shoulder. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IIB. Bibl.: Langford-Verstegen 2008, 555, Ḁg. 9:10. 246 (HCH 84; Fig. 21). Jug with incised lines, sherds from the shoulder. D. of neck 4.5 cm. A Ḁne, light red (2.5YR 6 /6), v ery h ard f abric. F our i ncised h orizontal lines preserved on upper shoulder. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IIB. 247 ( HCH 0 4-290; Fig. 21). Jug w ith i ncised l ines, sherds f rom t he s houlder. D . o f n eck 4 .5 c m. A Ḁ ne, light r ed ( 2.5YR 6 /8), v ery h ard f abric. F ive i ncised horizontal l ines p reserved o n u pper s houlder. Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Date: MM IIB

Carinated Jug with Wide Mouth

248 (HCH 04-349; Fig. 21). Open-spouted jug with carinated shoulder, almost complete. D. of r im ca. 12; d. of b ase 6 .2; h . w ith h andle c a. 11 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Dark slip on exterior and interior of rim. Comments: from Room 4 (1983

season). Parallels: Poursat 1996, pl. 33, 1; Poursat and Knappett 2005, 221:639–645, pl. 24 (Malia); Hawes et al. 1 908, p l. 6 :17 (G ournia); Tsipopoulou a nd Wedde 2000, 3 77, Ḁg. 1 3, r ight ( Petras). Date: M M I –IIB. Bibl.: Langford-Verstegen 2008, 555–556, Ḁg. 10:11.

Semiglobular Cup with Grooves

249 ( HCH 0 3-211; Fig. 21). S emiglobular c up w ith grooves, b ody s herd. M ax. d im. 5 .3 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Room 4/5 Entrance, level 4 (unit HCH 03-4/5Ent-4). Date: MM IIB.

Carinated Cup without Grooves

250 ( HCH 0 3-175; F ig. 2 1). C arinated c up, r im sherd. D. of rim ca. 10 c m. A pale, Ḁne fabric ( pink, 5YR 8/4). No grooves. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (from the dump outside the cave, unit HCH 03-11-1). Parallels: Demargne and Gallet de Santerre 1953, pl. 8:8407 (Malia). Date: MM IIB.

Carinatd Cups with Grooves, Straight Rim

Numerous e xamples o f t his c lass o f c up a re known. The standard shape consists of a cylindrical upper part and a lower section with a rounded proḀle, with the two parts divided by a carination. Grooves a re m ade o n t he u pper pa rt o n t he p otter’s wheel. Most examples are monochrome with an overall coat of dark slip. Parallels include the following, among many others: P endlebury, P endlebury, a nd M oneyCoutts 1935–1936, 61 ( Trapeza Cave); C hapouthier a nd C harbonneaux 1 928, p l. 2 7:4 ( Malia); Demargne 1945, pl. 33:8657 (Malia); Poursat and Knappett 2005, 70, Ḁg. 19 (Malia). 251 (HCH 66; Fig. 21). Carinated cup with grooves, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim 10; max. dim. 4.4 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark slip on interior ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6) a nd e xterior ( varies f rom black to light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Straight rim, ἀat handle with e lliptical s ection. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt 2007, 215, Ḁg. 25.5:A; Langford-Verstegen 2008, 556, Ḁg. 10:13. 252 ( HCH 0 3-174; F ig. 2 1). C arinated c up w ith grooves, body sherd. Max. dim. 3 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Dark slip traces. Comments: from cave exterior, trench 12, level 3 (unit HCH 03-12-3). Date: MM IIB.

IMPORTS INTO LASITHI WITH PARALLELS FROM MALIA, MM I–IIB

253 ( HCH 0 3-214; F ig. 2 1). C arinated c up w ith grooves, rim sherd. D. of rim 12 cm. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Dark slip on interior and exterior (very dark gray, 7.5YR N3). Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-5-2). Date: MM IIB.

Carinated Cup or Kantharos with Undulating Rim

254 (HCH 02-15). Carinated cup or kantharos, body sherd. Max. dim. 6.9 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Lower part of the undulating rim. Dark slip on interior and exterior (very dark gray, 7.5 YR N3). Comments: from Room 2, level 2 (unit HCH 02-2-2). Date: MM IIB. 255 ( HCH 0 3-209; Fig. 21). C arinated c up o r k antharos, rim sherd. Max. dim. 3.4 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 9/4). Undulating rim. Dark slip on interior and exterior (very dark gray, 7.5YR N3). Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-5-5-2). Parallels: for the carinated shape with an undulating rim, see Poursat and Knappett 2005, 73 (Malia). These parallels all have two opposed handles, so the shape would be called a kantharos. Date: MM IIB. 256 ( HCH 0 2-129; F ig. 21). C arinated c up o r k antharos, rim sherd. D. of rim 6 –8; max. dim. 3.4 cm. A pale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Undulating rim. Dark slip on exterior and interior (very dark gray, 7.5 YR N3). Comments: from Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-4/5Ent-3). Date: MM IIB.

Carinated Cup with Grooves, Unknown Type of Rim

257 ( HCH 0 3-217; F ig. 2 1). C arinated c up w ith grooves, b ody s herd. M ax. d im. 4 .9 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric, pink (5YR 7/4). Dark slip on interior and exterior, very dark gray (7.5YR N3). Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-5-5-2). Date: MM IIB. 258 (HCH 16; Fig. 21). Carinated cup with grooves, rim sherd. D. of r im 6 –8 cm. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7/6). Traces of d ark slip on i nterior and e xterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1983 s eason). Date: MM IIB.

49

259 ( HCH 0 2-123; F ig. 2 1). C arinated c up w ith grooves, b ody s herd. M ax. d im. 2 .5 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Traces of dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-4/5-3). Date: MM IIB. 260 ( HCH 0 5-417; F ig. 2 2). C arinated c up w ith grooves, b ody s herd. D . o f r im 10.8 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1976–1983 seasons). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/9 (Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 8). Date: MM IIB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, Ḁg. 17:h.

Straight-Sided Cup with Grooves

261 ( HCH 4 1; F ig. 2 2). S traight-sided c up w ith grooves, l ower p art. D . o f b ase 3 .4 c m. A p ale, Ḁne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Parallels: Pendlebury, P endlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 6 0, Ḁg. 1 4:536, 5 37, 5 48 ( Trapeza C ave); Demargne and Gallet de Santerre 1953, pl. 8:8520 (Malia). Date: MM IIB.

Scoop

262 ( HCH 1 95; F ig. 2 2). S coop, b ody s herd w ith handle. D. of rim ca. 8–10 cm. A Ḁne fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Rounded cup, handle inside vessel. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Parallels: Poursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 2 24:704–716 ( Malia); H awes et a l. 1 908, p l. 6 :32, 3 3 (G ournia). F or d iscussion o f the shape and a list of other examples, see Floyd 1999. Date: MM IIB.

Basket-Shaped Vessel

263 ( HCH 193; Fig. 22). Basket-shaped vessel, r im sherd with part of handle. D. of r im ca. 10 cm. A Ḁne fabric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). E lliptical r im, h orizontal h andle r aised a bove t he r im. D ark s lip t races. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Parallels: Poursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 2 38:1175 ( Malia). Date: MM IIB.

16

Various Nonlocal Fabrics, EM III–MM IIB

Among the pottery vessels and fragments found at the Hagios Charalambos Cave are a number of pieces t hat w ere i mported i nto t he L asithi P lain from o ther pa rts o f C rete. M ost o f t hese v essels were m ade i n pa le f abrics. O nly a f ew o f t hese vases can be assigned to speciἀc places of origin.

Shallow Bowls

264 ( HCH 0 2-128; F ig. 2 2). S hallow b owl, r im sherd. D. of r im ca. 28–34 c m. M irabello Fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Conical shape. Comments: from the Room 4/5 E ntrance, l evel 3 ( unit H CH 0 2-2/3-3). F rom t he Gulf o f M irabello r egion. Parallels: H all 1 912, 4 6, ἀg. 20 (Sphoungaras); Betancourt 2006, 91, ἀg. 5.7:90 (Chrysokamino). Date: EM III–MM I. 265 ( HCH 110; Fig. 2 2). S hallow b owl, rim sherd. D. of r im ca. 18 c m. A p ale fabric ( pink, 7.5YR 7/4). Conical shape. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white traces on rim. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 s eason). Parallels: H all 1912, 4 6, ἀ g. 20 ( Sphoungaras); B etancourt 2 006, 9 1, ἀ g. 5 .7:87 (Chrysokamino). Date: EM III–MM I.

Rounded Cup

266 (HCH 05-444; Fig. 22). Rounded cup, rim sherd with h andle. Rest. h . 6 ; d . of r im 7.4 c m. A p ale f abric ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 5 /6). D ark b and o n r im o n both i nterior a nd e xterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). This is a common cup from EM I II i n t he r egion of t he G ulf of M irabello. Parallels: Hall 1912, 55, ἀg. 28:a, b, e (Sphoungaras); Betancourt 2 006, 85, ἀ g. 5.6:78–81 ( Chrysokamino). Date: EM I II–MM I A. Bibl.: B etancourt e t a l. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:d.

Conical Cup

267 (HCH 02-37; Fig. 22; Pl. 2). Conical cup, almost complete. H. 6.2; d. of rim 10; d. of base 3.9 cm. A pale fabric ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). C onical s hape, s traight rim, straight walls. No slip preserved. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, surface level (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent). This is the only unpainted conical cup without a handle from the deposit. Date: MM I–II.

52

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Cups

268 ( HCH 9 8; F ig. 2 2). C up, r im s herd w ith p art of handle. D. of rim 8 c m. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). S traight r im; h andle w ith c ircular section. Dark slip (red) on i nterior a nd exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 269 (HCH 99; Fig. 22). Cup with pronounced base, base sherd. D. of base 4.4 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IB. 270 ( HCH 9 7; F ig. 2 2). C up(?), b ody s herd. M ax. dim. 3.4 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/8). Almost s traight p roἀle. P inkish-white ( 5YR 8 /2) s lip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample HCH 04/47 (metamorphic fabric, loner). The cup may be from the Pediada (see App. A). Date: MM IA–IB. 271 (HCH 47; Fig. 22). Cup, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim ca. 10 cm. A ἀ ne, pale fabric (pinkish white, 7.5YR 8/2). Straight rim, handle with thin oval section. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IIB.

Bowl with Tab Handles

272 ( HCH 0 4-347; Fig. 22). Bowl w ith t ab h andles on t he r im, c omplete p roἀle. D. of r im 16; d . of b ase 8 cm. A m edium-coarse fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8), slipped (reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4). Ledge rim, rounded sho ulder. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Date: MM IB.

Miniature Tripod Vessel

273 (HCH 81; Fig. 22). Miniature tripod vessel, leg sherd. Length of leg 3.3 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /8). P robably a c onical s hape, leg w ith elliptical section. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM II.

Jugs

274 ( HCH 0 2-106; F ig. 2 2). J ug, s pout s herd w ith handle scar. D. of opening 2.6 cm. A p ale fabric (pink to r eddish b rown, 5 YR 6 –7/4). R ounded p roἀle, t all raised s pout, h andle w ith circular section. T hree d ark bands on rim, two bands on base of neck, slip on shoulder. Comments: from Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Parallels: Hazzidakis 1934, pl. 18:j (Tylissos). Date: MM I–II. 275 (HCH 03-207; Fig. 22). Jug, neck and shoulder sherd. D. of opening 5.2 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). R aised b and w ith i ncised l ines a t

junction between neck and shoulder. No slip preserved. Comments: f rom R oom 5 , a rea 5 , l evel 3 ( unit H CH 02-3-5-3). Date: MM I–II. 276 (HCH 64; Fig. 22). Jug, neck a nd upper shoulder sherd. D. of opening 4.6 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /6). R ounded p roἀle, r aised b and w ith incised l ines a t j unction b etween n eck a nd s houlder. Two dark bands on base of neck, traces of dark slip on shoulder. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 277 (HCH 90; Fig. 22). Jug, neck sherd with handle and upper shoulder. Max. d im. 10.7 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5 YR 7 /8). R aised s pout, h andle w ith circular section, two raised bands with incising on upper s houlder. D ark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite h orizontal b ands o n n eck a nd s houlder, v ertical b and o n handle. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 278 (HCH 03-205; Fig. 23). Jug, upper part with most of s pout m issing. Rest. h . c a. 15–18 c m. A p ale f abric (reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6, t o p ink, 5 YR 7 /4). R ounded proἀle, raised spout, handle with circular section attached at rim and shoulder. Dark bands on spout, wide band on neck, lines on handle. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 1 (Unit HCH 02-3-5-1). Date: MM I–II. 279 (HCH 03-206; Fig. 23). Jug, upper part with most of spout missing. R est. h. c a. 12–14 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Rounded proἀle, raised spout, handle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached b elow r im a nd on s houlder. D ark b ands o n s pout, w ide b and o n u pper shoulder, diagonal lines on body. Comments: from Room 5 , a rea 5 , l evel 1 ( unit H CH 0 2-3-5-1). Date: MM I–II. 280 ( HCH 05-413; Fig. 23). Jug, spout sherd. Rest. h. c a. 2 0 c m. A ἀ ne p ale f abric ( pink, 7.5YR 7–8/4). Small raised spout. Three dark bands on spout, band on lower part of neck. Comments: analyzed by ceramic p etrography, s ample n o. HCH 0 4/5 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 8 ). Parallels: H azzidakis 1 934, pl. 18:j (Tylissos). Date: MM I–II. 281 (HCH 18; Fig. 23). Jug, spout sherd. Rest. h. ca. 16 c m. A p ale fabric ( pink, 7.5YR 7 /4). S mall r aised spout, handle attached at rim and shoulder. Dark band on s pout, b and o n l ower p art o f n eck, w ide b and o n shoulder. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: Hazzidakis 1934, pl. 18:j (Tylissos). Date: MM I–II. 282 ( HCH 0 2-69; F ig. 2 3). J ug, s pout s herd w ith handle. D . o f o pening 2 .8 c m. A p ale f abric ( light brown, 7.5YR 6/4). Small raised spout, handle with circular s ection a ttached b elow r im. Two d ark b ands o n rim, with third band on spout. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Parallels: Hazzidakis 1934, pl. 18:j (Tylissos). Date: MM I–II. 283 (HCH 05-434; Fig. 23). Jug, spout and shoulder sherd. Rest. h. ca. 20 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow,

VARIOUS NONLOCAL FABRICS, EM III–MM IIB

5YR 7/6). Rounded proἀle, small r aised spout. Molding at junction of neck and shoulder. Dark bands on rim and at junction of neck and shoulder. Comments: from Room 7, w ashed i n f rom R oom 5 ( unit H CH 0 3-7-1). Date: MM I–II. 284 (HNM 12,415; Fig. 23). Jug with no spout (Ḁagon), complete. H. 15.7; d. of rim 3.4; d. of base 8.1 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Globular body, straight rim with no spout, handle with circular section attached below rim and on shoulder. Pale slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 285 (HCH 39; Fig. 23). Jug(?), base sherd. D. of base 6.5 cm. A p ale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Dark traces on lower body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

Wide-Mouthed Vessel with Tube Spout

286 ( HCH 0 4-354; F ig. 2 3). S ide-spouted v essel, rim sherd with part of t ube spout. D. of r im 16 cm. A medium-coarse f abric ( red, 2.5YR 5 /8). Outturned rim; t ube spout (d. 1.9 cm) below the r im, attached at base of shoulder; handles do not survive, so the shape is unknown. Traces of dark slip. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA.

Closed Vessel

287 (HCH 03-221; Fig. 2 3). Closed vessel, b ody sherd. Max. dim. 4.3 cm. A pale very hard fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8 /4, w ith very p ale b rown s urface, 10YR 8 /3). Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Cataloged because of the u nusual fabric. A nalyzed by ceramic p etrography, s ample no. H CH 04/48 ( Hagios Charalambos Fabric Group 13). Date: MM I–II.

Bridge-Spouted Jars

288 ( HCH 1 01; F ig. 2 3). B ridge-spouted j ar, b ody sherd with handle. Max. dim. 6.2 cm. A medium textured fabric (reddish yellow, 7.5YR 7/6). Dark slip on the e xterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Dated by the characteristic slip and thin handle. Date: MM I–II. 289 (HCH 60; Fig. 23). Bridge- or side-spouted jar, rim sherd. D. of rim 12 cm. A medium textured fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Straight, inturned rim, no handles or spout preserved. Dark band on interior of r im, possible t races o n exterior. Comments: f rom Room 4 , upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM II.

Side-Spouted Jug

290 (HCH 04-345; Fig. 24). Side-spouted jug, rim sherd with edge of tube spout. D. of rim ca. 9.5 cm. A

53

ἀne f abric (very p ale b rown, 10YR 7 /4). W ide m outh, slightly e verted r im, h andle o pposite a t ube o r t eapottype spout. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: Xanthoudides 1 906, p ls. 9 :6, 1 1:19 (Chamaizi); Poursat and Knappett 2005, pl. 49:680 (Malia); B etancourt, D ierckx, a nd R eese 2 003, ἀ g. 2 1:1.1 (Pseira). Date: MM I–IIA.

Spouted Two-Handled Cups

291 ( HCH 0 4-376; F ig. 2 4). S pouted t wo-handled cup, many s herds. D. of rim ca. 10 c m. A ἀne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/3). Wide mouth, slightly inturned rim, two opposed v ertical h andles w ith c ircular s ections, o pen rim-spout. D ark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite: b and of i solated c hevrons b elow r im, f rieze of C-spiral motifs j oined b y d iagonal l ines o n u pper s houlder, b ands on l ower b ody. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Parallels: for the band of C-spirals at Malia, see Poursat and Knappett 2005, 122, ἀg. 35:3. Date: MM IIB. 292 (HCH 168; Fig. 24). Spouted t wo-handled cup, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 10–12 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/3). Wide mouth, slightly inturned rim. Dark slip on exterior. Added white: band of double quirks below rim, two bands below rim, frieze of spirals joined by diagonal lines on upper shoulder. Comments: from Room 3 or 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 293 (HCH 169; Fig. 24). Spouted t wo-handled cup, rim s herd w ith s pout. D. of r im c a. 10–12 c m. A ἀ ne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Wide mouth, slightly inturned rim, o pen r im-spout. D ark s lip o n e xterior. A dded white: band of spirals below rim, two bands below rim, frieze o f C-spirals j oined b y d iagonal l ines o n u pper shoulder, band below frieze. Comments: from Room 3 or 4 , u pper levels (1983 s eason). A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/41 ( Hagios C ha­ ralambos Fabric G roup 12). Parallels: for t he band of C-spirals at M alia, s ee P oursat a nd K nappett 2 005, 122, ἀg. 35:3. Date: MM I–II. 294 ( HCH 0 4-280; F ig. 2 4). S pouted t wo-handled cup, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim ca. 10 cm. A pale fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Straight rim. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white: two bands on rim and bands on body, frieze of quirks, possible traces of bands on handle. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 s eason). Parallels: for t he band of q uirks at Malia, see Poursat and Knappett 2005, 121, ἀg. 34:2. Date: MM I–II. 295 ( HCH 0 4-281; F ig. 2 4). S pouted t wo-handled cup, r im s herd. D . o f r im c a. 10–12 c m. A p ale f abric ( pink, 5 YR 7 –8/4). S traight r im. D ark s lip o n e xterior a nd i nterior of r im. Added white: t wo bands on rim. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Analyzed b y ceramic petrography, s ample no. HCH 0 4/21 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 7 a,

54

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Granodiorite F abric). T he f abric s hows t hat t his v essel is an import from the Gulf of Mirabello. Date: MM I–II. 296 ( HCH 121; Fig. 24). Spouted t wo-handled cup, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 10–12 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /8). W ide m outh, s lightly i nturned r im. Dark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite: t wo b ands b elow rim, frieze of spirals joined by diagonal lines on upper shoulder. Comments: f rom R oom 3 o r 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 297 ( HCH 7 0; F ig. 2 4). S pouted t wo-handled c up, rim s herd. R est. h . c a. 10; d . of r im c a. 8 c m. A p ale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 7/4). Straight rim. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 298 ( HCH 0 2-142; F ig. 2 4). C up o r t wo-handled cup, rim sherd. Rest. h. ca. 8; d. of rim 8 cm. A ἀne, pale fabric (pink, 7.5YR 8/4). Straight-sided cup? Dark slip on exterior and interior of r im. Added white: zigzag band at rim, two bands above spiral motif. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 299 (HCH 174; Fig. 24). Spouted t wo-handled cup, rim sherd w ith e dge of spout. D. of neck c a. 5 cm. A pale fabric (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Dark slip on exterior. Added white: bands and spiral on rim. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

Jar

300 ( HCH 1 18; F ig. 2 4). S mall j ar(?), b ody s herd. D. of rim 6 cm. A ἀ ne fabric (pink, 5YR 7/4). Vertical, straight proἀle. Dark slip on the interior of the rim and on t he exterior. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM II.

Jar with Thickened Rim

The presence of several sherds from storage jars in the cave (mostly made in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group, see Ch. 17) demonstrates that storage containers were present in the cave in small numbers. Considering t he p resence of l arnax s herds i n t he assemblage, i t i s p ossible t hat t he j ars w ere u sed as b urial c ontainers. L ike t he l arnakes, t hey s urvive only in sherds.

301 (HCH 34; Fig. 24). Jar, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 26 cm. A pale fabric (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Thickened r im. D ark s lip o n t op o f r im a nd o n e xterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: Pendlebury, Pendlebury, a nd Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 8 6–88, ἀ g. 2 0:902–910 ( Trapeza C ave); Betancourt 2006, 80, 95, ἀgs. 5.4:43, 5.9:106 (Chrysokamino). Date: MM I–II.

17

The Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM II–MM II

The largest group of vessels from the cave is of local or regional production using red-ἀring clays containing varying amounts of phyllite (App. A, Fabrics 2 and 11). Many examples are coarsely textured and have t hicker w alls t han c omparable v essels f rom

many other pa rts of Crete. T he overall coat of slip used f or m any o f t hese v ases i s r ed, l ight r ed, o r reddish yellow rather than the black produced elsewhere in Crete.

Open Shapes in Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware A pottery t radition using both shapes a nd decorations i n a m anner i mitating E ast C retan W hiteon-Dark Ware, but also with ties to the Mesara, has been identiἀed in the assemblage found in the cave (for E ast C retan e xamples a nd f or W hite-on-Dark Ware in general, see Betancourt 1984). East Cretan White-on-Dark Ware Ḁourished in EM III–MM IA, with its main region of production extending along the northern c oast of eastern Crete from Malia to Palaikastro. Similarities with pottery in the Mesara can be seen at Moni Odigitria (Vasilakis and Branigan 2010, ἀgs. 50:P282, P283, 51:P307) and Phaistos

(Levi 1976, vol. I*, pl. 33:c). T he L asithi i mitation consists m ostly o f c ups, s hallow b owls, a nd j ugs. Most numerous are cups that are rounded or conical in form with one vertical handle (with round or elliptical section), attached at or across the rim and on the lower body of the vessel. The cups have a d ark slip that is applied to the exterior and to the inside of the rim or to the exterior and entire interior. Decoration in white is added over the dark undercoat. The l ocal L asithi p roduction u ses t he p hyllitetempered Fabric Group 2 (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Many of the vases are coarsely textured (including

56

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

the cups). The East Cretan production uses Mirabello Fabric, a pa le-ἀring clay tempered with granodiorite (for the description, see Myer, McIntosh, and Betancourt 1995; here, it is Fabric 7). The L asithi p roduction e mploys a m ore l imited r epertoire o f d ecorative m otifs t han i s u sed i n the m ain r egion o f W hite-on-Dark W are. S pirals, circles, c hevrons, a nd q uirks w ere c ommon m otifs used in East Crete, but they were not used here. Instead, o rnamentation i s s impler; m otifs a re b oth rectilinear and curvilinear. The most common decoration is diagonal lines from which a series of lines are joined at an angle. The triangle motif of the East Cretan variety of this ware is a common design that is so metimes ἀ lled w ith c rosshatching, d ots, a nd other motifs (Betancourt 1984, 22). Here, the triangle is only ἀlled with parallel lines that converge at an a ngle ( hatched t riangles). Two p hases of i mitation are illustrated by cups w ith, ἀrst, paint on the interior of the rim and, secondly, cups with paint and decoration on the whole interior. In the Gulf of Mirabello area, the earlier phase of decoration is dated to EM III–MM IA, and the second phase is MM IB.

304 (HCH 2; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of rim 26 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/8). Outturned rim. Dark slip: traces on interior and exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 305 (HCH 3; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, r im sherd. D. of r im c a. 20–25 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup (dark red, 2.5YR 3/6). Traces of dark slip on exterior. Added white n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4 , u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 306 (HCH 25; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of r im 2 6 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5/8). D ark s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded w hite not p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 307 (HCH 93; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of r im 3 4 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5/8). S traight p roἀle. T races o f d ark s lip o n i nterior and e xterior. A dded w hite n ot p reserved. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M III–MM IA. 308 ( HCH 0 4-403; F ig. 2 5). S hallow b owl, r im sherd. D. of rim 25 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). A lmost s traight p roἀle. S urface n ot preserved. Comments: f rom R ooms 4 , u pper l evels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA.

Shallow Conical Bowls

Shallow Conical Bowls with Tab Handle

Shallow b owls h ave d iameters b etween 2 0 a nd 35 cm and smaller bases, creating a shallow conical form. They were surely placed in the original tombs as c ontainers f or so mething e lse ( probably f ood?) rather than for their own sake. Several parallels are known: Pendlebury, Pendlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 5 0, ἀ g. 1 1:303 ( Trapeza C ave); H all 1912, 4 6, ἀ g. 20 ( Sphoungaras); B etancourt 2006, 90, 92, ἀgs. 5.7:87–90, 5.8:91–95 (Chrysokamino).

302 (HCH 76; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of rim 26 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (between red, 2.5YR 5/6, and reddish brown, 2.5YR 4/4). Outturned rim. Dark slip: traces on interior and band on exterior of r im. A dded w hite n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M I II– MM IA. 303 (HCH 120; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of r im c a. 2 0 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 10R 4/8). Traces of dark slip. Added white diagonal bands at rim on interior and traces on exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1976–1983 seasons). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/4 ( Hagios C haralambos Fabric Group 2a, Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM I II–MM I A. Bibl.: L angford-Verstegen 2 008, 554, ἀg. 8:3.

309 (HCH 106; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of r im 34 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup (reddish yellow, 5 YR 6 /6). O utturned r im, t ab h andle. D ark s lip on interior and exterior. Added white diagonal lines on interior a nd exterior. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 310 (HCH 172; Fig. 25). Shallow bowl, rim sherd. D. of r im ca. 30 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5R 4/6). Straight rim, tab handle. Dark slip on rim and handle. No added white preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 311 ( HCH 05-412). Shallow b owl, r im sherd. D. of rim 30 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 10YR 4/8). Dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M III–MM IA.

Rounded Cup with Lugs

This i s o ne o f t he s hapes u sed f or W hite-onDark Ware, but t his version of t he rounded cup is much l ess c ommon t han t he t ype w ith a v ertical handle. Similar cups f rom EM I II t o M M I A i n a pale colored fabric are known from Vasiliki (Seager

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

1906–1907, ἀg. 4) and the Alatzomouri rock shelter (Apostolakou, Betancourt, and Brogan 2011, 40, ἀg. 4:2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 312 (HNM 12,433; Fig. 25). Rounded cup with lugs, complete. H. 5.3; d. of rim 8.9; d. of base 5.7 cm. Lasi­ thi Red Fabric Group (light reddish brown, 2.5YR 6/4). Rounded shape, straight rim, three small lugs low on body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM IA.

Straight-Sided Cups, Dark Paint on Interior of Rim and Exterior

This i s o ne of t he m ost p opular classes of vessel i n t he L asithi W hite-on-Dark Ware. T he d ecoration is often pendent hatched triangles, a m otif borrowed from the production of this class in northeastern Crete where it occurs in hundreds of examples from many sites (Betancourt 1984, 22, 24).

313 (HCH 02-145; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, three-quarters complete. H. 6; d. of rim 11; d . o f b ase 6 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light red, 2 .5YR 6 /8). H andle m issing. D ark s lip o n i nterior of r im a nd o n e xterior. A dded w hite p endent t riangles with h atched u pper c orners. Comments: f rom Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-5). Date: EM III–MM IA. 314 (HCH 02-148; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 6.2; d. of rim 12; d. of b ase 6 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 4/8, w ith a d arker c ore, d usky r ed, 2 .5YR 3 /2). H andle with circular section attached at r im and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white pendent triangles with hatched upper corners. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 2 ( unit HCH 02-2/3-2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 315 (HCH 02-149; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, half complete. H. 5.5; d. of rim 11; d. of base 6 .0. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). Handle with elliptical section attached at rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white pendent t riangles w ith hatched upper corners. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-5). Date: EM III–MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2014, 29, ἀg. 17:e. 316 (HCH 02-68; Fig. 26; Pl. 2). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 6.0; d. of r im 11; d. of base 6 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Handle w ith c ircular s ection attached a t rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim a nd o n e xterior. A dded w hite p endent t riangles with hatched upper corners. Comments: mended from sherds from the Rooms 4/5 Entrance, level 3 and Room

57

5, area 5, level 2 (units HCH 02-2/3Ent-3 and HCH 023-5-2). Date: EM I II–MM I A. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:e. 317 (HCH 94; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, r im sherd, handle missing. D. of r im ca. 16 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (reddish yellow, 5YR 6/6, to yellowish red, 5YR 5/6). Dark slip on interior of rim and o n e xterior. A dded w hite p endent t riangles w ith hatched u pper c orners. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM IA. 318 (HCH 03-219; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical s hape, f ragments. H . 6 .3; d . o f r im 1 2; d . o f base 5 .5 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5/8). Handle with circular section attached at r im and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. A dded w hite c rosshatching. Comments: f rom Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 319 (HNM 12,434; Fig. 26; Pl. 2). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete. H. 6.3; d. of rim 13.7; d. of base 6.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). H andle with c ircular s ection a ttached a t r im and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and o n e xterior. A dded w hite p endent t riangles w ith hatched u pper c orners. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. Bibl.: Langford-Verstegen 2008, 554, ἀg. 9:1. 320 (HCH 02-150; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, r im sherd. Rest. h. 6; d. of r im 10 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Handle with circular section attached at r im and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 5, area 3, below surface (unit HCH 02-3-3-Below Surf). Date: EM III–MM IA. 321 ( HCH 5 3; F ig. 2 6). S traight-sided c up w ith conical s hape, r im s herd. R est. h . 6 .0; d . o f r im 1 2.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Handle with circular section attached at r im and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added w hite m issing. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 322 (HCH 173; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical s hape, r im s herd. D. of r im 12.0 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). S traight w alls, small lug or tab handle at rim. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 323 (HNM 12,457; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, almost complete. H. 6.5; d. of rim 10.9; d. of b ase 6 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2.5YR 6/6). Straight walls, handle with circular section attached o n o utside o f r im a nd b elow c enter o f b ody. Dark slip (light reddish brown, 2.5YR 6/4) on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white traces. Comments:

58

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M III–MM IA. 324 ( HCH 0 2-30; F ig. 2 6). S traight-sided c up w ith conical s hape, almost complete. H . 5.5; d. of rim 10.5; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (varies from dark red, 2 .5YR 6 /6, t o r ed, 2 .5YR 3/6). H andle w ith circular section attached at outside of rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white traces of pendent semicircles. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-Surface). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA. 325 (HCH 05-411; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, r im sherd. D. of r im ca. 16 cm. Lasithi Red F abric G roup ( varies f rom r eddish y ellow, 5 YR 6/6, to yellowish red, 5YR 5/6). Handle not preserved. Dark s lip o n i nterior o f r im a nd o n e xterior. A dded white hatched triangles. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/03, H agios C haralambos Fabric Group 2b (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: EM III–MM IA. 326 ( HCH 0 2-70; F ig. 2 6). S traight-sided c up w ith conical s hape, complete p roἀle. H . 5 .5; d. of r im 1 2; d. of base 8 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Almost straight walls, handle not preserved. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white traces, probably pendent hatched triangles. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 327 (HCH 03-226; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 5.4; d. of rim 12; d. of base 6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (yellowish red, 5YR 5/6). Almost straight walls, handle missing. Dark slip o n i nterior o f r im a nd o n e xterior. A dded w hite pendent h atched t riangles. Comments: f rom R oom 5 , area 1 , l evel 2 ( unit H CH 0 3-5-1-2). Date: E M I II– MM IA. 328 (HCH 63; Fig. 26). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 6.2; d. of rim ca. 12; d. o f b ase 10 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4). Conical shape, straight walls, handle with circular section attached at top of rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of r im and t races on exterior. Added white bands on interior of rim, exterior not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA.

Rounded Cups, Dark Paint on Interior of Rim and on Exterior

This is an extremely common shape at the cave. A c ontinuous s eries e xists b etween r ounded a nd almost straight walls. Both the shape and the style of t he d ecoration a re a l ocal o r r egional v ersion of E ast C retan W hite-on-Dark Ware ( Betancourt

1984, 44, ἀg. 4-3:C; Apostolakou, Betancourt, and Brogan 2011, 40, ἀg. 4:2). Similar examples were found a t t he T rapeza C ave ( Pendlebury, P endlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 56). The dark slip is light red to red to reddish yellow unless stated otherwise. 329 (HCH 02-113; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, rim sherd with h andle. D . o f r im c a. 1 2 c m. L asithi R ed F abric Group (reddish brown, 5YR 4/4). Handle with circular s ection a ttached just b elow r im a nd a t c enter of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white t races of pendent hatched t riangles(?). Comments: from the Rooms 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Date: EM III–MM IA. 330 ( HCH 0 3-186; F ig. 2 7). R ounded c up, c omplete proἀle, with handle missing. H. 5.3; d. of rim ca. 9 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (strong brown, 7.5YR 4/6). Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white t races of pendent hatched t riangles(?). Comments: from Room 7, surface (unit HCH 02-7-1). Date: EM III–MM IA. 331 (HCH 02-136; Fig. 27). Rounded c up, almost complete proἀle. D. of rim ca. 12 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Thickened rim, rounded shape, handle with elliptical section attached at rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white lines on handle and traces on exterior. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 332 ( HNM 12,453; Fig. 2 7; P l. 2 ). R ounded c up, complete p roἀle. H . 6 .9; d . o f r im 9.2; d . o f b ase 5.6 cm. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7/6). Handle w ith circular section attached on outside of rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white t races. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA. 333 (HNM 13,817; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, threequarters c omplete, w ith h andle m issing. H . 5 .7; d . o f rim 9–10; d. of base 4.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). D ark slip o n i nterior of r im a nd o n exterior. A dded w hite t races. Comments: f rom R oom 4, u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). M isshapen. Date: E M III–MM IA. 334 ( HCH 0 3-165; F ig. 2 7). R ounded c up, m ost o f a p roἀle. D . o f r im 8 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup (red, 5YR 6 /8). Handle w ith circular section attached at r im a nd b elow c enter o f b ody. D ark s lip o n i nterior of r im and on exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA. 335 ( HCH 0 2-57; Fig. 2 7). R ounded c up, c omplete proἀle. H. 5.6; d. of rim 12; d. of base 6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4/6). Handle with thick oval

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

section attached at rim and below center of body. Traces of dark slip. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: EM III–MM IA. 336 (HNM 12,403; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, complete. H. 5.5; d. of rim 8.4; d. of base 4.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Handle with circular section attached at rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Rooms 1–3 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM IA. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:i. 337 (HCH 03-227; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, rim sherd with p art o f h andle. M ax. d im. 5 .1 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). H andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached a t r im. D ark s lip m issing. Comments: f rom t he t op o f t he o riginal e ntrance t o t he cave, found in a small deposit of the original soil at the cave’s mouth along with animal bones with cut marks on them. Date: EM III–MM IA. 338 (HNM 12,404; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 9.1; d. of base 6.1 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 339 (HNM 12,407; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, complete. H. 4.9; d. of rim 7.8; d. of base 4.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 340 (HNM 12,430; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 8.6; d. of base 5.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and traces on exterior. Added white not p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 341 ( HNM 1 3,822; F ig. 2 7). R ounded c up w ith spout, almost complete. H. 6.5; d. of rim 9.5; d. of base 5.1 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). Handle w ith circular s ection attached at r im a nd c enter of body. Traces of d ark slip. Added white not preserved. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 342 (HCH 05-432; Fig. 27). Rounded cup, rim sherd with h andle. D . o f r im 8 .0 c m. L asithi R ed F abric Group (reddish yellow, 2.5YR 7/6). Handle with circular section attached at r im a nd center of body a nd extending well above the rim. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white t races. Comments: f rom Room 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M I II– MM IA. 343 ( HNM 1 3,824; F ig. 2 7). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 7.5; d. of rim 9.5; d. of base 5.8 cm. Lasithi

59

Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4/8). Handle with circular section attached on t op of r im a nd c enter of b ody. Dark s lip o n i nterior o f r im a nd o n e xterior. A dded white traces. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 344 ( HNM 1 3,834; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up, c omplete. H. 6.5; d. of rim 10.3; d. of base 5.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). H andle w ith c ircular section attached at rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 345 ( HNM 1 2,455; F ig. 2 8; P l. 2 ). R ounded c up, complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 9.5; d. of base 5.9 cm. Lasithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). H andle a ttached at outside of rim and center of body. Comments: from R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). Date: E M III–MM IA. 346 (HCH 151; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. H. 5.8; d. of rim 12; d. of base 6.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Handle attached at outside of rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and traces on exterior. Added white not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 347 (HNM 13,821; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. H. 6.4; d. of rim 10.6; d. of base 7.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Handle with circular section attached across the rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior of rim and on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA.

Rounded Cup, Plain or Paint Missing

The paint was probably once present on many or all of these cups, but it often did not adhere well to the vessels. The problem is caused by differences in the amount of shrinkage between the clay recipe used for the body of the vessel in comparison with t he slip, plus t he large a mount of water t hat apparently Ḁowed through this cave over the centuries. If the cup was unpainted, it may have been made in EM II.

348 ( HNM 1 2,450; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 6.7; d. of rim 12.3; d. of base 6.0 cm. La­ sithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). H andle a ttachment missing at rim, handle with circular section attached below center of body. Comments: from Room 4, u pper l evels ( 1983 s eason). B urned o n o ne s ide. Date: EM II–MM I. 349 ( HNM 1 2,428; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up, c omplete. H . 7 .4; d . o f r im 1 0.9; d . o f b ase 6 .2 c m. L a­ sithi R ed F abric G roup ( varies f rom r ed, 10R 5 /8, t o

60

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

black). Handle with circular section attached across the rim a nd b elow c enter of b ody. S urface n ot p reserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 350 ( HNM 1 2,448; F ig. 2 8; P l. 2 ). R ounded c up, three-quarters complete. H. 4.8; d. of rim 7.2; d. of base 4.2 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). Handle with circular section attached at outside of rim and below center of body. Traces of dark slip. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 351 ( HNM 1 2,446; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 8.5; d. of base 4.8 cm. La­ sithi R ed F abric G roup ( brown, 2 .5YR 6 /4). H andle with circular section attached at outside of rim and below c enter o f b ody. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 352 (HCH 03-170; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, rim sherd with h andle. D. of r im c a. 8 .5 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric Group (varies from red to light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Rounded s hape, h andle w ith t hick o val s ection a ttached a t outside of r im. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 353 (HCH 27; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim ca. 8.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (varies f rom r ed t o l ight r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). H andle w ith circular s ection a ttached a t o utside o f r im a nd b elow center of body. Surface not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 354 (HNM 12,405; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, complete. H. 7.3; d . of r im 10.9; d . of b ase 5.2 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup (light red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Handle w ith circular s ection a ttached a cross r im a nd b elow c enter of body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 355 (HNM 13,805; Fig. 28). Rounded cup, half complete. H. 7.8; d. of rim 9.5; d. of base 7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (reddish brown, 5YR 6 /4, w ith a d arker core). Handle with circular section attached across the rim a nd b elow c enter of b ody. S urface n ot p reserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 356 ( HNM 1 3,849; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 8.2; d. of rim 12.5; d. of base 6.6 cm. La­ sithi R ed F abric G roup ( varies f rom r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /6, to black). Handle with circular section attached across the r im and at bottom of body. Surface not preserved. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 357 ( HCH 0 3-157; F ig. 2 8). R ounded c up w ith a lmost s traight p roἀle, a lmost c omplete. H . 8 .2 i ncluding t he h andle; d . of r im 10; d . of b ase 8 c m. L asithi Red F abric G roup ( varies f rom r ed, 2 .5YR 5 /8, t o light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Handle with circular section attached across the rim and at base of body. Surface not

preserved. Comments: f rom R oom 5 , a rea 3 , l evel 4 (unit HCH 03-5-3-4). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 358 (HCH 26; Fig. 29). Rounded cup, rim sherd with handle. D. of rim ca. 16 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Handle with circular section attached below r im a nd a t c enter of b ody, o pen s pout. S urface not preserved. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 359 (HCH 03-208; Fig. 29). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. D. of rim ca. 12 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (reddish y ellow, 5 YR 6 /6). H andle w ith c ircular s ection attached at rim and center of body. Surface not preserved. Comments: f rom Room 5, area 5, level 3 ( unit HCH 02-3-5-3). Date: EM II–MM I. 360 ( HNM 1 2,421; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 5.9; d. of rim 8.6; d. of base 7.3 cm. Lasi­ thi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Handle attached at o utside of r im a nd c enter of b ody. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 361 ( HCH 1 47; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up w ith s pout, fragments, h andle m issing. D . o f r im 14.0 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup (reddish brown, 5YR 4 /4). Rounded shape. Traces of dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white traces of bands in interior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 362 ( HCH 02-49; Fig. 29). Rounded c up, c omplete proἀle. H. 11.9; d. of r im ca. 14; d. of base 8.8 cm. A fabric with phyllite i nclusions (red, 5YR 5/6). Handle with circular section attached below r im and at center of body. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level below surface ( unit H CH 0 2-3-5-Below S urface). A nalyzed by c eramic p etrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/18 ( Hagios Charalambos Metamorphic Fabric). Date: EM II– MM I. 363 ( HNM 1 2,420; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 6.9; d. of rim 11.1; d. of base 6.7 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Handle with circular s ection a ttached a t o utside o f r im a nd b elow center of body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 364 ( HNM 1 2,429; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 7.7; d. of rim 11.75; d. of base 7.3 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Handle with circular s ection a ttached a t o utside o f r im a nd b elow center of body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 365 ( HNM 1 3,830; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete, most of handle missing. H. 7.2; d. of rim 11; d. of base 7.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Handle with circular section attached at outside of rim and below center of body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 366 ( HNM 1 3,831; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete, with handle missing. H. 7.8; d. of rim 10.7; d. of base 5.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

5/6). Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 367 (HNM 13,835; Fig. 29). Rounded cup, rim sherd with handle. H. ca. 7; d. of rim 9 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). H andle w ith c ircular s ection attached a t o utside o f r im a nd c enter o f b ody. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 368 ( HNM 1 3,840; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete, most of handle missing. H. 6.9; d. of rim 8.8; d. of base 4.8 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Handle with circular section attached at outside of rim and below center of body. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I. 369 ( HNM 1 3,844; F ig. 2 9). R ounded c up, a lmost complete, with most of handle missing. H. 6; d. of rim 9.2; d. of base 7.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 4 /6). H andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached a t outside o f r im a nd c enter o f b ody. Comments: f rom Room 3 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I. 370 (HNM 12,394; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, complete proἀle, w ith most of handle m issing. H. 6.1; d. of r im 9.7; d. of base 6.7 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Comments: from Room 3 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I. 371 ( HNM 1 2,419; F ig. 3 0; P l. 2 ). R ounded c up, three-quarters c omplete, w ith h andle m issing. H . 6.2; d. of rim 9.6; d. of base 6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 372 (HCH 03-213; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, complete proἀle, with handle missing. H. 6.1; d. of rim 12; d. of base 6.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 3 (unit HCH 023-5-3). Date: EM II–MM I. 373 ( HCH 03-153; Fig. 30). Rounded c up, c omplete proἀle, with handle missing. H. 5.7; d. of rim ca. 8–10; d. of base 6 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Comments: from Room 5, area 3, level 3 (unit HCH 03-5-3-3). Date: EM II–MM I. 374 ( HNM 1 2,396; F ig. 3 0). R ounded c up, a lmost complete, with handle missing. H. 8.9; d. of rim 12.1; d. of base 8.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (varies from black to red, 2.5YR 5/6, with a darker surface). Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I. 375 (HNM 13,847; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, two thirds complete. H. 8.8; d. of rim 13.5; d. of base 8.1 cm. La­ sithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6, t o b lack). Handle w ith t hick o val s ection a ttached a t o utside o f rim and bottom of body. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I. 376 (HNM 13,854; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, twothirds complete. H. 11.0; d. of base 8 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). H andle w ith c ircular section a ttached a t o utside of r im a nd c enter of b ody. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM II–MM I.

61

377 (HCH 02-60; Fig. 30; Pl. 3). Rounded cup, threequarters complete. H. 6.6; d. of rim ca. 9; d. of base 5.7 cm. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /8). O utturned r im w ith s pout, h andle w ith c ircular s ection attached at o utside of rim a nd below center of b ody. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: EM II–MM I. 378 (HCH 02-151; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. D. of rim 10; d. of base 6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Handle with circular section a ttached a t o utside of r im a nd below c enter of body. Comments: f rom Rooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: EM II–MM I. 379 (HCH 4; Fig. 30). Rounded cup, rim sherd with handle. D . o f r im c a. 1 0–12 c m. L asithi R ed F abric Group (red, 2.5YR 4/8). Handle with circular section attached a t r im a nd c enter o f b ody. S urface n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1983 s easons). Burned. Date: EM II–MM I. 380 (HCH 132; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. H. 5.6; d. of rim 12.0; d. of base 6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 2.5/4). Handle with circular section attached at top of rim and center of body. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: EM II–MM I. 381 (HCH 03-154; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete. H. 6.1; d. of rim 8.7; d. of base 5.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 4 /8). Handle with circular section attached across top of rim and below center of body. Comments: f rom R oom 5 , a rea 3 , l evel 3 ( unit HCH 03-5-3-3). Date: EM II–MM I. 382 ( HCH 02-62; Fig. 31). C up w ith almost straight proἀle, complete proἀle. H. 6.1; d. of rim 7.6; d. of base 5.4 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /6). Rounded s hape, h andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached across top of rim and below center of body. Comments: from R oom 5 , a rea 4 , l evel 2 ( unit H CH 0 2-3-5-2). Parallels: f or t he s hape, s ee P endlebury, P endlebury, and Money-Coutts 1935–1936, 57, ἀ g. 13:522 ( Trapeza Cave). Date: EM II–MM I.

Cylindrical Cup, Dark Paint on Interior and Exterior

The cup with a vertical handle and a cylindrical shape is uncommon. The only preserved example is in poor condition. 383 (HNM 12,456; Fig. 31; Pl. 3). Straight-sided cup, complete. H. 5.7; d. of rim 7.7; d. of base 6.4 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric G roup ( between l ight reddish brown, 2.5YR 6 /4, a nd r eddish brown, 2.5YR 5 /4). C ylindrical s hape, s traight w alls, h andle w ith c ircular s ection attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white traces of band on the rim. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

62

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Rounded Cup, Dark Paint on Interior and Exterior

In the East Cretan W hite-on-Dark Ware of the Gulf o f M irabello a nd o ther p laces o n C rete’s northeastern coast, which was the region that acted a s t he i nspiration for t his version of t he st yle, the practice of painting the entire interior of a cup began i n M M I B ( all t he s herds f rom t he N orth Trench at Gournia, the largest deposit for the earlier E M I II/MM I A p hase, a dded o nly a b and t o the i nterior o f t he r im; s ee B etancourt 1 984, 11, ἀg. 2-5). The detail is of special interest because it demonstrates t hat t hose who m ade t he p ottery i n the L asithi v ersion of W hite-on-Dark Ware w ere informed of continuing developments in the tradition. The cups continued to be handmade.

384 ( HCH 0 2-77; F ig. 31). R ounded c up, c omplete proἀle. H . 6 .3; d . o f r im 10; d . o f b ase 6 c m. L asithi Red Fabric Group (red, 10R 4/6). Handle with circular section attached at rim and center of body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 3 (unit HCH 02-3-5-3). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, s ample n o. H CH 0 4/16, H agios C haralambos Fabric Group 2b (Lasithi Red Fabric Group). Date: MM I–II. 385 (HCH 02-83; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, r im sherd with h andle. D . o f r im c a. 8 c m. L asithi R ed F abric Group (red, 2.5YR 6 /6). H andle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior a nd e xterior. N o a dded w hite s urvives. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 386 ( HCH 0 2-90; Fig. 31). R ounded c up, c omplete proἀle. H. 5.7; d. of r im 10; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4/6). Handle with thick oval section attached at or across r im a nd at center of body. D ark s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior. Comments: from R oom 5 , a rea 4 , l evel 3 ( unit H CH 0 2-3-5-3). Date: MM I–II. 387 ( HNM 1 3,816; F ig. 3 1). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 6.9; d. of r im 8.6; d. of base 7.4 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Handle with circular s ection a ttached a cross r im a nd a t c enter o f body. D ark slip o n i nterior a nd exterior. Added w hite traces. Comments: f rom Room 2 ( 1982 season). Date: MM I–II. 388 (HNM 12,452; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete. H. 5.8; d . of r im 10.3; d . of b ase 4.9 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup (light red, 2.5YR 6 /6). Handle w ith circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip o n i nterior a nd exterior. Added w hite m issing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM I–II.

389 ( HNM 1 2,447; F ig. 3 1). R ounded c up, t hreequarters complete. H. 5.4; d. of rim 9.13; d. of base 5.8 cm. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 10R 5 /6). H andle missing. Dark slip (black) on interior and exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 seasons). Date: MM I–II. 390 (HCH 03-163; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete. H. 5.4; d. of rim 8.9; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded w hite m issing. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –4 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: MM I–II. 391 ( HCH 0 3-156; F ig. 3 1). R ounded c up, a lmost complete. H. 5.3; d. of rim 9.3; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red F abric G roup ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 6 /6). H andle attachment m issing. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 5, area 3, level 4 (unit HCH 03-5-3-4). Date: MM I–II. 392 (HCH 02-139; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, rim sherd with part of handle. D. of rim ca. 10–12 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6). Handle with circular section attached at rim. Dark slip on interior and e xterior. A dded w hite m issing. Comments: f rom the R oom 4 /5 E ntrance, l evel 3 ( unit H CH 0 2-2/3-3). Date: MM I–II. 393 (HCH 88; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. H. 5.2 including handle; d. of rim 12; d. of base 5.7 cm. L asithi Red Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). Handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white band on lower body with rest missing. Comments: f rom R ooms 1 –3 ( 1976–1983 s easons). Date: MM I–II. 394 (HNM 12,431; Fig. 31). Rounded cup, complete proἀle. H. 7.8; d. of rim 11.9; d. of base 7.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). H andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached a cross r im a nd b elow c enter of body. D ark slip o n i nterior a nd exterior. Added w hite traces. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels ( 1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

Straight-Sided Cups with Conical Shape

Conical cups w ith one vertical handle made i n the Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware were common offerings in MM IB. They were often decorated with pendent h atched t riangles o r p endent a rcs, w hich are both motifs t hat were borrowed f rom t he t radition in eastern Crete (Betancourt 1984, 24–32). In c omparison w ith t he st yle of E ast C rete m ade in Mirabello Fabric, the shapes here are larger and

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

less well made, and their dark slip is usually red, not black. 395 ( HCH 1 24; F ig. 3 2). S traight-sided c up w ith conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 5.8; d. of rim 14; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Straight walls and rim, handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Added white pendent a rcs on exterior, f rieze of d iagonal l ines above bands on i nterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/13, Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 2 b ( Lasithi R ed Fabric Group). Date: MM IA–IB. 396 (HNM 13,810; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical s hape, c omplete p roἀle. H . 6 .2; d . o f r im 14; d. of b ase 6 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2.5YR 6/6). Straight walls and rim, handle with circular s ection a ttached a cross r im a nd a t c enter of b ody. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white pendent arcs on interior, hatched triangles on exterior Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. Bibl.: Langford-Verstegen 2008, 554, ἀg. 9:2. 397 (HNM 12,399; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, half complete. H. 6.0; d. of rim 12.6; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Straight walls and rim, handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white pendent triangles with hatched upper corners on exterior. Comments: from Room 2 (1982 season). Date: MM IB. 398 ( HCH 1 25; F ig. 3 2). S traight-sided c up w ith conical s hape, a lmost c omplete. H . 6 ; d . o f r im 13.5; d. of base 5.8 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Straight walls and rim, handle with circular s ection a ttached a t r im a nd b elow c enter o f b ody. Dark s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded w hite p endent arcs on interior, pendent hatched triangles on exterior. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 399 (HCH 78; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle. H. 6.0; d. of rim 12.0; d of base 6.9 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 5YR 6/3). Straight walls and rim, handle with circular section attached a t r im a nd b elow c enter of b ody. D ark s lip o n interior and exterior. Added white pendent arcs on interior, exterior surface missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 400 ( HNM 1 2,389; F ig. 3 2; P l. 3 ). S traight-sided cup with conical shape, almost complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 11.1; d. of base 6.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (light red, 2.5YR 6 /8). Straight walls a nd r im, handle with circular section attached at r im and below center of body. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white pendent a rcs o n i nterior, e xterior s urface m issing. Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Date: MM IB. Bibl.: Betancourt et al. 2008b, 166, ἀg. 28:f.

63

401 ( HCH 0 2-67; Fig. 32). S traight-sided c up w ith conical shape, complete proἀle with handle. H. 6.2; d. of r im 12; d . of b ase 7 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup (red, 2.5YR 4/8). Straight walls a nd rim, handle w ith circular section attached at rim and center of body. Surface n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom R oom 5, a rea 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Burned inside, and probably used as a lamp. Date: EM III–MM IA. 402 ( HCH 1 50; F ig. 3 2). S traight-sided c up w ith conical shape, rim sherd, handle missing. D. of rim 10 cm. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). A lmost straight walls and r im. Dark slip (red) on exterior. Added white pendent hatched triangles. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 403 (HCH 89; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, rim sherd, handle missing. D. of rim 10 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 10R 5/8). Almost straight walls a nd r im. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Added w hite p endent h atched t riangles. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 404 (HCH 77; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical s hape, r im s herd, h andle m issing. D . o f r im 1 0 cm. L asithi Red Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). Straight walls and rim. Dark slip on interior and exterior. Added white: crosshatched lines on rim, two horizontal bands, other traces. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 405 ( HNM 1 2,411; F ig. 32). S traight-sided c up w ith conical shape, almost complete, handle missing. H. 7.8; d. of rim 11.2; d. of base 5.3 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Straight walls and rim with slightly concave walls, handle missing. Dark slip on interior and exterior. A dded white n ot preserved. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM IB. 406 ( HCH 0 2-144; Fig. 3 2). Miniature straightsided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle, handle missing. H . 3.4; d . of r im c a. 6 ; d . of b ase 4 c m. L a­ sithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Straight walls. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Added white diagonal lines from rim to base on exterior. Comments: from R oom 5 , f eature 1 ( unit H CH 0 2-3-Feature 1 ). Date: MM IB. 407 (HNM 13,803; Fig. 32). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, complete proἀle, handle missing. H. 5.8; d. o f r im 11.3; d . o f b ase 5 .8 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric Group ( red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). S traight w alls a nd r im. S urface missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: EM III–MM IA. 408 ( HNM 1 3,839; F ig. 3 3). S traight-sided c up with conical shape, almost complete. H. 6.2; d. of rim 12.2; d. of base 6.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4/6). Straight walls and rim, handle with elliptical section attached at rim and center of body. Surface missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Burned. Date: MM IB.

64

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

409 (HNM 13,848; Fig. 33). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, almost complete. H. 5.5; d. of rim 13.0; d. of base 5.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Straight walls and rim, handle with elliptical section attached at rim and below center of body. Dark slip on i nterior a nd exterior. Added white t races of sets of three pendent arcs in interior, added white traces on exterior. Comments: f rom Room 3 ( 1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM IB. 410 (HNM 13,837; Fig. 33). Straight-sided cup with conical shape, almost complete. H. 5.6; d. of rim 10.8; d. of base 6.1 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Straight walls and rim, handle with elliptical section attached at rim. Surface missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1976–1983 seasons). Date: MM IB. 411 ( HCH 0 2-98, i n H NM; F ig. 3 3). S traightsided cup with conical shape, almost complete, handle missing. H. 5.4; d. of r im 10.9; d. of base 6.1 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Straight walls and rim, handle with elliptical section attached at rim. Traces of dark slip on interior and exterior. Comments: from t he R oom 4 /5 E ntrance, l evel 3 ( unit H CH 0 22/3-3). Burned in the interior (perhaps used as a lamp). Date: MM IB. 412 ( HCH 0 2-14; F ig. 3 3). S traight-sided c up w ith conical shape, rim sherd with part of handle. D. of rim 12–14 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Straight walls and rim, handle with elliptical section a ttached a t r im a nd c enter o f b ody. Comments: from R oom 4 , l ower l evels ( unit H CH 0 2-2-2). Date: MM IB.

Miscellaneous Open Shapes

413 (HCH 30; Fig. 33). Cup with angular carination low on body, rim sherd with handle. H. over 10 cm; d. of rim not measurable. A coarse fabric (red, 2.5YR 5/6). Conical s hape, h andle a ttached a cross r im a nd b elow center of body. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA. 414 (HNM 12,432; Fig. 33). Bell-shaped spouted cup, complete. H. 7.7; d. of rim 10.7; d. of base 5.1 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 6/6). Rounded to conical shape, slightly outturned r im, handle with circular section attached at rim and below center of body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM III–MM IA.

415 ( HCH 52; Fig. 33). B ell-shaped c up, r im sherd with h andle. D . o f r im 1 0–12 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). R ounded t o c onical shape, slightly outturned rim, handle with circular section a ttached a t t op of r im a nd b elow c enter of b ody. Dark slip o n i nterior a nd exterior. Added w hite m issing. Comments: f rom Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 416 ( HCH 03-220; Fig. 33). M iniature t umbler, b ase sherd. D . o f b ase 2 .85 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Tall conical shape, no handles preserved. D ark s lip o n e xterior. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 ( unit H CH 0 2-Dump). Parallels: Z ois 1969, p l. 2 9 (Gournes). Date: EM III–MM II. 417 ( HCH 0 6-459; Fig. 33). Brazier, b ase a nd h andle s herds. R est. h . c a. 10; d . o f b ase 8 .0 c m. L asithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4–5/8). Slightly rounded shape of proἀle on handle side, with pulled rim opposite handle, horizontal f rying pan handle. Dark slip (red, 2.5YR 4/6) on exterior. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM II. 418 ( HCH 1 70; F ig. 3 3). W ide-mouthed c up, r im sherd. D. of rim 14 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Heavily burnished on interior, exterior surface missing. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (dump from 1976–1983 seasons, unit HCH 03-12-1). Date: EM III–MM IA. 419 (HNM 12,451; Fig. 33; Pl. 3). Deep rounded cup, almost c omplete. H . 6 .2; d . of r im 8 .2; d . of b ase 4.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 10R 6/6). Tall rounded c up, n o h andles. D ark s lip ( red, 2 .5YR 6 /6) on i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded w hite m issing. C omments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 420 ( HCH 4 3; F ig. 3 4). Vessel w ith loop h andles, rim s herd w ith h andle. D . o f r im 8 c m. A r ed f abric (light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). H orizontal l oop h andle r ising above r im. D ark s lip o n i nterior a nd e xterior. A dded white n ot p reserved. Comments: f rom Room 4 , u pper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IA. 421 (HCH 02-44; Fig. 34). Miniature cup, complete. H. 3 .5; d . o f r im 5 .3; d . o f b ase 2 .6 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /6, w ith a w hite s urface). Rounded s hape, h andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached at r im a nd o n b ody. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , l ower levels (unit HCH 02-2-1). Date: MM I–II.

Cooking Vessels Tripod Cooking Vessels

Tripod cooking pots are common Minoan cooking v essels ( Betancourt 1 980; M artlew 1 988;

Filippa-Touchais 2 000). T he e arliest e xamples from EM I have very wide legs, a rounded proἀle, and an everted rim (Shank 2005, 105, pl. 11:f). The

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

pieces from the cave are much later, with straighter proἀles a nd legs that have elliptical to circular sections. The dates are uncertain, and for 424–426 the shape of the vessel is unknown. 422 (HCH 155; Fig. 34). Tripod brazier, base sherd with part of legs. D. of base 8 c m. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (dark red, 2.5YR 3/6). Straight-sided bowl supported o n t hree l egs, l eg w ith e lliptical s ection, h orizontal h andle w ith c ircular s ection. Comments: f rom Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 423 ( HCH 3 7; F ig. 3 4). T ripod c ooking p ot, b ase sherd w ith p art of l eg. D. of b ase 18 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( dark r ed, 2 .5YR 3 /6), p artly b urned black. S traight-sided b owl s upported o n t hree l egs, leg w ith e lliptical s ection. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1983 season). Parallels: Tripod cooking pots a re discussed b y B etancourt ( 1980) a nd M artlew ( 1988). Date: EM II–MM I. 424 (HCH 02-130; Fig. 34; Pl. 3). Tripod vessel, leg sherd. P res. l ength 6 .2 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup (light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). L eg w ith t hick o val s ection. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 ( unit HCH 02-2/3-3). Date: MM I–II. 425 (HCH 02-131; Fig. 34). Tripod vessel, leg sherd. Pres. l ength 6 .2 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light

65

reddish b rown, 2 .5YR 5 /6). L eg w ith t hick o val s ection. Slipped. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3-3). Date: MM I–II. 426 (HCH 03-210; Fig. 34). Tripod vessel, leg sherd. Pres. length 7.0 cm. Lasithi R ed F abric Group (light red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). L eg w ith a lmost c ircular s ection. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, level 3 ( unit HCH 02-2/3-3). Date: MM I–II. 427 (HCH 161; Fig. 34). Tripod cooking pot(?), leg sherd. P res. length 8.8 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup (light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /6). L eg w ith e lliptical s ection. Comments: from Rooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM I.

Cooking Vessel without Legs

428 (HCH 06-458; Fig. 34). Cooking pot, non-joining rim and base sherds with handles. Rest. h. ca. 23–25; d. of rim ca. 18; d. of base 17 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 4 /6). Slightly outturned r im, rounded proἀle, no legs, two vertical handles with circular sections attached b elow r im a nd a t s houlder. Comments: me nded from Rooms 2 a nd 4 (1982 and 1983 seasons). Date: MM I–II.

Other Shapes Small Tripod Bowl

429 ( HCH 0 2-116; F ig. 3 4). S mall t ripod v essel, base sherd with part of leg. Max. dim. 8.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /6). S traight-sided o r rounded bowl supported on three short legs, handle not preserved. Comments: f rom t he R oom 4 /5 E ntrance, level 3 (unit HCH 02-2/3 Ent-3). Date: MM I–II.

Jug or Kantharos(?)

430 (HCH 06-456; Fig. 35). Jug or kantharos, body sherd with handle. Max. dim. 6.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup (core d ark reddish brown, 5YR 3 / 4). Dark slip (light red, 2.5YR 6/6) on exterior. Handle with elliptical section. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Burned. Date: MM I–II.

Jugs

431 ( HNM 1 2,416; F ig. 3 5; P l. 3 ). P iriform j ug, complete. H. 20.5; d. of base 6.7 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Piriform shape, tall raised spout, h andle w ith t hick o val s ection a ttached b elow rim and on shoulder. Dark slip on exterior. Added white

not preserved. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: EM IIB. 432 (HNM 12,414; Fig. 35). Jug, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 19–22; d. of base 7.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Globular shape, handle with circular s ection a ttached a t r im a nd s houlder. D ark s lip (red) on exterior. Comments: f rom Room 1 ( 1982 season). Date: EM IIB. 433 ( HCH 2 8; F ig. 35). J ug, u pper p art. P res. h . 8 cm. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 1 0R 6 /8). Small raised spout. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: EM II–III. 434 (HNM 12,454; Fig. 35). Jug, complete. H. 26.5; d. o f b ase 8 .5 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2.5YR 5/6). Piriform shape, small raised spout, handle with circular section attached at rim and shoulder. Dark slip (red) on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: EM IIB. 435 ( HCH 02-71; Fig. 35). Jug, upper part. P res. h. 8.5 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 2 ,5YR 6/6). Rounded proἀle, small raised spout, handle with circular s ection a ttached a t r im a nd s houlder. D ark band o n r im, o ther t races. Comments: f rom R oom 5 , area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: EM II–III.

66

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

436 ( HNM 12,393; Fig. 35). J ug, a lmost c omplete. Pres. h. 13; d. of base 7.2 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Globular shape, handle attached below rim and on shoulder. Dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Date: EM II–III. 437 (HNM 12,391; Fig. 36). Jug, complete. H. 8.5; d. of base 5.2 cm. A light red fabric, light red (5YR 7/4). Trefoil m outh, h andle w ith c ircular s ection a ttached below r im a nd o n b ody. U npainted. Comments: f rom Room 3 (1983 season). Date: MM IIB? 438 (HNM 12,459; Fig. 36; Pl. 3). Jug, almost complete. Rest. h. 9; d. of base 5.1 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group ( red, 2 .5YR 6 /6). P iriform s hape a nd s mooth transition b etween n eck a nd s houlder, h andle m issing. Unpainted. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 439 (HNM 12,406; Fig. 36; Pl. 3). Jug, almost complete. Rest. h. ca. 10; d. of base 5.3 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( reddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /6). P iriform s hape and smooth transition between neck and shoulder, handle missing. Unpainted. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB. 440 (HCH 02-61; Fig. 36). Jug, upper part and handle s herd. R est. h . c a. 1 0; d . o f r im 3 .5 c m. L asithi Red Fabric G roup ( between r ed a nd l ight r ed, 2 .5YR 5–6/8). P iriform s hape, h orizontal s pout, h andle w ith circular s ection a ttached b elow r im a nd o n b ody. Unpainted. Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 02-3-5-2). Date: MM I–IIB. 441 (HNM 12,392; Fig. 36). Jug, complete. H. 9.2; d. of rim 4.0; d. of base 5.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2 .5YR 5 /8). P iriform s hape a nd s mooth t ransition between neck and shoulder, handle missing. Dark slip on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: from Room 3 (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB? 442 (HCH 54; Fig. 36). Jug, complete proἀle. H. 6.4; d. of base 6.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Piriform shape and low position of maximum diameter, small low spout, two knobs on sides of spout. U npainted. Comments: f rom R ooms 1–4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 443 (HNM 13,846; Fig. 36). Jug, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 11–12; d. of base 6.5 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2 .5YR 5 /6). P iriform s hape and s mooth t ransition b etween n eck a nd s houlder, h andle m issing. U npainted. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II. 444 (HCH 79; Fig. 36). Jug, upper part. Rest. h. ca. 14–16; d . o f o pening 3 x 2 .3 c m. L asithi R ed F abric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Piriform shape and smooth transition between neck and shoulder, horizontal spout, handle with circular section attached at rim and center of body. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–II.

445 ( HCH 02-79; Fig. 36). Jug, u pper p art. P res. h . 7.5 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( red, 2 .5YR 4 /6). Rounded proἀle, low spout, handle with circular section attached b elow r im. Traces o f d ark s lip. A dded w hite band on rim and handle. Comments: from Room 4 (1983 season). Date: MM I–IIB.

Tube-Spouted and Bridge-Spouted Jugs

446 ( HCH 0 6-455; F ig. 3 6). B ridge-spouted j ug, many s herds. Rest. h . 11.5; d . of r im 11.8 c m. L asithi Red F abric G roup ( varies f rom r eddish b rown, 5 YR 5/4, t o r eddish y ellow, 5 YR 7 /8, w ith t he c ore d ark). Thickened, outturned r im, bridged spout at the shoulder, handle with thick oval section attached at rim and below shoulder. Dark slip (reddish brown, 5YR 5/3) on exterior. Black band under rim. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Date: MM IB. 447 ( HNM 13,820; F ig. 3 6; P l. 3 ). S ide-spouted o r tube-spouted jug, almost complete. H. 8.3; d. of rim 6.5; d. o f b ase 4 .2 c m. L asithi R ed Fabric G roup ( reddish brown, 2.5YR 5/4). Straight rim, rounded body, bridged or t ube spout at t he shoulder, one vertical h andle w ith circular section attached below rim and on shoulder opposite s pout and t wo horizontal s ide-handles added a t shoulder. Dark slip (red) on exterior. Added white missing. Comments: f rom Room 4, u pper levels (1983 s eason). Date: MM IB. 448 ( HCH 1 27; F ig. 3 7). S ide-spouted j ug o r t eapot, lower part. Rest. h. ca. 14; d. of base 10.8 cm. La­ sithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/6). Either a tube spout or a t eapot (spout missing), vertical handle with circular section. Dark slip on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Burned. Parallels: the shape (except for the spout, whose shape is unknown) is similar t o B etancourt a nd D avaras, e ds., 2003, ἀg. 21:1.1 (Pseira). Date: EM IIB–MM I. 449 (HCH 02-127; Fig. 37). Bridge-spouted jar, rim sherd with spout. D. of rim 11–12 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (weak red, 2.5YR 4/2). Thickened, inturned rim, r ounded b ody, b ridged s pout a t t he s houlder. Traces of d ark slip o n exterior. Added w hite m issing. Comments: m ended f rom s herds f rom t he R oom 4 /5 Entrance a nd Room 5, a rea 5, level 2 ( units HCH 022/3-3 and HCH 02-3-5-2). Burned. Date: MM IB.

Closed Vessel

450 (HCH 02-126; Fig. 37). Closed vessel, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 8 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6 /6, w ith a d arker c ore). S traight, s lightly i nturned r im. Dark slip on exterior. Added white c rosshatched area and diagonal band (motif mostly missing). Comments: from Room 5, area 5, level 2 (unit HCH 023-5-2). Burned. Date: MM I.

THE LASITHI RED FABRIC GROUP, EM II–MM II

Jars

67

452 (HCH 12; Fig. 37). Jar, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 34 c m. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6/8). Thickened rim. Ropework band below rim. Dark slip on top of rim and on exterior. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Parallels: for the rim, see 451; for b oth t he r im a nd t he molding b elow the r im, s ee B etancourt a nd D avaras, e ds., 2 003, ἀ g. 28:2.50 (Pseira). Date: EM III–MM I.

454 (HCH 80; Fig. 37). Jar, lower part. D. of base 16 cm. L asithi R ed F abric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). Dark s lip o n e xterior. A dded w hite d iagonal l ines o n body. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM I. 455 ( HCH 192; Fig. 37). Jar, b ody sherd w ith h andle. Max. dim. 8.3 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Wide vertical handle w ith elliptical cross section. Traces of dark slip. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IIB. 456 ( HCH 35; F ig. 3 7). J ar, b ody s herd w ith h andle. Max. dim. 10.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Horizontal handle with circular cross section. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IIB. 457 ( HCH 0 4-395; F ig. 3 7). J ar, b ody s herds. M ax. dim. of largest sherd 11.0 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 2.5YR 5/8). Dark (reddish yellow, 5YR 7/6) horizontal bands on exterior. Added white traces of horizontal bands on the dark bands. Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM III–MM IIB. 458 ( HCH 02-53). Jar w ith t ripod legs, b ase s herd. Pres. h. 2.2; d. of base 27; length of leg 2.6 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( light r ed, 2 .5YR 6 /8). S hort l egs. Comments: f rom Room 5, area 5, level 2 ( unit 02-3-52). Analyzed by ceramic petrography, sample no. HCH 04/14 ( Hagios C haralambos F abric G roup 2 b). Date: MM I–II.

Other Jars

Lid

Large jars a nd pithoi i n t he a ssemblage a re a ll preserved only in very small fragments, and not a single example is restorable. Fragments come from scattered l ocations. I t i s p ossible t hat t hese l arge shapes were originally used for jar burials.

Jar with Thickened Rim 451 (HCH 36; Fig. 37). Jar, rim sherd. D. of rim ca. 34 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Thickened rim. Dark slip on top of rim and on exterior. Comments: f rom R oom 4 , u pper l evels (1983 s eason). Parallels: P endlebury, P endlebury, a nd M oney-Coutts 1935–1936, 8 6–88, ἀ g. 2 0:902, 9 10 ( Trapeza C ave); Betancourt 2006, 80, 95, ἀ gs. 5.4:43, 5.9:106 (Chrysokamino). Date: EM III–MM I.

Large Jar with Rope Decoration

453 (HCH 02-143; Fig. 37). Jar, rim sherd. D. of rim 32 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (light red, 2.5YR 6/8). Thickened r im. D ark s lip ( red, 2 .5YR 5 /8) o n t op o f rim and on exterior. Comments: from the Room 4/5 Entrance, surface level (unit HCH 02-2/3-Surface). Parallels: see 451. Date: EM III–MM IIB.

459 (HCH 83; Fig. 37). Lid, sherd. D. of rim 28 cm. Lasithi Red Fabric Group (red, 5YR 6/8). Flat lid. Dark slip (red). Comments: from Room 4, upper levels (1983 season). Date: EM II–MM IIB.

18

Conclusions

The pottery assemblage from the Hagios Charalambos C ave i llustrates l ocal p roduction st yles i n the Lasithi region, and it also shows a t aste for imported wares from elsewhere on the island of Crete. A total of 18,064 vases and sherds are present (App. B). This assemblage s eems to r epresent a chronological continuum with no signiἀcant gaps. The earliest piece is a partial vessel from the Late Neolithic period (1). More pottery is present from FN, EM I, and EM II. Perhaps the settlement increased in size in EM III, because the quantity of pottery from this time includes many more pieces. Styles from MM I and MM II are well represented. The latest sherds from inside t he cave a re e ither f rom t he very e nd of MM IIB or from slightly later. It is clear that the pottery represents a s equence of burials st retching from the Final Neolithic until MM IIB. As is typical of pottery associated with burials, the vessels found in the cave were mostly used for the pouring and drinking of liquids. Cups and jugs are the dominant shapes of both imported and locally m ade o bjects. M inoan r itual d rinking h as

received c onsiderable d iscussion i n r ecent y ears (for b ibliography, s ee H amilakis 1 998; T zedakis and Martlew, eds., 1999; Wright, ed., 2004; Halstead a nd B arrett, e ds., 2 004; H itchcock, L afἀneur, and Crowley, eds., 2008; Tzedakis, Martlew, and Jones, eds., 2 008; Vasilakis and Branigan 2010, 255–261). Minoan drinking has been extensively documented both from domestic and funerary c ontexts. T he e vidence f rom t his ca ve i s important for the general discussion because it is possible t o m ake so me o bservations n ot o nly o n the f act t hat e ating a nd d rinking w ere so me o f the a ctivities r epresented by t his a ssemblage, b ut also on the nature of those activities and how they changed through time. In a ddition t o v essels f or t he c onsumption o f food and beverages, the cave also contained small vases that presumably held oil or a special unguent, sherds of jars t hat m ay h ave b een b urial c ontainers, a nd v essels t hat ca n b e c lassiἀed a s o ffering tables. Among these, the vases that may have contained oil or perfume are the most numerous. They

70

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

suggest that the offering of oil to the deaceased was already a pa rt of the ceremonial rituals associated with Early and Middle Bronze Age Crete. The majority of the pottery from the site is made locally (App. B; Table B.19). The local pottery has a very distinctive fabric (called the Lasithi Red Fabric Group), a nd it also ca n be recognized by its st yle. The Lasithi Red Fabric Group is made of mediumcoarse, reddish clay with phyllite inclusions. Petrographic a nalysis p rovides a t horough d escription (App. A ). T he p etrography d emonstrates t hat t he metamorphic p hyllite f ragments c onsist o f m icas, deformed q uartz g rains, f eldspars, a nd a f ew m inor constituents. Offering t ables c ompliment t he a ssemblage o f locally made vessels for pouring and d rinking. A typology of offering tables consists of twelve variations in added decoration to a relatively standardized shape that consists of a shallow bowl with a Ḁat base and vertical or slightly Ḁaring sides supported o n a c ylindrical l ower pa rt. Four t ypes of offering tables are represented in the Hagios Cha­ ralambos assemblage. The tables are evidence for early e xports o ut o f L asithi. A pa ttern o f d istribution ca n b e d iscerned, a s pa rallels a re k nown from elsewhere in Lasithi, the northern coast, the area of the Gulf of Mirabello, the Mesara, and the southeastern coast.

Imported p ottery f ound i n t he ca ve r anges i n date from Neolithic to MM IIB. Early Minoan imports a re f rom t he M esara, t he a rea o f t he G ulf of M irabello, a nd K nossos. I n M M I B, t here a re imports f rom e lsewhere i n t he P ediada, i ncluding Kastelli and Galatas. In MM II the amount of pottery f rom p roduction c enters a t, o r i n t he r egion of, Malia increased. This pattern can be recognized in other classes of artifacts from the cave as well (Ferrence 2007, 2008). This increased contact c ontributes t o a g reater u nderstanding of t he Malian political and economic sphere of inḀuence in the Middle Minoan period. Several authors have discussed t he p ossibility o f a M alia-Lasithi st ate in MM II (Cadogan 1990; 1995; Knappett 1999; Betancourt 2 011b). P etrographic a nalysis f or t his project has shown matches between pottery f rom the cave and a Malian pale fabric (App. A). The c losest pa rallel f or t he H agios C haralambos Cave is the Trapeza Cave. The two caves seem to have served the same purpose during the same time periods. They are in close proximity, one situated almost directly across the Lasithi Plain from the o ther. T heir p roximity st rongly s uggests t hat those utilizing one cave would have known of the other. They were used concurrently, so t his is not a case of one being ἀlled and then the other coming into use at a later time.

Production Centers Several sp eciἀc p roduction c enters c an be r ecognized within the assemblage from the cave. They represent d ifferent w orkshops o r c losely r elated workshop groups that were furnishing ceramics to the t owns a nd v illages in Lasithi a nd p erhaps t he nearby pa rts of t he Pediada. T he st yle of t he p ottery from these production centers was sometimes derived originally from other geographic locations, and i t w as so metimes d eveloped l ocally f rom t he large general style of earlier Minoan ceramics.

Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware

A local or regional workshop group decorating pottery in a m anner imitating East Cretan Whiteon-Dark Ware provided a large amount of the pottery in the cave (Ch. 17). The products that were

made locally b ut r elated t o t he G ulf of M irabello workshops have a highly distinctive micaceous red fabric. They can be traced from EM IIB until MM IB. The EM IIB pottery (Ch. 6) imitates the shapes of Vasiliki Ware, i ncluding goblets, jugs w ith u pright spouts, and a conical bowl. Beginning in EM III, the workshop began imitating the East Cretan White-on-Dark Ware t hat r eplaced Vasiliki Ware in the region of the Gulf of Mirabello at this time (Ch. 17). The local change in style that closely follows the development in the Gulf of Mirabello region u nderscores t he d ebt o f t he l ocal p otters t o the styles of this part of Crete. During this period, the potters in the Lasithi region mostly made cups, shallow bowls, and jugs with lower spouts than in EM IIB and decorated them in white applied over

CONCLUSIONS

a red to brown background. Although the decoration was heavily indebted to the region of the Gulf of M irabello, one of the most popular shapes was a large handmade rounded cup with a vertical handle, a s hape t hat m ay h ave b een b orrowed f rom South C rete ( Vasilakis a nd B ranigan 2 010, ἀ g. 51:P307). Cups with rounded or conical shapes formed the largest group in the Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware. They h ad a b ackground s lip t hat w as e ither a pplied t o t he e xterior a nd t o t he i nside o f t he r im or to t he exterior a nd e ntire interior. Decoration in white was probably always added over the dark undercoat (it frequently does not survive). The local L asithi p roduction u sed a m ore l imited r epertoire of decorative m otifs t han was used in t he main region of this style near the Gulf of Mirabello on the northeastern coast. Two phases of imitation e xist: o ne with pa int o n t he i nterior of t he rim and another with paint and decoration on the whole i nterior. I n the region of the Gulf of Mirabello, the earlier phase of decoration was restricted to the white-painted pottery dated EM III–MM IA, and the second phase can be placed in MM IB (Betancourt 1984). The same chronological development probably existed in Lasithi. Recent excavation of a l arge deposit of W hiteon-Dark Ware from Alatzomouri (near the Gulf of Mirabello) allows the EM III and MM IA styles to be d istinguished f rom o ne a nother (Apostolakou, Betancourt, and Brogan 2011). This deposit shows that the style of EM III consisted entirely of simple white m otifs, e specially h atched t riangles, c hevrons, and simple bands. Only later, in MM IA, did more c omplex d esigns a ppear ( including c ircles, spirals, a nd o ther c urvilinear m otifs). T he pa inting o f t he e ntire i nterior o f t he v essels a ppeared in MM IB. This chronological scheme is very important for an understanding of the pottery from Lasithi. I t s uggests t hat t he d irect i nḀuence f or the local production was in EM III when only the simple motifs existed, a nd t he L asithi production did not copy the motifs of MM IA. The local potters, h owever, were aware e nough of o ther st yles to a dopt t he practice of pa inting a ll of t he i nteriors of their cups in MM IB (the practice made the vessels more watertight, so it resulted in a deἀnite improvement in the end product).

71

Vasiliki Ware

Vasiliki Ware is a class of pottery manufactured in the Gulf of Mirabello region in EM IIB (Betancourt 1 979). I t i s i dentiἀed e asily b y i ts m ottled decoration in red, black, and brown colors and its use of M irabello Fabric. O nly a f ew examples of the actual w are c ome f rom the ca ve (C h. 6), b ut several local imitations indicate that it was popular at t he site where t he r esidents l ived. Jugs a nd goblets were apparently the main shapes that were chosen for funerary use.

Diagonal Line Style Juglets

Several examples of a workshop production that consisted o f s mall j uglets w ith d ecoration o f d iagonal lines were present at Hagios Charalambos (Ch. 8). The juglets were made in two sizes. They always h ad a n arrow c ylindrical n eck t hat would allow the liquid contents to be tightly stoppered as well as a s mall spout for pouring. The d ate is restricted to MM IA, and all examples from the cave are handmade (Betancourt 2011a). The location of the workshop (perhaps Malia) is uncertain.

Barbotine Style Jugs

Barbotine is the term applied to Minoan pottery with three-dimensional clay patterns applied onto the s urface. T he m ain st yles o f B arbotine W are from t he M esara p roduction, m anufactured f rom Cretan S outh C oast F abric, a re n ot f ound a t t he cave. A small number of jugs decorated with small knobs, however, ca n be recognized i n t he assemblage (Ch. 9). Their date is MM IA–IB. The knobs are applied in horizontal rows on the jugs’ bodies, which is a st yle with several parallels from North Crete (see catalog in Ch. 9), and the production for this c lass w as p robably so mewhere i n t he n orthcentral part of the island.

Knossian Goblets and Jugs

Only a f ew K nossian j ugs a nd g oblets a re i n the assemblage (Ch. 10). They are recognizable by their ἀne clay fabric as well as their style of decoration. Their date is in EM III to MM I. The small amount of this class of pottery suggests that

72

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Knossos was not a m ajor supplier of ceramics for this region between EM III and MM II.

Dark Red Vessels from Kastelli and Elsewhere

A class of pottery using very dark red slip over a ἀne-textured r ed c lay has b een i dentiἀed from Kastelli in the Pediada (Rethemiotakis and Christakis 2 004) a s w ell a s e lsewhere (C h. 11). Vases that belong to these production centers have been tentatively r ecognized i n t he p ottery a ssemblage from the cave. They are all small, ἀnely made luxury pieces. Their date is MM IB.

Trefoil-Mouthed Jugs

A g roup of t refoil-mouthed wheelmade vessels with a w ide mouth and a single handle can be assigned to MM IB (Ch. 12). Close parallels for both the shape and the ἀne-grained orange fabric come from Galatas. Examples also come from Kastelli. The vases are always covered with a solid red slip on t he e xterior, a nd t hey a re e xpertly m ade a nd well ἀ red.

Chamaizi Pots

A distinctive shape called the Chamaizi pot consists of a s mall closed vessel w ith a r ounded b ody and a c ylindrical neck decorated with crosshatched incisions (Ch. 14). The shape begins in MM IA with handmade examples, and it continues into MM IIB.

By the end of the tradition, the vessels are made on a potter’s wheel. The place where these vases were manufactured i s u ncertain. T hey a re m ade f rom well-levigated, pale colored clay (a petrographic description is in App. A). Only a few examples of this class of vessel come from Hagios Charalambos.

Vessels with Parallels from Malia

Vases in several shapes have parallels from Malia (Ch. 15), and it is likely that most of them were produced either at Malia or in workshops that were closely related to that site. The group, mostly from MM I I, i ncludes b oth v essels t hat a re u nslipped and those that are covered with dark slip. They are all made on the potter’s wheel. This group includes the carinated cups, which are among the latest vases in the main body of the assemblage.

Vessels with Fine White Spiraliform Ornament

A small group of vases, especially two-handled cups, with closely related elegant white spiraliform motifs f orm a t ight st ylistic g roup (C h. 16, 291– 295). T he d ate i s M M I I. T he v ases a re a ll ἀ ne elite drinking vessels with spouts and two opposed handles. Their decoration is applied in white on a black background. The location of this production is not known for certain, but more than one fabric was used for the manufacture.

Comments In conclusion, the Hagios Charalambos assemblage brings to light several points. First, the residents of Lasithi were not isolated from other parts of Crete. They had their own local or regional pottery workshops, but they were also able to acquire vessels f rom m any o ther pa rts o f t he i sland. I mports f rom d ifferent p eriods s how t rade p references, but at no time did the local consumers have exclusive trade r elations w ith a ny one location. Imports from the Early Minoan period include Hagios Onouphrios Ware from EM I, Vasiliki Ware from EM IIB, and K nossian goblets f rom EM III to M M I. T hese objects i ndicate e arly l inks w ith

both t he so uthern a nd t he n orthern c oast. I n E M IIB, the local Lasithi w orkshops began t o use shapes copied from Vasiliki W are, which suggests a close tie with the Gulf of Mirabello region. This inḀuence on the local ceramic production increased greatly in EM III. Local imitations of pottery st yles f rom elsewhere on t he island (such a s Vasiliki W are a nd E ast C retan W hite-on-Dark Ware) indicate tastes in local pottery production. Early M inoan e xports o ut o f L asithi s peak o f reciprocity in early t rade relations. This reciprocity i s well i llustrated by t he d istribution of offering t ables t o m any d ifferent s ites i n t he M esara,

CONCLUSIONS

the n orthern c oast, t he G ulf of M irabello r egion, the southern coast, and sites in the Lasithi Plain. Foreign connections increased in the Middle Minoan period. Many of these vessels were containers that may have held luxury goods such as perfume. Items from the northern coast included the Diagonal Line Style juglets, the jugs with barbotine decoration, the Chamaizi pots, and a series of small jugs in v arious st yles. E lite d rinking vessels l ike t wohandled cups, some of them attractively decorated with w hite s piraliform m otifs, s uggest t hat so me wealthy and inḀuential citizens were among those buried in the cave. The signiἀcant increase of Malian imports in MM II may contribute to our understanding of the Malian sphere of inḀuence. The st rong pa rallels w ith t he n earby T rapeza Cave h elp u s b etter u nderstand t he n ature o f t he society t hat o ccupied t he L asithi P lain. T he a rtifacts f rom t he t wo ca ves r eḀect s imilar t rade patterns a nd r elated st yles o f m anufacture. T he pottery a ssemblages f rom t he t wo l ocations b oth include a l arge number of vessels for pouring and consuming beverages, a smaller number of vessels for some liquid like oil that required a small closed vessel w ith a n arrow n eck, a nd a n e ven s maller number of miscellaneous shapes. The presence of a f ew sherds f rom large closed vessels i n both contexts suggests that the practice of burial in jars had a lready b egun i n t his r egion w hen t he caves were ἀlled with objects. For Hagios Charalambos, the number of buried individuals can be estimated at probably over 1,000 people. The ἀgure of 1,000 burials i s b ased o n t he s ecure n umber o f a lmost 400 individuals from the surviving bones plus the estimate that 60% were unstudied from the early excavations and 10% were left u nexcavated. Like the p ottery, t he d isarticulated b ones i n t his o ssuary were not stratiἀed. If the time span for the vessels is over 1,000 years (from before 2800 b.c. to ca. 1750 b.c.), this duration is a little less than one burial per year. These statistics support the idea of a single community for the use of the cave rather than many communities. Unlike the bones, all the pottery from the old excavations was saved. The statistics (App. B) show that a t otal of 18,064 pieces were excavated f rom the various campaigns and recorded after mending, with 18,055 sherds and vases found inside the cave, representing an estimated minimum of 1,991 vases. The m inimum number of vessels was determined

73

separately f or e ach ca tegory, b ased o n c ounting both r estorable v essels a nd u nique p ortions ( like handles for jugs and cups or differences in fabrics). This would be an average of about two vessels offered per burial. The largest group is the local production m ade of L asithi Red Fabric G roup (Table B.19 plus a f ew additional vases), which accounts for about half of the ceramic offerings.

Eating and Drinking

The largest category is drinking vessels, with about 50 examples from before EM III (when many of the vases are large communal chalices) and 733 from E M I II a nd l ater w hen t he v essels a re i ndividual drinking vessels. For ca. 1,000 burials, 783 drinking v essels s uggest o fferings t o t he d ead i n the form of food and drink rather than communal toasts b y g roups o f m ourners. T his c onclusion i s supported by the offerings of meat as shown by animal bones mixed throughout the secondary deposit (Betancourt et al. 2008b). This c onclusion m eans t hat o ne ca n d ivide t he funerary e ating a nd d rinking i nto t wo pa rts. T he evidence f rom inside the cave where the d rinking and pouring vessels were mixed throughout the deposit can be assigned to meals offered to the dead at t he p rimary l ocation w here t he d eceased w ere placed a s p rimary b urials. T he e vidence f or c onsuming food and drink outside the cave, discussed in the ἀrst volume in this series (Betancourt 2014a, 31–35), represents the ceremonial activity that occurred either in connection with the secondary deposit o f t he d isarticulated b ones i n t he ca vern o r with subsequent visits to the location in commemoration o f t he d eceased. T he p resence o f a s mall amount o f L ate M inoan ( LM) I II p ottery f ound outside the cave (App. B, Table B.21) indicates that this activity may have continued for some time after the burial by at least a small number of persons. Although the evidence from the bones was not retained f or T rapeza, t he s imilarity i n o ther a reas suggests t hat t he so cial p ractices m ay h ave b een generally similar as well. What w as n ot found a mong t he p ottery a ssemblage i s a s i nteresting a s w hat w as p resent, a nd it also helps us understand the nature of the funerary customs h ere. N o l arge n umbers o f c ooking p ots are in the assemblage, a situation that contrasts with the tholos tomb cemetery at Moni Odigitria (for the

74

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

ἀnal publication, see Vasilakis and Branigan 2010). Cooking pots break into very small fragments, and because until recently excavations in Crete did not retain and study all classes of pottery, we cannot be sure of the situation in cemeteries excavated many years ago. Keith Branigan has studied the presence of cooking vessels at the cemetery of Moni Odigitria (Branigan 2008), and he has noted that they are found not in the tombs themselves but in ritual areas near the places of burial, suggesting their use in non-funerary c ommunal c eremonies t hat o ccurred after t he t ime of burial, p erhaps m any years l ater. The removal of soil from the vicinity of the cave of Hagios C haralambos i n the 1970s w hen the roadway at this location was being constructed prevents any s erious k nowledge o f t he a rea n ear t he ca ve. What we can conclude from the evidence inside the cave itself is t hat (as was t he ca se at Moni O digitria), c eremonies i nvolving t he c ooking o f f ood were n ot p racticed a t the t ime o f p rimary b urial when the bodies and their associated artifacts were ἀrst laid to rest. If they were present at this site, they represented, instead, a return to the cemetery in later times for ceremonial activity. Other classes of pottery are also missing. In comparison w ith t he t holoi i n t he M esara ( see B ran‑ igan 1970, 1988, 1991, 1993) w here c onical c ups were found in great numbers and were sometimes deliberately placed just o utside of t he t ombs (see Blackman a nd B ranigan 1982), o nly o ne c onical cup was found at H agios C haralambos. T he c onical cups found in great numbers outside of tholos t ombs st rongly s uggest d rinking c eremonies for l arge g roups o f m ourners. H ere, a st atistical

analysis of t he a ssemblage s hows t hat i n r elation to the number of individuals who were buried, the drinking s ets m ay h ave b een f or i ndividual c onsumption, r ather t han f or t he u se of m ourners i n a d rinking c eremony (see A pp. B ). A lso m issing from the assemblage and worthy of note are rhyta (see Koehl 2006), human or animal ἀgurines, and animal-shaped vases (see Branigan 1970b). These objects h elped d eἀne t he p ersonality o f t he d eceased in the tholos tombs. Although they did not have rhyta or animal-shaped vessels, the deceased whose r emains w ere d eposited a t H agios C haralambos were by no means without social markers. They were buried with a s election of pottery that included b oth l ocally m ade c ontainers a nd t hose imported from elsewhere. The precious objects in stone, gold, silver, and other metals, the amulets in bone and ivory, and the sealstones speak strongly of status and taste. The distinct practices and preferences for burials i n t he L asithi r egion r epresent a u nique s ituation. T he p ottery f rom t he cave s hows e vidence for t rade c onducted i n s everal d irections o utside of the plain starting in EM (and export out of the plain in EM IIA), so the differences in burial practices a s evidenced by t he m aterial t hat is lacking are clearly not as a result of isolation. Rather, this new i nformation contributes to a n overall picture of t he E arly a nd M iddle B ronze A ge i n t he L a­ sithi Plain with regard to trade, political and economic spheres of inḀuence, and most importantly, unique tastes in pottery production and the use of ceramics in the local Middle Minoan burial practices in Lasithi.

Appendix A

Petrographic Analysis of Selected Pottery Samples Eleni Nodarou

The excavation of the burial cave of Hagios Charalambos and the st udy of the pottery assemblage established a n a rray o f c eramic v essels i ntended mainly for p ouring a nd d rinking, r anging i n d ate from FN/EM I to MM IIB. The petrographic analysis involved 48 samples representative of the main vessel shapes and wares of the assemblage and of the chronological phases (for a complete catalogue of the pottery sampled, see Table A.1.). The aim of the a nalysis w as t he m icroscopic c haracterization of the fabrics according to their mineralogical composition a s well a s t he i nvestigation of c ontinuity and change in the fabrics encountered in the cave. Issues of provenance and technology of production are also among this project’s aims. As expected in a cave used for a long period and for purposes

involving the r itual deposition of objects, some of them p restigious a nd e xotic, i t w as e xpected t hat Hagios Charalambos would produce imported pottery. However, the main target of the analysis was to identify the local component of the Lasithi area and investigate its possible connection with Malia. In this respect the material from Karphi (Nodarou and I liopoulos 2 011) a nd t he P ediada s urvey ( the petrographic analysis is in the course of study, but preliminary reports on the survey can be found in Panagiotakis and Panagiotaki 2011; Panagiotakis et al. 2011) provided valuable comparative data, along with the data from the published assemblages from Quartier Mu at Malia (Poursat and Knappett 2005) and Sissi ( Liard 2 012). Fewer r elations e xist w ith West Crete (Nodarou 2003).

76

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Petrography Number

Catalog Number

Excavation Number

Shape

Date

HCH 04/1

69

HCH 05-409

Offering table

EM IIA

HCH 04/2

79

HCH 04-276

Jug

EM IIB

HCH 04/3

325

HCH 05-411

Straight-sided cup

EM III–MM IA

HCH 04/4

303

HCH 120

Bowl

EM III–MM IA

HCH 04/5

280

HCH 05-413

Jug

MM I–II

HCH 04/6

217

HCH 05-414

Trefoil-mouthed jug

MM IB

HCH 04/7

not cataloged; not analyzed

HCH 05-415

Jug

MM I–II

HCH 04/8

235

HCH 05-416

Chamaizi pot

MM IIB

HCH 04/9

260

HCH 05-417

Carinated cup

MM IIB

HCH 04/10

197

HCH 05-418

Tumbler

MM IB

HCH 04/11

162

HCH 02-56

Jug

MM IA

HCH 04/12

204

HCH 02-122

Jug

MM IB

HCH 04/13

395

HCH 124

Straight-sided cup

MM IA–IB

HCH 04/14

458

HCH 02-53

Jar

MM I–II

HCH 04/15

377, not analyzed

HCH 02-60

Rounded cup

EM II–MM I

HCH 04/16

384

HCH 02-77

Rounded cup

MM I–II

HCH 04/17

vol. I (22)

HNM 14,280

Larnax

EM–MM I

HCH 04/18

362

HCH 02-49

Rounded cup

EM II–MM I

HCH 04/19

3

HCH 02-120

Closed vessel

FN–EM I

HCH 04/20

244, not analyzed

HCH 02-51

Two-handled cup

MM I–II

HCH 04/21

243

HCH 05-419

Two-handled cup

MM IB–IIA

HCH 04/22

37

HCH 04-404

Jug

EM I

HCH 04/23

271, not analyzed

HCH 47

Cup

MM IIB

HCH 04/24

132

HCH 05-410

Closed vessel

EM II–MM II

HCH 04/25

1

HCH 160

Carinated bowl

LN II

HCH 04/26

11

HCH 05-441

Cup

FN–EM I

HCH 04/27

24

HCH 03-202

Chalice

EM I

HCH 04/28

2

HCH 03-215

Open vessel

FN–EM I

HCH 04/29

12

HCH 05-442

Cup

FN–EM I

HCH 04/30

20

HCH 05-438

Open vessel

FN–EM I

HCH 04/31

23

HNM 13,856

Chalice

EM I

HCH 04/32

31

HCH 04-355

Chalice

EM I

HCH 04/33

33

HCH 05-443

Chalice

EM I

HCH 04/34

15

HCH 05-440

Open vessel (cup or bowl)

FN–EM I

HCH 04/35

41

HCH 75

Jug, Hagios Onouphrios Style

EM I

HCH 04/36

39

HCH 04-278

Jug, Hagios Onouphrios Style

EM IIA

HCH 04/37

63

HCH 04-390

Offering table

EM II

HCH 04/38

60

HCH 04-391

Offering table

EM II

HCH 04/39

70

HCH 05-439

Offering table

EM II

Table A.1. Concordance of sample, catalog, and excavation numbers of vessels that were petrographically analyzed.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

77

Petrography Number

Catalog Number

Excavation Number

Shape

Date

HCH 04/40

102

HCH 73

Cup

MM IB–II

HCH 04/41

293

HCH 169

Two-handled cup

MM I–II

HCH 04/42

295

HCH 04-281

Two-handled cup

MM I–II

HCH 04/43

200

HCH 22

Tall carinated cup

MM IB

HCH 04/44

196

HCH 04-381

Tumbler

MM IB

HCH 04/45

182

HCH 176

Jug

MM IB–IIA

HCH 04/46

187

HCH 184

Jug

MM IB–IIA

HCH 04/47

270

HCH 97

Cup(?)

MM IA–IB

HCH 04/48

287

HCH 03-221

Closed vessel

MM I–II

Table A.1., cont. Concordance of sample, catalog, and excavation numbers of vessels that were petrographically analyzed.

Geological Setting The cave is situated on the limestones and dolomites of Triassic-Jurassic A ge. T his s eries overlies the Phyllite Quartzite series of Permian-Triassic Age, which consists mainly of mica-carbonate schists and sandstones (IGME 1989). The Lasithi Plain is composed of alluvial deposits with terra rossa clayey material. Outcrops of ἀysch with shales and sandstones are located to the south of the plain (Fig. 38). West o f t he D icte M ountain t he s ame g eological e nvironment i s r epeated i n t he a rea of t he Pediada, e xtending f rom K astelli t o T hrapsano, t he modern potting village. The alluvial plain of Kampos K astelliou i s s urrounded by outcrops of l imestones, phyllite-quartzites, a nd ἀ ysch, whereas the

red deposits of Pleistocene age and ἀuviolacustrine origin of the Hagia Galini formation are to the south (area of Thrapsano). Alluvial deposits and Neogene marls e xtend a lso a long t he n orth c oast o f C rete near Chersonissos. The r epetitive g eology t hat i ncludes o phiolites, ἀysch, a nd m etamorphic r ocks a nd e xtends westward f rom M yrtos I erapetra a long t he so uthern coast t o t he e astern M esara i mpedes a ny s ecure assignment o f p rovenance ( Poursat a nd K nappett 2005; N odarou a nd R athossi 2 008). T he c omparative m aterial f rom K arphi, h owever, w as u sed as an a id t o establish t he l ocal c omponent o f t he assemblage.

Petrographic Fabric Groups The petrographic analysis resulted in the establishment o f 1 3 f abrics, so me c omprising s everal samples, o thers a f ew, a nd so me c ontaining s ingle samples (Table A.2). Detailed petrographic descriptions are provided at the end of the appendix.

Coarse and Semicoarse Fabrics Fabric Group 1: Calcite Tempered Samples HCH 04/22 (37), 04/27 (24), 04/28 (2)

This is a coarse fabric characterized by a reddishbrown Ḁring clay matrix, which is optically active (Pl. 4:a). The dominant nonplastic component is the angular f ragments of calcite. T here a re also a f ew fragments of quartz a nd rare f ragments of quartzite. Textural concentration features are present in the form of rounded clay pellets. The shape and size as well as the bimodal size distribution of the calcite fragments indicate that they were intentionally added in the clay mix as temper. Evidence for tempering with organics is present in one sample (HCH 04/27) a nd i s r eἀected i n t he e longate v oids l eft

78

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Fabric Group

Date

Shape-Ware

Possible Provenance

1. Calcite tempered

FN–EM II

Burnished

North Cretan coast

2A. Coarse phyllite

FN–EM IIA

Open vessels

Local

2B. Coarse phyllite

EM III–MM II

Drinking-serving

Local

3. Semicoarse with carbonate rocks 4. Calcareous grog-tempered 5. Red with quartz and clay pellets 6. Red with quartz 7A. Granodiorite 7B. Granodiorite 8. Very ἀne with rare nonplastics 9. Fine calcareous with pellets 10. Fine calcareous with biotite mica

FN–EM I

Pediada

EM I

Chalices

North Cretan coast or Pediada

MM IB

Tumbler

Malia

EM I–MM II

Malia

MM I–II

Gournia/Kalo Chorio

EM IIB

Vasiliki Ware

Gournia/Kalo Chorio

MM IA–IIB

Malia or Pediada

EM II–MM II

Import

MM IIB

Chamaizi vessel

Import

EM I

Dark-on-Light

Mesara

12. Very ἀne with pellets

MM I–II

White-on-Dark

Mesara or Pediada

13. Very ἀne with serpentine

MM I–II

11. Fine with rounded sandstones

South coast (Myrtos to Mesara)

Table A.2. Summary of fabric groups at Hagios Charalambos resulting from petrographic analysis.

after the organic material burned away. The vessels represented are a jug, a chalice, and an open vessel with burnished s urfaces, r anging i n d ate f rom t he FN to the EM I period. Tempering w ith ca lcite a nd v egetal m atter i s a common practice i n the Neolithic a nd the P repalatial period (mainly EM I–IIA). It occurs in ceramic assemblages across East Crete, for example, at Hagia Photia (Day, Wilson, and Kiriatzi 1998; Day et al. 2 012), P etras K ephala a nd P etras R ock s helter (Papadatos 2 008; N odarou 2 012), M ochlos ( Day, Joyner, and Relaki 2003), Vrokastro and Priniatikos Pyrgos (Hayden 2003, 405; Molloy et al. 2014), and Kavousi ( Day et a l. 2005, 180; H aggis et a l. 2007, 679–701), and in North Central Crete, for example, at K nossos ( Tomkins, Da y, a nd K ilikoglou 2 004), Pyrgos, and Gournes (Galanaki 2006). On this basis, t he ca lcite t empered f abric s eems t o r epresent a widely k nown recipe across the island, impeding any secure provenance assignment. Additionally, the matrix of the fabric is not diagnostic of origin; any red noncalcareous base clay could have been used. The constant presence of the clay concentrations in all the samples examined indicates incomplete clay mixing, but it is also indicative of a fairly consistent and systematic technique of manufacture, and possibly of common origin.

Fabric Group 2: Coarse Phyllite (Lasithi Red Fabric Group) Group 2A, Samples HCH 04/1 (69), 04/4 (303), 04/12 (204), 04/26 (11), 04/29 (12), 04/37 (63), 04/38 (60), 04/39 (70)

Group 2B, Samples HCH 04/3 (325), 04/11 (162), 04/13 (395), 04/14 (458), 04/16 (384), 04/17 (Betancourt 2014b, 47, no. 22)

This i s t he m ost c ommon f abric i n t he H agios Charalambos assemblage. It is coarse a nd characterized by the presence of low grade metamorphic rock f ragments, m ainly p hyllite a nd q uartziteschist. The color of the phyllite ranges from silvery gray to orangish brown, and it is composed of biotite mica and quartz and rarely contains muscovite (white) m ica. T he s econdary n onplastic c omponents i nclude f requent f ragments of quartz, a f ew carbonate rock fragments, chert, and siltstone. Two s ubgroups w ere i dentiḀed o n t he g rounds of differentiation in color and optical activity of the matrix. For Group 2A the matrix is orangish brown and o ptically a ctive ( Pl. 4 :b), w hereas f or G roup 2B i t r anges f rom r eddish br own t o d ark br own and i s o ptically i nactive ( Pl. 4 :c). T his d ifferentiation i s r elated t o t he Ḁring t emperature a nd i s

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

date speciḀc. Group 2A is lower Ḁred, it comprises b lack b urnished v essels ( offering t ables, c ups, and an open bowl), and the date range is from FN to EM IIA (with the exception of one MM IB sample). Group 2B is higher Ḁred, and the date range is from EM IIA to MM II. The shapes represented are slipped drinking and serving vessels (cups, jugs). As t o p rovenance, c onsidering t he p roximity of the Hagios Charalambos Cave to phyllitic outcrops and the abundance of this fabric in the assemblage, it c ould b e s uggested t hat t his g roup r epresents broadly l ocal p roduction. T his p rovenance a ssignment is reinforced by t he m aterial of t he LM I IIC settlement at Karphi; the main coarse fabric of that assemblage i s c haracterized b y s imilar l ow g rade metamorphic r ock f ragments i n a n o ptically a ctive m atrix ( Nodarou a nd I liopoulos 2 011, 3 38– 339). D espite t he c hronological d istance b etween the t wo s ites a nd t he d ifferent f unction, i t s eems that the main coarse fabric in both of them reἀects the P hylllite-Quartzite s eries o f t he L asithi P lain. Possible connection with the production of the Malia plain cannot be established as the Maliot phyllitic fabric seems to be characterized by the regular presence o f d ark r ed m udstones, w hich a re n ot seen a t H agios C haralambos ( Poursat a nd K nappett 2005, 19; Liard 2012). It remains open for f uture research in settlement sites of the Lasithi Plain to investigate the existence and variability of local pottery production.

Small Groups and Loners with Metamorphic Rocks Samples HCH 04/6 (217), 04/18 (362)

As was the case with Fabric Group 2, these samples are also characterized by the presence of metamorphic r ock f ragments ( mainly p hyllite) i n a brown to dark brown matrix that is optically moderately a ctive ( Pl. 4 :d). T he s econdary n onplastic c omponents a re q uartz, q uartzite, a nd c hert. The presence of frequent clay pellets and the larger amount of quartz differentiates this group from the m ain p hyllitic g roup ( Fabric G roup 2 B). T he clay pellets point toward an alluvial deposit where the phyllite was transported and deposited from the surrounding area. The v essels r epresented a re a t refoil m outhed jug o f M M I B d ate a nd a r ounded c up o f E M

79

II–MM I A d ate. I n t erms o f p rovenance t here i s nothing t o s uggest a d ifferent e nvironment t han the p hyllite o utcrops o f t he a rea o f H agios C haralambos. H owever, t he c onstant p resence o f t he clay p ellets m ight r eἀect a d ifferent workshop o r a d ifferent t echnology of m anufacture f rom Fabric Group 2B. Sample HCH 04/30 (20)

This is a coarse fabric characterized by an orangish brown and optically active matrix (Pl. 4:e). The nonplastic components consist of low grade metamorphic rocks and frequent fragments of fractured epidote. The former are primarily Ḁne-grained phyllites, q uartzites, a nd biotite-mica s chists. T he secondary n onplastic c omponents a re q uartz a nd plagioclase f eldspar. T his f abric i s v ery d ifferent from t he o ther m etamorphic f abrics e ncountered at H agios C haralambos. T his r ock a nd m ineral suite indicates a metamorphic environment, but the presence of the epidote and the abundance of biotite mica in the clay matrix demonstrate a different source of raw material from that of the main metamorphic group. The s ample r epresented i s a n o pen v essel i n scored ware of FN–EM I d ate, and it seems to be imported. The Scored Style is encountered in signiḀcant n umbers i n E M I c ontexts a cross W est Crete, but this fabric does not correspond to any of the West Cretan recipes (Nodarou 2011). It is also found in the EM I assemblage of Knossos (Wilson and Day 2000, 39), and whether the Hagios Charalambos sample constitutes the product of a Central Cretan workshop is open to future research. Sample HCH 04/46 (187)

This is a c oarse fabric, characterized by a d ark brown t o dark g ray optically i nactive matrix (Pl. 4:f). The dark colors of the matrix and of the surface s lip a re i ndicative o f Ḁring i n a r educing a tmosphere. T he m ain n onplastic c omponents a re elongate d ark t o a lmost b lack p hyllites a nd a f ew quartzite a nd q uartzite-schist f ragments. T he s econdary nonplastic components consist of quartz and rare micrite. Frequent amorphous black concentrations, which seem to be clay pellets affected by the kiln atmosphere, are also present. This fabric is related to a low grade metamorphic environment, but the type of the phyllite, the texture, and the general

80

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

appearance of the fabric make it stand out as different from the main phyllite fabric (Fabric Group 2B). The s ample r epresented i s a j ug o f M M I B– IIA d ate i n Barbotine Style. A m etamorphic fabric with dark mudstones or textural concentration features in Barbotine Style has been encountered at Malia (Poursat and Knappett 2005, 21). A c onnection might exist between the two samples, but the color of the clay matrix is different (the Maliot is yellowish brown and optically active), and the provenance is also insecure. More samples of this ware a re n eeded i n o rder t o i nvestigate p otential centers of production. Sample HCH 04/47 (270)

This is a s emicoarse fabric. T he matrix has a n orangish brown color, and it is optically active (Pl. 5:a). T he m ain n onplastic c omponents a re Ḁnegrained p hyllite, q uartzite, q uartzite-schist, a nd very few fragments of quartz. Frequent clay pellets as well as clay st riations indicate incomplete clay mixing. This feature indicates a different technique of manufacture from the main metamorphic group ( Fabric G roup 2 ), w hereas t he p resence of quartzite-schist points also toward a different clay deposit for the raw material. There exists a pa rallel i n t he m aterial u nder st udy f rom t he P ediada survey, f rom G alatas K ephala, a nd a lthough t he provenance of the fabric remains open until more samples a re e xamined, a p otential so urce m ight be the alluvial deposits of the area of Galatas. The vessel represented f rom Hagios Charalambos is a possible cup of MM IA–IB date. Sample HCH 04/43 (200)

This is a semicoarse fabric characterized by a y ellowish-brown a nd h ighly m icaceous m atrix that i s o ptically a ctive ( Pl. 5 :b). T he m ain n onplastic inclusions consist of quartz and muscovite mica s chist. A f ew f ragments o f s iltstone, p hyllite, q uartzite, a nd r are p lagioclase f eldspar a re also present. The sample is from a tall carinated cup of MM IB date. This fabric bears no similarity to any of the other metamorphic fabrics due to the presence of the abundant mica. It is not possible to make any assumptions on the provenance of the raw material.

Fabric Group 3: Semicoarse with Carbonate Rock Fragments Samples HCH 04/19 (3), 04/25 (1)

This i s a s emicoarse f abric c haracterized b y a brown m atrix t hat i s m oderately a ctive ( Pl. 5 :c). The predominant nonplastic component is carbonate rock fragments. There are also some fragments of ca lcite, r are p hyllite, s iltstone, a nd p lagioclase feldspar. I t i s a r ather u nusual f abric; t he m ineralogy is not distinctive of origin, but it seems that the r aw m aterial i s d erived f rom a m arl d eposit. Marly c lays o ccur p rimarily i n t he H agia G alini formation, which outcrops at the southern part of the Kastelli Plain. The color and texture of the fabric point toward a l ow Ḁring t emperature ( probably below 750°C), which is explained by the early date of the samples. The vessels represented are a carinated bowl of LN II and a closed vessel of FN– EM I date, respectively. A possibility exists, therefore, that these vessels were imported into Hagios Charalambos from the broader area of Kastelli.

Fabric Group 4: Calcareous Grog Tempered Samples HCH 04/31 (23), 04/33 (33)

This is a semiḀne fabric characterized by a brown matrix t hat is optically moderately active ( Pl. 5:d). The m ain n onplastic c omponent c onsists of s malland m edium-sized ca rbonate r ocks t hat a re d ensely d istributed i n t he c lay m atrix. T he s econdary nonplastic c omponents a re f requent f ragments o f quartz, rare white mica laths, and a few dark brown and o ptically i nactive a ngular i nclusions. T he a ngularity a nd t he st raight c ontours o f t he l atter, a s well as the voids surrounding the grains caused by shrinkage d ue t o t he d ifferential e xpansion o f t he clay matrix and the inclusions, led to the conclusion that i t i s g rog a dded i ntentionally t o t he c lay m ix. Moreover, e longate v oids i ndicate t empering w ith organic m aterial. T he p resence o f t he ca rbonates along with fossils is indicative of the use of a calcareous raw material, most likely a N eogene marl. As with Fabric Group 3, the color and texture point toward a l ow Ḁring t emperature ( below 750°C). T he technology of manufacture is different, however, as indicated by the practice of tempering with grog and

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

organic matter as well as by the use of a f ossiliferous base clay. The vessels represented in this fabric group are burnished chalices of EM I date. The p ractice o f g rog t empering a ppears i n t he FN and continues in the EM I–IIA period. It occurs mainly in East Crete (Day et al. 2005, 180; Nodarou 2012; for a d etailed list of sites, see Papadatos et al., forthcoming), in the Pediada region, and particularly at the FN site of Modis Voni (E. Nodarou, pers. obs.; Papadatos and Tomkins 2011), but also in the south Greek Mainland and the island of Kythera (Broodbank and Kiriatzi 2007, 248).

Fabric Group 5: Red Fabric with Quartz and Clay Pellets Samples HCH 04/10 (197), 04/44 (196)

This i s a s emicoarse f abric c haracterized b y a red and optically active matrix (Pl. 5:e). The main nonplastic c omponents a re q uartz, q uartzite, a nd a f ew f ragments o f p hyllite. S ample H CH 0 4/10 also contains rare fragments of quartz-mica schist and white mica laths. Bright red and optically active clay pellets are frequent in both samples. The vessels represented are tumblers of MM IB date. In t erms o f p rovenance t his f abric g roup d oes not s eem t o b e l ocal. T he c olor o f t he m atrix a s well a s t he m ineralogical c omposition p oint t oward an alluvial deposit and Ḁnd good parallels at Malia. A range of shapes in a similar red fabric has been described from Quartier Mu, and the source of the raw material is considered to be the coastal plain of Malia (Poursat and Knappett 2005, 17).

Fabric Group 6: Red Fabric with Quartz

81

the chronological a nd f unctional d ifference of t he vessels included in the two fabric groups. The vessels represented in Fabric Group 6 are a chalice and an open bowl of FN–EM I date, and they might be connected with a Maliot center of production.

Fabric Group 7: Mirabello Fabric Group 7A, Samples HCH 04/40 (102), 04/42 (295)

This fabric group is characterized by a very Ḁne, brown, a nd o ptically i nactive m atrix i n w hich t he medium-sized n onplastic i nclusions w ere a dded a s temper ( Pl. 6 :a). T he m ain n onplastic c omponents are fragments of granodiorite c omposed of plagioclase f eldspar w ith m inor a mounts o f b iotite a nd altered amphibole. In the matrix there are also abundant clay pellets. T his fabric is well represented i n Central and East Crete; it has been described macroscopically and microscopically at many instances ranging in date f rom EM to LM III (for overviews of the literature, cf. Betancourt 2008a, 30; Nodarou and Moody 2014). Its place of origin is the Mirabello region and, most speciḀcally, the area of Gournia to Kalo Chorio. The vessels represented are a cup and a spouted two-handled cup of MM I–II date. Group 7B, Sample HCH 04/2 (79)

This sample’s mineralogical composition is similar to those in Group 7A, but its texture is totally different. The fabric is Ḁner, the matrix has a very dark br own—almost b lack—color, a nd t here a re rare nonplastic i nclusions consisting of g ranodiorite, plagioclase feldspar, and biotite (Pl. 6:b). The vessel represented in this fabric is a jug with mottled decoration (Vasiliki Ware) of EM IIB date.

Samples HCH 04/32 (31), 04/34 (15)

This i s a s emiḀne f abric c haracterized b y a n orangish-brown, n oncalcareous m atrix t hat i s o ptically a ctive ( Pl. 5 :f). T he m ain n onplastic c omponents a re m onocrystalline q uartz, Ḁne g rained phyllite, q uartzite-schist, a nd q uartzite. T here a re also a f ew clay p ellets a s well a s voids characteristic o f t empering w ith o rganic m atter. I n t erms of its c omposition, t his f abric i s s imilar t o Fabric Group 5, and it seems to have been manufactured with an alluvial clay tempered with chaff. The color of the matrix is not as bright as in Fabric Group 5, b ut t his i s d ue t o t he l ower Ḁring t emperature. The t echnological d ifference ca n b e a ttributed t o

Fine Fabrics Fabric Group 8: Very Fine Fabric with Rare Nonplastics Samples HCH 04/5 (280), 04/9 (260), 04/21 (243), 04/45 (182)

This is a very Ḁne fabric characterized by a dark brown t o g reenish-brown m atrix t hat i s o ptically inactive (Pl. 6:c). It has very rare nonplastic inclusions consisting of small quartz f ragments a nd biotite m ica l aths. S andstone i s v ery r are t o a bsent.

82

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Clay pellets are rare. The color of the matrix indicates the use of a ca lcareous raw material (a Neogene marl) that has been Ḁred to a high temperature. The shapes r epresented a re drinking and s erving vessels ( three jugs a nd a conical c up) and a twohandled cup dating from MM I to IIB. There is also a closed vessel dated to the EM II–MM II period. The a bsence o f n onplastic i nclusions i mpedes any p rovenance a ssignment. T he l ack o f a nalysis o n E M a nd M M p ottery f rom c ontemporary neighboring s ettlements l imits t he p etrographic pa rallels f rom t he a rea o f L asithi. O utside t he plain, possible pa rallels were identiḀed i n assemblages f rom M alia a nd P ediada. T he f ormer a re described by Poursat and Knappett (2005, 11), and the marl deposits at Chersonissos are suggested as possible sources of the raw material. The Pediada comparative material consists of MM I and LM III Ḁne wares from the area of Voni-Galatas. With the present d ata one cannot be conclusive on the origin of this fabric group, but it is likely that this Ḁne pottery is imported to the cave.

Fabric 9: Fine Calcareous Fabric with Pellets Sample HCH 04/24 (132)

This i s a v ery Ḁne fabric c haracterized b y a yellowish-brown m atrix t hat i s m oderately a ctive (Pl. 6:d). No nonplastic inclusions are present. The matrix is composed of small fragments of micrite with v ery l ittle q uartz a nd b iotite m ica l aths. A few rounded clay concentrations r anging i n color from reddish brown to d ark brown a re also present. There is nothing to link this fabric with any of the other f abrics e ncountered i n t he H agios C haralambos assemblage. T he vessel represented is a closed shape of EM II–MM II date.

Fabric 10: Fine Calcareous Fabric with Biotite Mica Sample HCH 04/8 (236)

This i s a Ḁ ne fabric w ith a br own m atrix t hat is optically moderately active (Pl. 6:e). The dominant components are biotite mica laths and small quartz fragments evenly distributed in the clay matrix. There are frequent clay pellets of reddishbrown color and a few microfossils (foraminifera).

The abundant biotite mica and the fossils a re not present i n a ny o f t he o ther f abrics i n t he H agios Charalambos assemblage. T he composition is not diagnostic o f o rigin, b ut t he c olor o f t he m atrix and the presence of microfossils point to a raw material connected to Neogene marls. The vessel represented b elongs t o t he C hamaizi t ype, a nd i t i s dated to the MM IIB period.

Fabric Group 11: Fine Fabric with Rounded Sandstones Samples HCH 04/35 (41), 04/36 (39)

This i s a v ery Ḁne fabric c haracterized b y a golden brown calcareous matrix that ranges f rom optically active to moderately active (Pl. 6:f). The nonplastic i nclusions c onsist o f v ery f ew r ounded fragments of sandstone, which must have been added t o t he c lay m ix a s t emper. T his c omposition is compatible with the ophiolites and the Asteroussia Nappe in the area of the Mesara (Wilson and Day 1994, 61, 68). The vessels represented in this fabric group belong to the Ḁne Dark-on-Light Painted ( Hagios O nouphrios) S tyle t hat i s i n a ccordance with a South-Central Cretan provenance.

Fabric 12: Very Fine Fabric with Pellets Sample HCH 04/41 (293)

This i s a v ery Ḁne fabric c haracterized b y a brown t o g reenish-brown m atrix, w hich i s h igh Ḁred ( almost v itriḀed) a nd o ptically i nactive ( Pl. 7:a). T he l arge i nclusions c onsist m ainly o f v ery few d ark br own c lay p ellets. T here a re a lso r are fragments of quartz and biotite, and very rare fragments o f r ounded s andstone. T he Ḁneness o f t he fabric d oes n ot a llow f or a s ecure a ssignment o f provenance. The rounded sandstones link this fabric w ith Fabric G roup 11, a nd a c onnection w ith the area of the Mesara may be suggested. However, this fabric is also encountered in LM III pottery samples f rom t he P ediada s urvey a nd m ore s peciḀcally from the area of Voni, whereas typological parallels from Malia may also link this sample with the marl deposits of the north coast. The sample r epresented i s a w hite-on-dark s pouted t wohandled cup that belongs to the MM I–II period.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Fabric 13: Very Fine Fabric with Serpentinite Sample HCH 04/48 (287)

This f abric s eems c onnected t o F abric G roup 12. It has the same brown, high-Ḁred, and optically inactive m atrix ( Pl. 7:b). However, t he m ineralogy is different. The few nonplastic inclusions consist p rimarily o f e quant a nd e longate f ragments

83

of s erpentinite a long w ith so me q uartz, b iotite, and rare phyllite. There are also a few dark brown clay concentrations. The mineralogy of the fabric points toward the environment of the ophiolite series. It could be a p roduct of South-Central Crete (Mesara). The vessel represented is a closed vessel of MM I–II date.

Discussion of Raw Materials and Provenance Analytical work carried out in the past decades in Crete has demonstrated the presence of a restricted number of pottery production centers during the Prepalatial period, and within this f ramework t he Mesara h as b een t he p roducer o f a l arge p ortion of the Ḁne painted pottery found at the sites of the northern coast (Wilson and Day 1994; Day, Wilson, and K iriatzi 1 997). T he st udy o f t he N eopalatial kiln found at Kommos (Day and K ilikoglou 2001) has c ontributed s ubstantially t o t his c onclusion. A large pa rt o f southern Crete r emains u nknown i n terms o f p ottery p roduction, h owever, d ue t o t he dearth o f p ublished a rchaeological a nd a nalytical data. Recent work has demonstrated the complexity of the geology extending f rom Myrtos to the eastern Mesara, which consists of rocks such as ophiolites and ἀysch along with coastal sediments that are regularly repeated in the landscape (Poursat and Knappett 2005; Nodarou and Rathossi 2008). This repetitive a ppearance o f c ompositionally h omogeneous s ediments i mpedes a ny s ecure p rovenance assignment. Considering that the cave of Hagios Charalambos is located i n this geological environment a nd that it was used for burial purposes throughout its history of use, pottery production in the area can only t entatively b e h ypothesized b ut n ot p roved. This deḀciency was partly counterbalanced by the publication of Quartier Mu at Malia (Poursat and Knappett 2005), which is dealing with the issue of pottery production on the southern coast as well as the ongoing study of the material from the Pediada survey (in collaboration with N. Panagiotakis and M. P anagiotaki), w hich i s b elieved t o s hed n ew light on pottery production in this part of Crete. The p etrographic a nalysis o f t he H agios C haralambos p ottery a ssemblage r esulted i n t he

establishment of 13 fabric groups that reἀect a multitude of raw materials used (for an overview of the fabric groups, see Table A.2). The predominance of the fabrics with metamorphic rocks is undeniable. Fabric Group 2 c omprises 50% of the samples analyzed, a nd i t i s c haracterized b y t he p resence o f phyllite fragments in a red-Ḁring matrix. This composition is compatible with a red clay deriving from an alluvial deposit. Deposits of this type are widely available in the immediate vicinity of the Hagios Charalambos C ave, i n t he a lluvium of t he L asithi Plain that receives phyllitic material f rom n earby outcrops. A lthough n o P repalatial or P rotopalatial settlement has been excavated so far on the Lasithi Plain, s urface s urvey h as i dentiḀed s everal s ites, two of which are very close to the cave. The earlier, Katsoucheiroi, was inhabited continuously from the LN until the EM II, but in MM I the inhabitants moved to a nearby lower site, called Plati (Watrous 1982, 2 67). A lthough n o a nalysis h as b een ca rried out on pottery of these sites, it can be suggested that Fabric Group 2 r epresents local production of t he L asithi P lain ( see a lso L angford-Verstegen 2008, 550). I n t his v olume i t i s ca lled t he L asithi Red Fabric G roup. A f uture st udy of c omparative material from settlement sites in the area would provide important insights into whether this production was t aking place i n the i mmediate vicinity of Hagios Charalambos or somewhere else on the plain. The broadly local manufacture of this pottery is reinforced by t he representation of t his fabric (a) in a large number of pots in the assemblage; (b) in a number of coarse and semi coarse shapes, mainly u ndecorated, such as cups, bowls, a nd jugs that would s atisfy domestic a s well a s f unerary needs; and (c) in the use of this fabric over a long period, from the FN to the MM II period.

84

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

With regard to the t echnology of m anufacture, the c hange f rom t he e arlier ( FN–EM I I) t o t he later ( EM I II–MM I I) p hase i s n oteworthy. T his change is reἀected primarily in the domain of pyrotechnology, with the earlier samples being Ḁred in lower temperatures than the later examples. Although H agios C haralambos r epresents a c onsumption assemblage, it seems that this change in Ḁring temperatures corresponds to actual technological advancements i n t he production t echnology of the local workshop(s). Connected to the main metamorphic fabric are a series of small groups and loners that present certain c haracteristics p ointing t o a d ifferent so urce of raw material. The representation of these fabrics in t he a ssemblage i s very s mall, a nd t he a bsence of c omparative m aterial m akes a ny a scription o f provenance i mpossible. T he only exception is the case o f t he m uscovite m ica f abric ( HCH 0 4/43 [200]). T he Pediada s urvey p rovided a m ultitude of micaceous fabrics, and it can be suggested with a degree of certainty that the Hagios Charalambos sample comes from the Pediada. With r egard t o t he m ain Ḁ ne f abric ( Fabric Group 8 ), t he a bsence o f a plastic i nclusions d iagnostic o f o rigin a nd t he l ack o f a nalytical r esearch on local assemblages do not allow a secure assignment of provenance. The only petrographic parallels available so f ar a re f rom G alatas Pediada and Malia. In contrast to the local coarse Fabric Group 2, Fabric Group 8 i s dated solely to the late P repalatial–Protopalatial p eriod ( MM I A– IIB). C onsidering t hat i mportant pa latial c enters begin to emerge at Malia in the Protopalatial period and at Galatas in the early Neopalatial period,

the possibility that the Ḁne vessels of Fabric Group 8 may have been imported from these areas to the Lasithi Plain cannot be excluded. The tempered Fabric Groups 1 and 4 constitute two well-known recipes of the Prepalatial period. The addition of inorganic (calcite and grog) as well as organic (chaff) materials in the clay mix constitute common practices in pottery production of the northern coast of Crete since the FN period. Fabric Group 7 comprises samples that are knowingly i mported t o t he ca ve. T he g ranodioritic r aw materials are found in the area of the Gulf of Mirabello, and pottery is produced in the area of Gournia to Kalo Chorio throughout the EM and MM periods. Indeed, the two sampled vessels are dated to the EM IIB a nd t he M M I –II p eriods, s uggesting t hat t he Mirabello workshop(s) constituted a m inor but persistent source of pottery imports for the community using the cave of Hagios Charalambos. The l ast ca tegory o f r aw m aterials e ncountered in the Hagios Charalambos assemblage is connected with ophiolitic sources and represents Ḁne wares, i.e., Fabrics 11 and 13 with sandstone and serpentine fragments, respectively. It is not certain whether the two fabrics derive from the same production center because they are of different composition and date. Fabric G roup 11 r epresents a w ell-known category of Prepalatial painted pottery, which has been proven t o b e t he p roduct of Mesara workshop(s) ( Wilson and Day 1994). For Fabric 13 the provenance is unclear. The presence of serpentine is not diagnostic of origin because it constitutes a secondary component of ophiolitic materials, outcrops of which are encountered across southeastern and Central Crete, from the area of Myrtos Ierapetra to the Mesara.

Conclusion In pottery studies, petrography offers a valuable tool i n o rder t o c haracterize t he a ssemblage a nd assess p otential p rovenance. T he a nalysis o f t he Hagios C haralambos p ottery p rovided e vidence of broadly local pottery production on the Lasithi Plain as i ndicated also f rom comparison with the material from Karphi. It has been possible to identify t he l ocal c omponent o f t he a ssemblage a nd discuss changes in the Ḁring technology over time.

The funerary character a nd u se of the H agios Charalambos Cave should not be overlooked in the assessment of the analytical results. The vessels deposited in the cave a re not representative of a pottery a ssemblage en countered i n a s ettlement, e ven if so me o f t hem w ere u sed i n e veryday a ctivities before their deposition. Rather, they are vessels selected either as funerary offerings to the dead or to be used in ceremonies associated with the funerary

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

rites. Until scientiḀc analysis is performed on contemporary domestic assemblages, the results of the present analysis should be used with caution for the reconstruction of d aily a ctivities i n t he s ettlements of the Lasithi Plain. The analytical study demonstrated that for their funerary rites and rituals the people of Hagios Cha‑ ralambos utilized pottery m ade predominantly i n the i mmediate v icinity o r a t l east i n t he br oader area of t he L asithi Plain. A lthough s mall a nd r emote, t he community (or communities) t hat u sed the cave for burials had t he ability t o participate in d istant e xchange n etworks t hat br ought p ottery i nto t he a rea f rom c enters a s d istant a s t he Mesara t o t he so uth o r t he G ulf o f M irabello t o the e ast. T he d ating o f t hese i mports c learly i ndicate t hat t his practice st arted i n t he EM I p eriod a nd c ontinued m ore i ntensively u ntil t he M M II period when the cave ceased to be used. Based

85

on the number of samples, the connection with the Mesara and the Mirabello area seems to be rather limited a nd m ost p robably i ndirect. O n t he o ther hand, the connection with the Pediada region and Malia seems to be more intensive and direct. The number of samples as well as the array of imports is d eḀnitely larger, i ncluding a v ariety of shapes, wares, a nd p ottery f abrics. T he c onnection w ith these areas has been attested already in the early Prepalatial period (FN–EM II), and it seems to become more intensive in the Protopalatial period when i mportant pa latial c enters b egan t o e merge at M alia a nd s lightly l ater a t G alatas. A br oader analytical study of ceramics from the Lasithi Plain is required in order to enhance our knowledge on pottery p roduction, u se, a nd d istribution i n t he area of the plain and discuss issues connected with potential political control by the palatial centers for the remote mountainous area of Lasithi.

Petrographic Descriptions of the Fabric Groups The petrographic analysis was carried out at the INSTAP Study Center for East Crete using a Leica DMLP polarizing microscope. For the petrographic d escriptions, t he s ystem u sed i n M yer, M cIntosh, and Betancourt (1995) was adopted.

Fabric Group 1: Calcite-Tempered Samples HCH 04/22 (37), 04/27 (24), 04/28 (2)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: orangish brown to brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: reddish brown, the micromass is optically active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 1.20 to 0.1 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m and up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions: c a. 3 0%. Voids range in size from 1.60 to 0.15 mm long dimension; ca. 5%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The n onplastics a nd v ugs a re r andomly o riented. The planar voids display preferred orientation

parallel to vessel margins. T here is evidence for tempering with organic matter. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular to subrounded. 2. Calcite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant to elongate, angular. Comments: composed of m icrocrystalline limestone. 3. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r ed u nder c rosspolarized light with no inclusions.

II. Voids A. S ize r ange: t hey v ary i n s ize f rom 1.60 t o 0 .15 mm long dimension. B. Shape: there are meso and macro vugs, channels, and planar voids, double to open spaced. The vugs a re i rregular i n s hape, i n m ost c ases elongate; the planar voids a re more regular i n shape and elongate.

86

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Calcite Size range: 1.20 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: mainly equant but there are some elongate grains too, angular to subangular. Comments: the calcite constitutes the predominant nonplastic component; it occurs in large angular f ragments a nd s eems t o h ave b een added as temper in the clay paste. It is composed of microcrystalline limestone. In some cases it displays twinning. 2. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.32 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular to subrounded. Comments: mainly merging boundaries. 3. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.25 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. 4. Mica Size range: ca. 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: laths. Comments: very rare biotite mica laths. 5. Epidote Size range: 0.8 mm long dimension. Shape: equant subangular. Comments: very rare f ragments with merging boundaries. 6. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.24 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: subrounded to rounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r ed t o d ark b rown under c ross-polarized l ight a nd v ery c ompact i n a ppearance w ithout a ny n onplastic inclusions.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass): 45% Voids: 5% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 1% Calcite 3% TCFs under 1% Larger Inclusions Calcite 30% Monocrystalline quartz 10% Polycrystalline quartz under 1%

Mica under 2% Epidote under 1% TCFs under 1%

Fabric Group 2: Coarse Phyllite (Lasithi Red Fabric Group)

Group 2 A, S amples H CH 0 4/1 ( 69), 0 4/4 ( 303), 04/12 (204), 04/26 (11), 04/29 (12), 04/37 (63), 04/38 (60), 04/39 (70)

Group 2 B, S amples H CH 0 4/3 ( 325), 0 4/11 ( 162), 04/13 ( 395), 04/14 (458), 04/16 (384), 04/17 (Betan‑ court 2014b, 47, no. 22)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: orangish brown to dark brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: orangish brown and optically a ctive f or G roup 2A , d ark r eddish brown t o d ark b rown a nd o ptically i nactive for Group 2B. In some cases the core is darker than the margins. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 3.6 to 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 4 5%– 50%. Voids range in size from 3.2 to 0.3 mm long dimension; ca. 5%–7%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics a re randomly oriented. T he planar voids d isplay i n some cases preferred orientation parallel to vessel margins. D. Silt-sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: mainly biotite mica, very few fragments of white mica. 3. Feldspar Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: very few fragments of plagioclase and very rare fragments of alkali feldspar.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Comments: Ḁne g rained, i n s ome c ases g rading into chert.

4. Phyllite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate, laths. 5. Quartzite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. 6. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: there are dark red or dark brown to black under cross-polarized light, with no inclusions or internal texture.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 3.2 to 0.3 mm long dimension. B. Shape: they range from single to open spaced, mainly meso and macro planar voids and meso vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

87

m)

1. Metamorphic Rock Fragments (a) Phyllite Size range: 3.6 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: the inclusions are indicative of a l ow-grade me tamorphic e nvironment. The phyllites display a range of colors under cross-polarized light, from golden and silvery b rown t o o range a nd d ark b rown. Some f ragments a re Ḁ ner g rained t han others; s ome s eem t o b e m etamorphosed siltstones. I n a f ew c ases f olding o f t he schistosity i s v isible. T hey a re c omposed mainly of biotite mica and quartz; in some cases there are also white mica laths. (b) Quartzite-Schist Size range: 2.0 to 0.24 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate. Comments: i n s ome c ases i t g rades i nto biotite-mica-schist. 2. Monocrystalline Quartz Size r ange: 1 .0 t o 0 .1 m m l ong d imension (mode = 0.24 mm long dimension). Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: m ost f ragments h ave s traight e xtinction; a few have undulose extinction. 3. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.8 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant or slightly elongate.

4. Chert Size range: 0.8 to 0.4 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: c omposed o f m icrocrystalline quartz. 5. Sandstone Size range: 2.0 to 0.4 mm long dimension. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, s ub­‑ rounded. Comments: s ome f ragments a re c omposed o f poorly sorted quartz grains set in a Ḁne clay matrix (quartz a renite), while fewer d isplay a l arger p ercentage of Ḁne-grained m atrix (graywackes). 6. Micrite Size range: 1.0 to 0.2 mm. Shape: equant, subangular to subrounded. Comments: very few fragments are composed of microcrystalline limestone. 7. M ica Size range: ca. 0.24 mm long dimension. Shape: laths. Comments: mainly biotite mica and a few fragments of white mica. 8. Feldspar Size range: 0.4 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate. Comments: v ery f ew f ragments o f a lkali a nd plagioclase feldspar. 9. Opaques Size range: 0.32 to 0.3 mm. Shape: equant, angular. Comments: very rare fragments, probably iron concentrations? 10. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.8 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, rounded to subrounded. Comments: their c olor r anges f rom d ark r ed to d ark brown. Some f ragments have a v ery compact a ppearance a nd c ontain n o i nclusions. Others contain a few quartz and biotite mica inclusions.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 35%–40% Voids 5%–7%

88

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz ca. 2% Mica under 1% Feldspar under 1% Phyllite under 2% Quartzite under 1% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Metamorphic rocks 30%–40% Monocrystalline quartz 10% Polycrystalline quartz under 2% Chert under 1% Sandstone 8% Micrite under 1% Mica under 2% Feldspar under 1% Opaques under 1% TCFs under 2%

Fabric Group 3: Semicoarse with Carbonate Rock Fragments Samples HCH 04/19 (3), 04/25 (1)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. U nder p lane-polarized l ight: d ark b rown, nonpleochroic. 2. U nder c ross-polarized l ight: d ark o rangish brown a t t he m argins, d ark b rown a t t he core. The micromass is moderately active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 1.6 to 0.1 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction i s < 0.1 m m a nd up t o 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 30%. Voids range in size from 1.8 to 0.16 mm long dimension; ca. 10%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics a re r andomly oriented. T he planar voids display preferred orientation parallel to vessel margins. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm.

Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: merging boundaries. 2. Carbonate Rocks Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: e quant, subrounded t o subangular, o ccasionally amorphous. Comment: the most common nonplastic inclusion; merging boundaries. 3. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: very few fragments of biotite mica. 4. Phyllite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate, laths. Comments: it i s c omposed of q uartz a nd biotite or white mica. 5. Epidote Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant. 6. Chert Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded. 7. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: they are dark red or dark brown to black under cross-polarized light, with no inclusions or internal texture.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 1.8 to 0.16 mm long dimension B. S hape: t hey a re c lose t o s ingle s paced, m ainly meso and macro planar voids and meso vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Carbonate Rocks Size range: 1.2 to 0.1 mm Shape: equant to elongate, angular to subrounded Comments: it is the predominant component of this f abric, i t i s c omposed o f m icritic l ime‑ stone. 2. Siltstone Size range: 1.6 to 0.32 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Comments: t he i nclusions h ave a d ark b rown color and are very Ḁne grained without any inclusions. 3. Phyllite Size range: 1.6 to 0.6 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: there are very few fragments. They are s imilar t o t he m udstones i n c olor a nd texture, the only difference being that they contain small inclusions of biotite mica and quartz. They are most likely metamorphosed siltstones. 4. Quartzite-Schist Size range: 0.4 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: very rare fragments. 5. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0 .6 to 0.1 mm long d imension (mode = 0.16 mm long dimension). Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: q uartz a nd m icrite c onstitute t he predominant n onplastic c omponent o f t his fabric. 6. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.6 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant or slightly elongate. Comments: Ḁne g rained, i n s ome c ases g rading into chert. 7. C hert Size range: 0.8 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: c omposed o f m icrocrystalline quartz. 8. Sandstone Size range: 1.4 to 0.8 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: i t i s v ery Ḁne g rained, c omposed of s mall q uartz f ragments i n a c lay-rich matrix. 9. Plagioclase Feldspar Size range: 1.2 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate, subangular. Comments: very rare fragments. 10. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 1.0 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subangular to subrounded.

89

Comments: t heir c olor a nd t exture are v ery similar to the siltstones. They are dark red to dark brown without any inclusions.

Modality Matrix (groundmass) 60% Voids 10% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz ca. 1% Carbonate rocks 2% Mica under 1% Phyllite under 1% Epidote under 1% Chert under 1% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Carbonate rocks 30% Siltstone 10% Phyllite under 2% Quartzite-schist under 1% Monocrystalline quartz 10% Polycrystalline quartz under 1% Chert under 1% Sandstone under 2% Feldspar under 1% TCFs under 2%

Fabric Group 4: Calcareous with Angular Inclusions Samples HCH 04/31 (23), 04/33 (33)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: dark brown, nonpleochroic 2. Under cross-polarized light: brown, the micromass is moderately active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 1.2 to 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 3 0%. Voids range i n size f rom 1.5 to 0.2 m m long d imension; ca. 5%.

90

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The n onplastics a re r andomly o riented, t he p lanar voids display preferred orientation parallel to vessel margins. T here is evidence for tempering with organic matter. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular.

Matrix (groundmass) 60% Voids 5%

3. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: m ainly b iotite a nd a f ew w hite mica fragments. 4. Dark Brown Angular Inclusions Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, angular.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 2.0 to 0.2 mm long dimension. B. Shape: they range from single to open spaced, with mainly meso and macro planar voids. m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: mode= 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: evenly distributed in the clay matrix. 2. Carbonate Rocks Size range: 0.8 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: composed of micritic limestone. 3. Dark Brown Angular Inclusions Size range: 1.2 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 3. Chert Size range: 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular. 4. Calcite Size range: 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular.

6. Fossils Comments: f oraminifera, o ccasionally i dentiḀed by their casts in the clay matrix.

IV. Modality

2. Micrite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

5. Mica Size range: 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: laths. Comments: m ainly b iotite a nd a f ew w hite mica fragments.

Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 1% Micrite 2% Mica under 2% Grog under 1% Larger inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 5% Carbonate rocks ca. 10% Brown angular inclusions 3% Chert under 1% Calcite under 1% Mica under 1% Fossils under 1%

Fabric Group 5: Red Fabric with Quartz and Clay Pellets Samples HCH 04/10 (197), 04/44 (196)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under p lane-polarized l ight: d ark o rangish brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: the red to reddishbrown micromass is moderately active at the core and optically active at the margins. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 3.6 to 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 3 0%. Voids range i n size f rom 1.5 to 0.2 m m long d imension; ca. 5%.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics and voids are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: it is mainly biotite mica, with very few fragments of white mica. 3. Phyllite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate, laths. 4. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r ed u nder c rosspolarized light, with no inclusions or internal texture.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 1.5 to 0.2 mm long dimension. B. Shape: they range from single to open spaced and are mainly meso and macro vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Metamorphic Rock Fragments (a) Phyllite Size range: 1.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: the inclusions are indicative of a l ow-grade me tamorphic e nvironment. Under c ross-polarized l ight t he c olor o f the p hyllite r anges f rom d ark b rown t o silvery. In t he f ormer i t is c omposed of biotite m ica a nd q uartz, i n t he l atter o f white mica and quartz. The phyllite fragments are quite Ḁne grained. (b) Quartzite Size range: 0.8 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate. (c) Quartz-Mica Schist Size range: 0.9 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. 2. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.48 to 0.1 mm long dimension.

91

Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 3. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.8 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant. Comments: very few fragments. 4. Mica Size range: ca. 0.2 mm long dimension Shape: laths. Comments: mainly biotite mica and a f ew fragments of white mica. 5. Feldspar Size range: 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: v ery r are f ragments o f a lkali f eld‑ spar. 6. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.56 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, rounded to subrounded. Comments: t heir color is d ark red. T hey h ave a v ery c ompact a ppearance a nd c ontain n o inclusions. T hey s eem c oncordant w ith t he micromass.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 65% Voids 5% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz ca. 2% Mica 1% Phyllite under 2% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Metamorphic rocks 30% Monocrystalline quartz 10% Polycrystalline quartz under 1% Mica under 2% Feldspar under 1% TCFs 2%

Fabric Group 6: Red Fabric with Quartz Samples HCH 04/32 (31), 04/34 (15)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color

92

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

1. U nder p lane-polarized l ight: o rangish b rown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: orange to reddish brown, with the micromass optically active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 1.2 to 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 2 0%. Voids range i n size f rom 1.0 to 0.2 m m long d imension; ca. 3%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics a nd voids a re randomly o riented. T here is evidence for tempering w ith organic matter. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: biotite and white mica.

2. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.7 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 3. Mica Size range: ca. 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: laths. Comments: biotite and white mica. 4. Feldspar Size range: 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: very rare fragments of plagioclase feldspar.

3. Phyllite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate, laths.

5. Epidote Size range: 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subangular.

4. Quartzite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: d ark r ed u nder c ross-polarized light, with no inclusions or internal texture.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 1.0 to 0.2 mm long dimension. B. S hape: t hey r ange f rom d ouble t o o pen s paced, and a re m ainly m eso v ugs a nd m acro p lanar voids.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

Comments: a f ew Ḁ ne g rained p hyllite fragments. U nder c ross-polarized l ight their color ranges from dark brown to golden brown. They are composed of biotite mica and quartz. (b) Quartzite Size range: 0.7 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate. Comments: i n s ome c ases t hey g rade i nto schist. (c) White Mica Schist Size range: 1.0 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: rare fragments, mainly in sample HCH 04/32 (31).

m)

1. Metamorphic Rock Fragments (a) Phyllite Size range: 1.0 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate.

6. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.6 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, rounded to subrounded. Comments: t heir color is d ark red. T hey h ave a v ery c ompact a ppearance a nd c ontain n o inclusions. T hey a re d isconcordant w ith t he micromass.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 70% Voids 3% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz ca. 2% Mica 1% Metamorphic rocks under 2% TCFs under 1%

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Larger inclusions Metamorphic rocks 15% Monocrystalline quartz 20% Mica under 2% Feldspar under 1% Epidote under 1% TCFs 2%

Fabric Group 7: Granodiorite Fabric (Mirabello Fabric) Group 7A, Samples HCH 04/40 (102), 04/42 (295) Group 7B, Sample HCH 04/2 (79)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: greenish brown to brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under c ross-polarized l ight: d ark g reenish brown t o d ark r eddish b rown. T he m icromass is optically inactive. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 1.6 t o 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 2 0%. Voids range in size f rom 0.8 to 0.2 m m long dimension; ca. 2%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics and voids are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Igneous Rock Fragments Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subangular. 2. Plagioclase Feldspar Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. 3. Biotite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate. 4. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: they are dark red under cross-polarized light, with no inclusions or internal texture.

93

II. Voids A. Size range: from 0.8 to 0.2 mm long dimension. B. S hape: t hey r ange f rom o pen t o d ouble s paced, mainly meso vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Igneous Rock Fragments Size range: 1.6 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate. Comments: t he i nclusions a re c omposed o f plagioclase feldspar, biotite, and altered amphibole. This rock and mineral suite is indicative o f a n e nvironment w ith a cid i gneous rocks, namely the granodiorites that outcrop in the area of the Gulf of Mirabello. 2. Plagioclase Feldspar Size range: 1.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 3. Sandstone Size range: 1.6 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: they a re c omposed mainly of quartz fragments in a clay-rich matrix. 4. Biotite Size range: 0.8 to 0.2 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to elongate. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.8 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, rounded to subrounded. Comments: t heir c olor i s d ark r ed t o d ark brown; they have a v ery compacted appearance and contain no inclusions.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 65% Voids 2% Silt-sized inclusions Igneous rock fragments ca. 2% Plagioclase feldspar under 1% Biotite under 1% TCFs 2% Larger inclusions Igneous rock fragments 15% Plagioclase feldspar 5% Sandstone under 1%

94

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Biotite under 2% TCFs 10 %

Fabric Group 8: Very Fine Fabric with Rare Nonplastics Samples HCH 04/5 (280), 04/9 (260), 04/21 (243), 04/45 (182)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: orangish brown to brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under c ross-polarized l ight: d ark o rangish brown at the c ore t o greenish brown at t he margins. The micromass is optically active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 1.4 to 0.08 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction i s < 0.08 m m a nd up to 60 µm long dimension. I nclusions ca. 5%. Voids range in size from 0.8 to 0.08 mm long dimension; ca. 5%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The nonplastics a re randomly oriented. T he Ḁne planar voids display preferred orientation parallel to vessel margins. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. 3. Quartzite Schist Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: slightly elongate, subangular. 4. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: occasionally ranging into chert. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: they are orangish brown to dark reddish b rown u nder c ross-polarized l ight, w ith no inclusions or with very small inclusions.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 0.8 to 0.08 mm long dimension. B. S hape: t hey a re s ingle t o o pen s paced, m ainly meso planar voids and meso vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.6 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: q uartz a nd m icrite c onstitute t he predominant n onplastic c omponent o f t his fabric. 2. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.4 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re o rangish b rown t o d ark reddish b rown u nder c ross-polarized l ight, with no inclusions or with very small inclusions c onsisting o f s mall q uartz f ragments and biotite mica.

Modality Matrix (groundmass) 85% Voids 5% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 8% Mica 2% Quartzite-schist under 1% Polycrystalline quartz under 1% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 1 % TCFs 2%

Fabric 9: Fine Calcareous Fabric with Pellets Sample HCH 04/24 (132)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under p lane-polarized l ight: b rown, n on­pleo­‑ chroic. 2. Under c ross-polarized l ight: yellowish brown. The micromass is moderately active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Coarse inclusions vary from 0.8 to 0.08 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction i s < 0.08 m m a nd up to 60 µm long d imension. I nclusions ca. 3%. Voids range in size from 0.4 to 0.08 mm long dimension; ca. 2%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The voids and nonplastics are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm)

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 80% Voids 2% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 1% Micrite 10 % Mica 1%

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, angular to subangular.

TCFs 1% Larger inclusions

2. Micrite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, rounded. Comments: composed of micritic limestone. 3. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: biotite mica.

Micrite 10 % TCFs 5%

Fabric 10: Fine Calcareous with Biotite Mica Sample HCH 04/8 (236)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color

4. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: they are brown to dark brown under cross-polarized l ight, Ḁne g rained c ontaining small inclusions of biotite mica and micrite.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 0.4 to 0.08 mm long dimension B. S hape: t hey a re o pen t o d ouble s paced, m ainly meso planar voids and meso vugs.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

95

m)

1. Micrite Size range: 0.4 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, rounded to subrounded. Comments: m icrite a nd T CFs c onstitute t he predominant component of this fabric. 2. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.8 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: they are brown to dark brown under c ross-polarized l ight, Ḁne g rained c ontaining s mall i nclusions of b iotite m ica a nd micrite.

1. Under p lane-polarized l ight: b rown, n onpleo‑ chroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: golden brown. The micromass is optically moderately active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 0.8 to 0.08 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction i s < 0.08 m m a nd up to 60 µm long dimension. Inclusions ca. 15%. Voids range in size from 1.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension; ca. 3%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The voids and nonplastics are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 2. Biotite Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. 3. Micrite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular.

96

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

4. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular. Comments: it occasionally ranges into chert. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r eddish b rown u nder cross-polarized light, with no inclusions.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 1.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension. B. Shape: t hey a re open spaced, mainly meso v ugs and a few planar voids.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.16 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. Comments: q uartz a nd m icrite c onstitute t he predominant n onplastic c omponent o f t his fabric. 2. Micrite Size range: 0.12 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. Comments: it is composed of micritic limestone. 3. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.2 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r eddish b rown u nder cross-polarized light, with no inclusions.

Modality Matrix (groundmass) 75% Voids 3% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 8%

Micrite 3% TCFs 1%

Fabric Group 11: Fine Fabric with Rounded Sandstones and Phyllite Samples HCH 04/35 (41), 04/36 (39)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: greenish brown to brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under c ross-polarized l ight: g olden b rown t o brown. T he m icromass r anges f rom m oderately active to active. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse i nclusions vary f rom 1.2 to 0.1 m m long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions c a. 1 0%. Voids range i n size f rom 0.4 to 0.1 m m long d imension; ca. 2%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The voids and nonplastics are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 2. Biotite Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. 3. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r eddish b rown u nder cross-polarized light, with no inclusions.

II. Voids

Mica 8%

A. Size range: from 0.4 to 0.1 mm long dimension.

Micrite 10 %

B. Shape: they are open spaced, mainly meso vugs.

Polycrystalline quartz under 1% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 3%

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.16 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular.

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

2. Sandstone Size range: 1.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, rounded to subrounded. Comments: they are composed of small quartz fragments and biotite mica laths. 3. Phyllite Size range: 0.4 to 0.24 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: c omposed o f q uartz a nd b iotite mica laths. 4. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: ca 0.16 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark r eddish b rown u nder cross-polarized light, with no inclusions.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 80% Voids 2% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 2% Mica 2% Micrite 10 % TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 1% Sandstone 3% Phyllite 1% TCFs under 1%

Fabric 12: Very Fine Fabric with Pellets Sample HCH 04/41 (293)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. U nder p lane-polarized l ight: d ark g rayish brown, nonpleochroic. 2. Under cross-polarized light: greenish brown to brown. The micromass is opticallly inactive. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 0.6 to 0.08 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction i s < 0.08 m m a nd

97

up to 60 µm long dimension. Inclusions ca. 15%. Voids range in size from 0.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension; ca. 1%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The voids and nonplastics are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: biotite. 3. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: d ark t o l ight b rown u nder c rosspolarized light, with no inclusions.

II. Voids A. Size range: from 0.2 to 0.16 mm long dimension B. S hape: t hey a re o pen s paced, m ainly m eso p lanar voids.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.12 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 2. Sandstone Size range: 0.2 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subangular. Comments: composed of Ḁne quartz fragments. 3. Silty Pellets Size range: 0.6 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to elongate, subangular. Comments: t hey a re d ark b rown u nder c rosspolarized l ight, v ery Ḁ ne g rained w ith n o inclusions. 4. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.3 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark t o l ight b rown u nder cross-polarized light, with no inclusions.

98

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 75% Voids 1% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 1% Mica 1% TCFs under 1% Larger inclusions

4. Phyllite Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: elongate. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subrounded to rounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark b rown u nder c rosspolarized light, with no inclusions.

II. Voids

Monocrystalline quartz under 1%

A. Size range: from 0.4 to 0.16 mm long dimension.

Sandstone 1%

B. Shape: open spaced, mainly meso vugs.

Silty pellets 3 TCFs 2%

Fabric 13: Very Fine Fabric with Serpentinite Sample HCH 04/48 (287)

I. Matrix (Groundmass) A. Optical Properties and Color 1. Under plane-polarized light: dark brown, non‑ pleochroic 2. Under cross-polarized light: brown to greenish brown. The micromass is optically inactive. B. O verall G rain S ize a nd M odality o f I nclusions and Voids Coarse inclusions vary from 0.48 to 0.1 mm long dimension. T he Ḁne f raction is < 0.1 m m a nd up to 6 0 µ m l ong d imension. I nclusions ca. 1 5%. Voids range in size from 0.4 to 0.16 mm long dimension; ca. 2%. C. O verall P referred O rientation o f I nclusions a nd Voids The voids and nonplastics are randomly oriented. D. Silt-Sized Inclusions (under 62 µm) 1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, angular to subangular. 2. Mica Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: laths. Comments: biotite. 3. Polycrystalline Quartz Size range: up to ca. 62 µm. Shape: equant, subangular.

III. Inclusions above Silt Size (above 62 µ

m)

1. Monocrystalline Quartz Size range: 0.24 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: e quant t o s lightly e longate, a ngular t o subangular. 2. Serpentinite Size range: 0.4 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant to slightly elongate, subangular. 3. Sandstone Size range: 0.4 to 0.1 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: the sandstone is composed of Ḁne quartz fragments. 4. Phyllite Size range: 0.48 to 0.15 mm long dimension. Shape: elongate. Comments: i t i s g olden b rown t o d ark b rown under cross-polarized light, very Ḁne grained. 5. Textural Concentration Features (TCFs) Size range: 0.3 to 0.08 mm long dimension. Shape: equant, subrounded. Comments: t hey a re d ark b rown u nder c rosspolarized light. The coarser ones have quartz inclusions, a nd t he Ḁ ner o nes c ontain n o inclusions.

IV. Modality Matrix (groundmass) 75% Voids 2% Silt-sized inclusions Monocrystalline quartz under 1% Mica under 1%

APPENDIX A. PETROGRAPHIC ANALYSIS OF SELECTED POTTERY SAMPLES

Polycrystalline quartz under 1%

Serpentinite 2%

Phyllite under 1%

Sandstone under 1%

TCFs under 1%

Phyllite under 1%

Larger inclusions Monocrystalline quartz 1%

TCFs 1%

99

Appendix B

The Pottery Statistics Philip P. Betancourt, Susan C. Ferrence, and Louise C. Langford-Verstegen

After the sherds that joined together were combined to form vases and sections of vases, the entire assemblage of vessels a nd f ragments w as c ounted and r ecorded a s st atistics ( Tables B .1–B.21). T he pieces were st rewn o n tables a nd so rted by f abric and then by shapes and class. The identiἀcations by class and position on the vase were recorded (complete v essel, l argely r estorable v essel, r im s herd, handle, base, spout, leg, or body sherd). The total of 18,064 entries is large enough for useful st atistics, but t his s ample i s b y n o m eans t he e ntire d eposit that was placed i n the cave. It i ncludes everything collected from the 1976 to 1983 campaign, a s mall number of sherds found in the dump from that early project, and all items found in the new excavations of 2002 and 2003. The recent project processed all the soil with a w ater separation machine (Peterson 2009), so the retrieved pottery approaches 100% of what was in the soil excavated in those t wo years. The largest amount of unrecovered pottery is what still survives in the cave beneath tons of loose rocks supporting a c racked a nd u nstable c eiling a t t he

east of Room 5. This dangerous part of the deposit would r equire so phisticated a nd expensive m ining techniques to remove it. The st atistics, r ecorded i n 1 9 t ables, p rovide a good p icture o f t he p ottery. T he r egional c eramics from Lasithi (Tables B.7 [partial], B.8 [partial], B.19) is recognizable by its use of the Lasithi Red Fabric G roup ( Petrographic F abric G roup 2 , s ee App. A). It accounts for 10,633 entries (59%) with a minimum of 1,228 vessels, which is also 59% of the t otal. T he r emaining p ercentage i ncludes t he early v ases w hose o rigin i s u nknown a s w ell a s the imports into the region. The origin for most of this imported material remains uncertain. The distinctive p ieces i nclude 1 35 s herds f rom M M I A North-Central Crete including Malia (Table B.10), an a dditional 2 14 s herds f rom M M I B–II M alia (Table B.17), and smaller amounts from the Mira­ bello region ( Table B.8, 50 sherds of Vasiliki Ware), K nossos ( Table B .12), a nd e lsewhere. F uture scholarship will hopefully be able to identify the sources of more of this material.

102

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY Table

Pottery Description

Source

Sherd Total/MNV

Date

B.2

Outside cave, coarse burnished

Unknown

6/6

FN–EM I

B.3

Incised decoration

Unknown

2/1

LN II

B.3

Monochrome Style, FN–EM I

Unknown

199/23

FN–EM I

B.3

Scored Style

Unknown

2/2

FN–EM I

B.3

Pyrgos Style

Unknown

35/6

EM I

B.3

Monochrome Style, EM I–IIA

Unknown

120/16

EM I–IIA

B.4

Hagios Onouphrios Style

Unknown

7/7

EM I

B.5

Koumasa Style

Unknown

7/6

EM IIA

B.6

Monochrome Style, pale fabrics

Unknown

24/13

EM IIA

B.7

Monochrome Style, red fabrics, dark surface, offering tables

Lasithi Region

37/13

EM IIA

B.8

Vasiliki Ware

Gulf of Mirabello

50/18

EM IIB

B.8

Vasiliki Style imitations, pale fabrics

Unknown

10/9

EM IIB

B.8

Vasiliki Style imitation, red fabric group

Lasithi Region

45/24

EM IIB

B.9

Light-on-dark pottery, pale fabrics

Unknown

159/57

EM III–MM II

B.10

Diagonal Line Style

Malia(?)

135/29

MM IA

B.10

Various small jugs

Unknown

209/62

MM I

B.11

Barbotine Style

North Central Crete

11/3

MM I

B.12

Knossian pottery

Knossos

6/6

EM II–MM I

B.13

Fine red pottery

Pediada including Kastelli

27/16

MM IB

B.14

Fine red pale fabric

Pediada

62/34

MM IB

B.15

Kamares Ware

Unknown

23/17

MM IB–IIB

B.16

Chamaizi Pots

Unknown

31/12

MM IIB

B.17

Malia pottery

Malia

214/52

MM I–IIB

B.18

Various nonlocal groups, pale fabrics

(Mostly unknown)

6,088/403

EM III–MM IIB

B.19

Lasithi Red Fabric Group

Lasithi region

10,551/1,153

EM II–MM II

B.21

Outside cave, LM III

Unknown

4/4

LM III

Table B.1. Summary of the 19 tables that record the pottery from the site.

The r esults a re s ummarized i n Table B .1. T he total n umber o f s herds ( 18,064) a llows a n e stimate o f t he m inimum n umber o f v ases ( 1,992) based on the examination of the surviving pieces (for cups, for example, the handles are counted). Assuming t hat t he n umber o f o fferings i s r elated t o t he number of burials, t he charts show t hat the population g radually increased. The early periods have far fewer offerings in comparison with the large amount of pottery after EM IIB, but the pattern of about one pouring vessel for one or two drinking vessels seems correct. The chalices used

before E M I IB w ere p robably c ommunal d rinking vessels. Looking at the shapes in categories leads to the recognition of some important patterns: EM IIB Vasiliki Ware Drinking vessels, 11 entries, minimum of 10 vessels Pouring vessels, 94 entries, minimum of 40 vessels

Although these numbers are small, they establish several points in regard to the burial customs. Vasiliki Ware was u sed primarily a s a p ouring vessel.

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS

Fewer goblets were used, and the teapots and other specialized shapes in this class were not used. In e xamining t he st atistics o f t he l ater p ottery by functional categories to provide additional information, t he m inimum numbers of vessels provide useful data: EM III–MM IIB Shallow bowls, for food, minimum of 25 vessels Drinking vessels, minimum of 712 vessels Medium-sized a nd l arge j ugs ( for p ouring), m inimum of 532 vessels Other pouring vessels, minimum of 22 vessels Small-sized jugs (height under 15 cm), for offerings, minimum of 91 vessels Jars, s mall o r m edium-sized, f or o fferings, m inimum of 70 vessels Jars, l arge s ize ( height o ver 2 0 c m), p ossibly f or burials, minimum of 11 vessels

The 712 drinking vessels can be compared with the total number of burials in the cave. From a study of the human bones, the remains of almost 400 individuals are present in the remains that have been preserved ( McGeorge 2 008, 5 80). A n e stimate o f over 1,000 burials is probably a good approximation based o n a n e stimate o f t he n umber o f d iscarded bones from the early excavations. The pottery suggests that most of them were from EM III and later. For the cups and other drinking vessels, the conclusion i s t hat n ot every burial h ad offerings. T he comparison between d rinking and pouring vessels is not completely clear because a large number of the sherds from jugs could not be distinguished between s mall ( under 15 c m h igh) a nd l arger v ases (over 15 cm high). The pattern of between one and two d rinking vessels for e ach s erving vessel r ules out customs like the communal toasting ceremony recorded in the Mesara with conical cups that were “apparently m ass-produced for ritual p urposes” (Branigan 1970b), suggesting either offerings to the deceased or a modest ritual inside the original tomb involving drinking and/or the pouring of libations. The pa ttern o f d epositing m ostly d rinking a nd pouring v essels p lus s mall j ugs c ontaining l iquid that h ad been established by EM I IA clearly continued throughout the history o f the community. The i mplication f or c ontinuity o f b urial p ractices

103

suggests n o g reat p opulation c hange d uring t his long p eriod. A f ew n ew c ustoms, however, a re clearly recognizable. The shallow bowls are mainly from EM III to MM I. Whatever they held (perhaps the m eat o fferings r epresented b y t he large n umber of animal bones in the deposit?), they were evidently replaced by some other container after MM I, perhaps one of wood. The large jars (minimum of 11 vessels) are all late in the sequence. Like the larnakes, they probably represent the well-known rise of burial in clay vessels that occurred in Crete during the Middle Bronze Age (Pini 1968) A change in ceremony can be noted within EM IIA. Earlier burials used chalices, a drinking vessel whose l arge s ize s uggests c ommunal c eremonies, while t he E M I I s ubstitution of i ndividual g oblets implies a m ore i ndividualized f unction. T he o ffering tables of EM I t o IIA (Table B.7) may have been accessories that provided the communal food for t hese c eremonies. P eriodic c hanges i n t he i mported pottery classes are nicely represented in the statistics. T he f ashion f or m ottled V asiliki W are during EM IIB shows up as both imports and i mitations (Table B.8). The distinctive Diagonal Line Style and the Barbotine Style jugs were imported in MM IA, probably from North Central Crete (Tables B.10–B.12). T he t refoil-mouthed j ugs ( Table B.14) and the Fine Red Fabric (Table B.13) reḀect the economic rise of Kastelli and then of Galatas and other centers i n the Pediada during M M IB. T he r ise in p opularity of p olychrome p ottery h as a t least a small impact on Lasithi’s ceramic use (Table B.15). A closer relationship between the Lasithi Plain and Malia during MM IIB resulted in a s ubstantial increase in pottery from this palace site (Table B.17). Elite members of the community can be suggested by the presence of gold jewelry, stone beads and pendants, seals, and objects of ivory, but not a single metal vessel was found in the cave. If elite citizens w ished t o b e d istinguished by t heir s erving and drinking sets, they must have chosen some of the imported alternatives to the local clay jugs and cups. T he t wo-handled cu ps, t he ἀ ne cu ps w ith dark red slip (Table B.13), the Kamares Style (Table B.15), and the trefoil jugs imported from various places in the Pediada including Galatas (Table B.14) could have served this segment of the society.

104

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Pottery Outside the Mouth of the Cave A few sherds of coarse, black to red burnished pottery were discovered near the front of the cave’s mouth i n a d isturbed c ontext t hat w as b elow t he dump f rom the early excavations in the cave (Table B.2; see a lso C h. 3). T hese f ragments, which were not a ssociated w ith a ny h uman b ones, s uggest that visitors camped there near the cave at the

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

end of t he Final Neolithic a nd d uring E M I. T he cave would have been a source of water then, and a nearby camp is understandable. FN–EM I Total number of sherds: 6 (4, 7, 8, 21, 22, 24)

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

3

3

50%

3

1

1

16.6%

1

2

33.3%

2

FN–EM I Monochrome Style, Dark Burnished Class Open vessel (4, 7, 8)

EM I Coarse, Black or Red Monochrome Burnished Pottery Chalice (24) Cup or bowl (21, 22)

2

Table B.2. Exterior of the cave, FN–EM I. C = c omplete; NC = n early complete; R = r im, H = h andle; B = b ase; S = spout; L = leg; MNV = minimum number of vessels.

The Monochrome Style, Scored Style, Pyrgos Style, and Hagios Onouphrios Style from Neolithic, EM I, and EM I–IIA The p ottery f rom N eolithic t o E M I IA s pans a long t ime p eriod t hat c onsisted of s everal h undred years (Tables B.3, B.4; see also Chs. 3, 4). In spite of this long period, the total number of sherds from t hese phases is relatively small (358 sherds, representing a m inimum o f 55 v essels). B ecause several o f t hese p ottery v arieties c ontinue f rom FN into EM I, and others were used both in EM I and EM IIA, close dating is not possible with several of these classes. Both the total number of vases a nd f ragments a nd t he m inimum n umber o f vessels (MNV) are given. LN II Incised C oarse D ark B urnished Class ( 2 s herds, MNV 1), 1

FN–EM I Monochrome Style, dark burnished fabric, chaff and calcite tempered (1 sherd, MNV 1), 2 Monochrome S tyle, d ark b urnished f abric, c alcite tempered (1 sherd, MNV 1), 3 Monochrome S tyle, dark burnished fabric, w ith phyllite temper (197 sherds, MNV 21), 5, 6, 9–18 Scored Style (2 sherds, MNV 2), 19, 20

EM I Dark G ray B urnished C lass, i ncluding t he P yrgos Style (35 sherds, MNV 6), 23, 25–27 Hagios Onouphrios Style (7 sherds, MNV 7), 38–44

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS

vases f rom t hese e arly p eriods i n t he l ife o f t he community. T hese e arly f ragments w ere m ixed at random with the other pottery, as if those who moved t he d eposit ga thered u p o ccasional e arly material remaining in the original tomb or tombs. It is also possible to conclude that the community that used the primary burial place represented here was very small in these early years. One important characteristic of this part of the deposit is the large number of different classes. In these early periods, Lasithi was obviously importing a substantial percentage of its ceramics.

EM I or EM IIA Monochrome S tyle, c oarse, b urnished, r ed f abric, dark surface (117 sherds, MNV 13), 28–34 Monochrome S tyle, s oft r eddish-brown f abric ( 2 sherds, MNV 2), 35, 36 Monochrome S tyle, c alcite t empered, v ariegated surface (1 sherd, MNV 1), 37

The f ragmentary n ature o f t his p ottery, w ith several examples of vessels represented by single sherds, indicates that the process that t ransported the material to the cave in MM IIB did not move many e xamples o f c omplete o r n early c omplete Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

105

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

2

0.5%

1

1

1

0.5%

1

1

0.5%

1

60

16.8%

10

118

33.0%

6

1

0.5%

1

7

18

5.0%

4

2

2

0.6%

2

24

35

9.8%

6

17

18

5.0%

3

2

2

0.6%

2

77

97

27.1%

8

LN II Incised, Coarse Dark Burnished Class Carinated bowl (1)

1

FN–EM I Monochrome Style, Dark Burnished Class, Calcite Tempered Open vessel (2) Closed vessel (3)

1

Monochrome Style, Dark Burnished Class with Phyllite Cup (5, 6, 9–12)

59

1

Open vessel (13–15)

2

17

Open vessel with lug (16)

99

1

Jar (17, 18)

9

2

Scored Style Open vessel (19, 20)

EM I Dark Gray Burnished Class (including the Pyrgos Style) Chalice (23, 25–27)

11

EM I–IIA Monochrome Style, Coarse, Burnished, Red Fabric, Dark Surface Chalice (30–33)

1

Goblet (34) Open vessel (28, 29)

9

7

4

Monochrome Style, Soft Reddish-Brown Fabric Open vessel (35)

1

1

0.5%

1

Miniature vessel (36)

1

1

0.5%

1

1

0.5%

1

Monochrome Style, Calcite Tempered, Variegated Surface Jug with pointed spout (37)

1

Table B.3. Monochrome Style, Scored Style, and Pyrgos Style, LN II and FN–EM I. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

106

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

1

14.3%

1

2

6

85.7%

6

EM I Hagios Onouphrios Style Open vessel (38) Jug (39­–44)

1

2

1

Table B.4. Hagios Onouphrios Style, EM I. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

The Koumasa Style, EM IIA A total of seven sherds (6 MNV; 45–50) can be assigned w ith c ertainty t o t he Koumasa S tyle of EM IIA (Table B.5; see also Ch. 4), which, together w ith s everal p ieces f rom Tables B .3, B .6, a nd B.7, were surely also made during this period. The small number (under 1% of the total) represents a limited number of original burials. Only s even s herds i n t he K oumasa S tyle c ome from t he ca ve. A ll o f t he v essels a re f ragmentary,

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

and t he r emaining p ieces o f t he v ases w ere n ot found. The numbers are too few for internal percentages w ithin t he a ssemblage t o b e meaningful. T he vases in this style form an almost uniform pattern of usage. All the sherds except for one body sherd are open s hapes, b ut t hey a re mostly f airly l arge, suitable for serving or communal drinking.

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

14.3%

1

1

14.3%

1

3

42.9%

3

1

14.3%

1

1

14.3%

–

EM IIA Koumasa Style Cup (45)

1

Wide-mouthed jug or cup (46) Open vessel with spout (47, 48, 50)

1 1

Bridge-spouted open vessel (49)

2 1

Closed vessel

1

Table B.5. Koumasa Style, EM IIA. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Monochrome Style, Pale Burnished Fabrics, EM IIA A t otal o f 2 4 s herds ( MNV 1 3; 51–58) o f u npainted, pale colored EM IIA vessels come from the excavations ( Table B.6; s ee a lso C h. 4). T he f ragments r epresent a minimum of 13 vases. Nine of the 13 vases are small jugs of special and distinctive

shapes. These small jugs mark the beginning of the tradition of burying small closed vessels with narrow necks in tombs. In later times this class of vase regularly contained oil.

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

107

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

4.2%

1

3

12.5%

2

8

12

50%

5

2

7

29.2%

4

1

4.2%

1

EM IIA Monochrome Style, Pale Fabrics Bowl with horizontal handle (51)

1

Open vessel

1

Cylindrical jug (52–54)

1

Conical irregular jug (55–57)

1

2

3 4

Pyxis (58)

1

Table B.6. Monochrome Style, pale burnished fabrics, EM IIA. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Dark Burnished Offering Tables in Monochrome Style with Coarse Phyllite Fabric, EM IIA The selection of Ḁat-bottomed offering tables in the ossuary (Table B.7; see also Ch. 5), the largest group o f this a rtifact f rom any M inoan tomb, i s perhaps related to the fact that the fabric analysis

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

suggests that these vessels are products of the Lasithi r egion. T he d eposit h as a t otal o f 3 7 s herds representing a m inimum o f 1 3 o ffering t ables (59–71).

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

5

13.5%

2

1

2.7%

1

3

8.1%

3

1

2.7%

1

26

70.2%

5

1

2.7%

1

EM IIA Monochrome Style, Red to Brown Fabrics, Dark Surface Offering table, Type B (59, 60) Offering table, Type D (61)

2 1

Offering table, Type E (62–64) Offering table, Type I (65)

3 1

Offering table, unknown type (66–70) Offering table, small (71)

3

16

1

3

6

1

Table B.7. Monochrome Style, red to brown coarse fabrics with phyllite, dark surface, EM IIA. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Vasiliki Ware and Its Imitations, EM IIB Among the vases found in the excavations were three c lasses o f Vasiliki Ware a nd i ts i mitations (Table B.8; see also Ch. 6): Vasiliki Ware f rom the region of the Gulf of Mirabello (50 sherds, MNV 18), 72–82

Vasiliki Style Imitations in Pale Fabrics (10 sherds, MNV 9), 83–90 Vasiliki Style Imitations in Lasithi Red Fabric Group (45 sherds, MNV 24), 91–100

108

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Vasiliki Ware is a mottled black to red to brown pottery f ound o nly i n E M I IB c ontexts ( Betancourt 1 979). I t i s o ne o f t he c eramic c lasses i n Crete that can be positively attributed to a specific locality because the fabric contains small grains of igneous rocks in the diorite to granodiorite series that is found only along the northeastern coast of Crete from Gournia to Priniatikos Pyrgos. This clay recipe, called Mirabello Fabric, has been described i n p rint s everal t imes ( Myer, M cIntosh, and B etancourt 1995; Nodarou a nd Moody 2014, with a dded b ibliography). T wo d ifferent c lasses can be recognized among the imitations, one made from pa le f abrics a nd t he o ther u sing t he L asithi Red F abric G roup t hat i s t he l ocal f abric i n t his cave ( for t he p etrographic d escription, s ee F abric Group 2 in App. A). Only this red fabric group was local to the region, so b oth the original Vasiliki Ware and its imitations in pale clay were imported into Lasithi. The r elative p roportions a mong t he f ragmentary m ottled m aterial a nd t he m inimum n umbers of vases demonstrate the very specialized selection used in the cave. Open shapes account for only 12 of the total number of sherds, while 91 pieces are fragments f rom jugs. I n t erms of m inimum numbers, t he e xcavations f ound e vidence f or 11 o pen vases (10 goblets and a bowl) and 40 jugs. The conclusion is that most of the pottery in this class was brought to the site as containers for liquids, with a smaller number used as drinking vessels. Both the

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

large and small Vasiliki Ware jugs have cylindrical necks t hat would a llow t hem t o b e u sed a s t ransport vases by inserting a cylindrical stopper (made easily from wooden limbs) into the neck. This use contrasts strongly with the presence of Vasiliki Ware in the region nearer to where it was made originally. This pottery was beautifully decorated w ith a l ustrous s lip t hat r eceived i nteresting mottled ornament, and it was used both for ordinary vases and for some elaborate display and serving pieces in the area around the Gulf of Mirabello. The ἀnest ornament was placed on the serving vessels: t eapots, br idge-spouted jars, a nd jugs with very tall vertical spouts. Some of the Vasiliki Ware shapes used in the Gulf of Mirabello region are missing from this cave deposit, and among the missing s hapes a re t he m ost e laborate o nes: t eapots w ith e xaggerated s pouts a nd t he v ery l argest jugs that were given extremely tall spouts. Also completely absent from the cave are shallow, open bowls, c onical b owls without spouts, and br idgespouted j ars, a ll o f w hich w ere c ommon i n t he region of the Gulf of Mirabello. The most likely explanation for this pattern is that the Lasithi community had a specialized and limited exchange pattern in r egard t o t his c lass. I t e ither i mported m ostly jugs used for liquids, or it only used the other vessels for n onfunerary p urposes. T he r egion u sed a few of the very small drinking vessels, but not the large serving pieces, and the region’s potters only copied this restricted inventory.

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

2

1.9%

2

6

5.7%

5

EM IIB Vasiliki Ware Spouted Goblet (72) Jug, small (73, 74)

1 2

1

Jug, medium or large (75–82)

5

Jug, unknown size

3 7

12

24

22.9%

9

2

16

18

17.1%

2

4

1

6

5.7%

5

Vasiliki Style Imitations in Pale Fabrics Goblet (83–86)

1

Jug, small (87)

1

1.0%

1

Jug, carinated (88, 89)

2

1

2

1.9%

2

Jug, globular with incised dashes (90)

1

1

1.0%

1

Table B.8. Vasiliki Ware and its imitations, EM IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

109

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

2

1.9%

1

3

3

2.9%

3

10

17

16.2%

7

23

21.9%

13

EM IIB, cont. Vasiliki Style Imitations in Lasithi Red Fabric Group Spouted conical bowl (91)

1

Goblet (92–94) Jug, small

4

Jug, medium or large (95–100)

2

3 12

6

2

1

Table B.8, cont. Vasiliki Ware and its imitations, EM IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Light-on-Dark Pottery, Pale Fabrics, EM III–MM II By EM I II, t he local pottery production m aking vases in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group was well established (see Table B.19). Although the local output made a s ubstantial q uantity o f v essels, s pecialized imports were used to augment the local production. Among the imports were vases in the light-on-dark style. For E M I II t o M M I I, t his class i ncludes 23 whole a nd r estorable v ases p lus e nough a dditional sherds to br ing the minimum number of vessels to 57 (Table B.9; see also Ch. 7). The increased number of w hole a nd r estorable v ases i n c omparison w ith the e arlier p eriods i ndicates t hat t he m ovement o f burials to the cave had access to a greater number of better preserved burials in comparison with material moved from the earlier history of the community. The following categories can be recognized:

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

Drinking vessels (109 entries, 19 MNV), 102–110 Small jugs (18 entries, 15 MNV), 111–123 Medium or large jugs (23 entries, 14 MNV), 124– 131, 133, 134 Shallow conical bowl (1 vessel), 101 Other shapes, including the jar with vertical handles, spouted bowl, teapot, spouted jar, jar, and pyxis (9 entries, 8 MNV), 135–142

Along with the jugs and pouring vessels that form the m ain pa rt o f t he c eramic a ssemblage, t he i mports in light-on-dark pottery included a number of special shapes that were uncommon in the highland plain. T he e ight v essels i n t his ca tegory r epresent 12% of the total, which is a signiἀcant percentage.

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

0.6%

1

106

66.2%

16

3

1.9%

3

3

18

11.25%

15

3

20

12.5%

12

1

1

0.9%

1

2

1.2%

1

EM III–MM I Pale Fabrics, Light-on-Dark Shallow conical bowl (101)

1

MM I–II Pale Fabrics, Light-on-Dark Cup (102–108)

2

Tumbler (109, 110) Jug, small (111–123) Jug, medium or large (124–131)

1

77

7

1 2

8

17

2 2

3

5

5

Closed vessel (132) Jar with vertical handles (133)

2

2

7

Table B.9. Light-on-dark pottery, pale fabrics, EM III–MM II. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

110

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

MM I–II, cont. Pale Fabrics, Light-on-Dark, cont. Jug without spout (134)

1

1

0.6%

1

Wide-mouthed jug (135)

1

1

0.6%

1

Spouted bowl (136)

1

1

0.6%

1

Teapot (137)

1

1

0.6%

1

1

0.6%

1

3

1.9%

3

1

0.9%

1

Spouted jar or teapot (138) Jar (139–141)

1 3

Pyxis (142)

1

Table B.9, cont. Light-on-dark pottery, pale fabrics, EM III–MM II. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Small Jugs in Pale Fabrics, MM I The largest group of this class is decorated with diagonal l ines i n e ither d ark-on-light or l ight-ondark f ormat ( Table B .10; s ee a lso C h. 8 ). O ther groups include jugs with barbotine decoration, examples w ith large bosses on t he body, a nd several other classes (Table B.11; see also Ch. 9). Find spots for t he Diagonal Line Style a nd t he Barbotine Style indicate that most of these juglets probably come from North-Central Crete.

Jugs in the Diagonal Line Style

The D iagonal L ine S tyle i s a d ecorative s ystem used on a series of small- to medium-sized jugs. The vessels were made by hand and decorated with simple linear motifs painted diagonally across the body. Both d ark-on-light a nd l ight-on-dark e xamples e xist, but the dark-on-light ones are more common. Of the 135 sherds and vases, a m inimum of 29 juglets in this class come from the cave (143–162). The jugs have constricted necks, which would cause the liquid inside to pour out slowly.

Jugs with Barbotine Decoration

The Barbotine Style from this site consists only of jugs w ith horizontal rows of s mall k nobs. Too

few pieces a re present for i nternal st atistics. Two fabrics are present, a ἀ ne one used for small jugs and a slightly coarser version for the less common larger variety. A t otal of 11 sherds (MNV 3; 180– 187) come from the cave.

Small Jugs with Bosses on the Body

A s mall g roup o f j uglets h as l arge b osses o n the b ody. A s w ith t he o ther s pecialized v essels, the distinctive form is probably intended to make the class more recognizable as a l abel for its contents. T he 2 2 s herds a nd v ases r epresent a m inimum n umber o f s ix v essels w ith f our ca taloged pieces (163–166).

Various Classes of Small Jugs

About t wo-thirds of t he i mported s mall M M I jugs represent a series of disparate traditions. The pale fabrics of t hese vessels a re not local t o L asithi or nearby parts of the Pediada, and several different sources are certain. Like the Diagonal Line Style, some of them surely come from somewhere near t he n orthern c oast of C rete. T he 187 s herds and vases represent a minimum number of 56 vessels with less cataloged pieces (167–179).

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

19

S

111

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

81

129

37.5%

24

2

4

1.2%

3

MM IA Diagonal Line Style, Dark-on-Light Small jug (143–157)

3

26

Medium-sized jug (159–161)

1

1

Diagonal Line Style, Light-on-Dark Small jug (158)

1

1

0.3%

1

Medium-sized jug (162)

1

1

0.3%

1

MM IA–IB Various Small Jugs Jugs with bosses (163–166)

1

Misc. small jugs (167–179)

7

2

4

1

74

5

11

16

22

6.4%

6

88

187

54.5%

56

Table B.10. Diagonal Line Style and other small jugs, MM IA–IB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2. Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

7

9

81.8%

2

2

2

18.2%

1

MM I Barbotine Style Jugs, ἀne fabric (180–186)

1

1

Jug, coarse fabric (187)

Table B.11. Barbotine Style, MM I. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Knossian Pottery The s ix s herds f rom K nossos a re t oo f ew t o present m eaningful st atistics i n t erms o f t he r elative n umber o f c lasses o r s hapes ( Table B .12; see also Ch. 10). With a m inimum number of six vessels, t wo closed v essels and four goblets a re Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

present, a lthough o nly ἀ ve a re ca taloged ( 188– 192). The main conclusion from this data is that very few Knossian vessels reached Hagios Charalambos before the end of MM IIB.

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

4

66.7%

4

1

16.7%

1

1

16.7%

1

EM II–MM II Knossian Fabric Goblet (188–190) Open-spouted jar (191) Bridge-spouted vessel (192)

4 1 1

Table B.12. Knossian pottery, EM II–MM II. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

112

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Fine Red Pottery with Dark Red or Black Slip The vessel shapes in t his category are u nusual, and many of them are unique to the deposit (Table B.13; see also Ch. 11).

These pieces m ake u p a v ery s pecialized class of i mport. A m inimum of 16 vessels a re p resent. All of them are small and delicate, with hard fabrics a nd l ustrous r ed o r b lack s urfaces. T hey a re made on the potter’s wheel, and the quality of both manufacturing a nd ἀ ring is excellent. T hese vessels are all small skillfully made products imported for their high quality. Many of them are unique items for this deposit, and they are very different from the local vessels and from most other imported vases. They are elite products.

Tumbler (6 sherds, MNV 5), 193–197 Goblet with conical bowl (1 sherd), 198 Two-handled cup (1 sherd), 199 Tall carinated cup (13 sherds, MNV 5), 200 Carinated cup (1 sherd), 201 Miniature pithos (1 sherd), 202 Small jug(?) (3 sherds, MNV 1), 203 Jug with incised band (1 sherd), 204

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

1

6

22.2%

5

1

3.7%

1

MM IB Fine Red Pottery Tumbler (193–197)

5

Goblet with conical bowl (198)

1

Kantharos (199)

1

1

3.7%

1

6

13

48.1%

5

Carinated cup (201)

1

1

3.7%

1

Miniature pithos (202)

1

1

3.7%

1

Small jug(?) (203)

3

3

11.1%

1

1

3.7%

1

Tall carinated cup (200)

3

Jug with incised band (204)

4

1

Table B.13. Fine red pottery with dark red or black slip, MM IB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Vases in Fine Red Fabric with Parallels from Galatas Vessels with pa rallels from Galatas are a distinctive class of i mport ( Table B.14; s ee a lso C h. 12). The most common shape is a tall closed vessel with a trefoil mouth.

Shape and Cataloged Examples

Straight-sided cup (3 sherds, MNV 3), 205 Jug w ith t refoil mouth (54 sherds a nd vases, M NV 26), 206–217 Side-spouted jug or cup (5 vases, MNV 5), 218–222

C

NC

R

H

B

Jug with trefoil mouth (206–217)

5

7

12

6

17

Side-spouted jug or cup (218–222)

4

S

L

Body Total

%

MNV

MM IB Pottery with Parallels from Galatas Straight-sided cup (205)

3

1

1

6

3

4.8%

3

54

87.1%

26

5

8.1%

5

Table B.14. Pottery with parallels from Galatas, MM IB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS

113

Kamares Ware, MM IB–IIB A s mall s election o f p ottery h as p olychrome decoration (Table B.15; see also Ch. 13). Of the 23 sherds and vases that make up the minimum of 17

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

vessels, six were cups, six were jugs, and ἀve were jars (223–232). All of them were small, attractive elite products.

H

B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

2

4

17.4%

1

MM IB–II Kamares Ware Straight sided-cup (223)

2

Semiglobular cup (224)

1

1

4.3%

1

Carinated cup (225)

1

1

4.3%

1

3

5

21.7%

3

3

6

26.1%

6

1

2

8.7%

1

4

4

17.4%

4

Cup, unknown shape Jugs (226–231)

1 1

1

1

Jar (232)

1

Jars with horizontal handles

1

Table B.15. Kamares Ware, MM IB–IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Chamaizi Pots, MM IIB The Chamaizi pot is a small closed vessel with a rounded body, a vertical neck without any spout, and a small handle. The shape is not common at the cave, but it is very distinctive. Two sizes occur

Shape and Cataloged Examples

in the assemblage (Table B.16; see also Ch. 14)— small (30 s herds, MNV 11, 233–238) and m edium (1 sherd, MNV 1, 239). A total of 97% of the sherds are in the smaller size.

C

NC

R

H

1

1

7

9

B

S

L

Body Total

%

MNV

30

96.8%

11

1

3.2%

1

MM IB Pale Fabric Chamaizi pot, small (233–238) Chamaizi pot, medium size (239)

1

Table B.16. Chamaizi pots, MM IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

12

114

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Pottery with Parallels from Malia, MM I–IIB A total of 214 sherds (52 MNV) of the pottery in the cave has parallels from MM IB to MM II Malia ( Table B.17; s ee a lso C h. 15). T his n umber i s large in comparison with the other imported vases, but it represents only 1.2% of the sherds and vases in the ossuary. Fragments f rom carinated cups form the largest group (155 sherds, 38 MNV), but many different shapes are present:

Jug with incised lines (4 sherds, MNV 3), 245–247 Basket-shaped vessel (1 sherd), 263 Scoop (1 sherd), 262

The st atistics m ake t he pattern o f t his p ottery extremely clear. Of the minimum total of 52 vases, 88% ( 46 i ndividuals) a re f ancy d rinking v essels, 8% ( 4 i ndividuals) a re u nusual p ouring v essels, and the remaining pieces are small pots of various shapes. I n o ther w ords, 9 6% o f t his p ottery w as imported as elite drinking and serving vessels. This statistic is very interesting, and it contributes good information on the relationship between the community in Lasithi and the palace at Malia.

Carinated cup (155 sherds, MNV 38), 248, 250–260 Spouted two-handled cup, incised (4 sherds, MNV 4), 240–244 Tall conical cup with grooves (1 sherd), 261 Semiglobular cup with grooves (1 sherd), 249 Cups with grooves (47 sherds, MNV 3), none cataloged Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body Total

%

MNV

MM IB–IIB Pottery with Parallels from Malia, Pale Fabrics Spouted two-handled cup, incised (240–244)

2

Jugs, incised (245–247) Carinated jug with wide mouth (248)

1

2

4

1.9%

4

3

4

1.9%

3

1

0.5%

1

1

Semiglobular cup with grooves (249)

1

Carinated cup without grooves (250)

1

1

0.5%

1

1

0.5%

1

Carinated cup with grooves, straight rim (251–253)

11

16

1

28

13.1%

15

Carinated cup with undulating rim (254–256)

6

2

1

9

4.2%

6

Carinated cup with grooves, unknown rim (257–260)

2

8

66

116

54.2%

15

1

0.5%

1

4

3

40

47

22.0%

3

Straight-sided cup with grooves (261) Cup with grooves, unknown shape

40 1

Scoop (262)

1

1

0.5%

1

Basket-shaped vessel (263)

1

1

0.5%

1

Table B.17. Pottery with parallels from Malia, pale fabrics, MM I–IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

Various Nonlocal Pale Colored Fabrics, EM III–MM IIB Many of t he vases i n t hese m iscellaneous classes of i mported pottery ca nnot be readily identiἀed in regard to shape (Table B.18; see also Ch. 16). The chart r ecords 6 ,088 s herds, o f w hich 2 ,351 ( 39%) are unidentiἀable as to shape and an additional 328 (5%) are cups of unknown shape. They are still important because they allow a better computation of

the a mount o f n onlocal c eramics. T he m inimum number of vessels f rom t he entire chart is 403. By far t he l argest g roup t hat ca n b e i dentiἀed i s t he selection o f j ugs, w hich a ccount f or 3 ,255 s herds (54%). The other shapes represent a smaller percentage of the miscellaneous group.

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

115

L

Body Total

%

MNV

4

0.07%

2

1

0.02%

1

1

0.02%

1

328

5.4%

50

16

0.3%

6

1

0.02%

1

1

0.02%

1

2,179

3,255

53.5%

295

1,990

2,351

38.6%

—

4

0.07%

3

1

1

0.02%

1

1

8

0.13%

5

EM III–MM IIB Various Nonlocal Fabrics Shallow bowl (264, 265)

2

Rounded cup (266) Conical cup (267)

2 1

1

Cup, unknown shape (268–271)

27

75

Cup, unknown shape, pronounced base Bowl (272)

29

197

16 1

Miniature tripod vessel (273)

1

Jugs (274–285)

366

538

Jug or jar or cup, unknown shape

5

267

89

Side-spouted vessel (286)

2

1

1

172

Closed vessel (287) Bridge-spouted jar (288, 289)

5

1

1

Side-spouted jug (290)

4

4

0.07%

4

Open-spouted vessel

4

1

5

0.02%

3

6

42

81

1.3%

20

2

6

27

0.4%

10

Spouted two-handled cup (291–299)

15

4

Misc. jar (300, 301)

10

9

14

Table B.18. Various nonlocal fabric groups, pale fabrics, EM III–MM IIB. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2.

The Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM III–MM IIB The r egional p roduction m ade i n a c oarse v ersion of the Lasithi Red Fabric Group accounts for the largest percentage of pottery in the cave: 10,551 sherds a nd v ases, o r 1,153 a s t he m inimum n umber of vessels ( Table B .19; s ee a lso C h. 17). T his production ca n b e d istinguished f rom a ἀ ner t extured a nd so mewhat p aler f abric w ith pa rallels from Galatas (Table B.14), even though both classes have geologically similar inclusions. Cups and jugs make up a majority of the production deposited at this site. Within t he t otal o f 10,551 s herds a nd v ases i n this category, 5,073 e ntries for cups were present in the assemblage, representing a minimum of 585 vessels (312–416, 418, 419, 421). They were divided into the typological categories shown in Table B.20 f or t he s ake o f st atistical e xamination. T he division is based on the type of handle (circular cross section or elliptical cross section) and whether the handle is attached on the outside of the rim

or across the rim as well as whether the interior is left plain or is painted. The use of unpainted interiors is a chronological factor because it was abandoned early in MM I. The other characteristics are workshop t raditions i n m anufacturing t he c ups, and they may represent different potters or different production traditions. The next largest group after the cups consisted of jars. Few of these vessels were complete enough to recognize their shape. A t otal of 1,669 sherds were present, r epresenting a m inimum of 55 v essels ( if they h ad o nly t wo h andles) o r f ewer e xamples i f they had multiple handles. The estimate of 33 MNV assumes a n a verage o f t hree h andles p er v essel. This ca tegory i ncludes s mall j ars t hat c ould h ave contained offerings as well as larger examples that may have been burial containers for the deceased. The next largest class consists of jugs. Most of these jugs w ere l arge e nough to b e regarded as pouring vessels for beverages, but in many cases it

116

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

recorded o n Tables B.9 a nd B.18. T he s hape w as common in EM III to MM IA, but individual vessels can seldom be assigned a speciἀc date if they come from mixed contexts like this ossuary. They represent a c ontinuation o f t he c ontact w ith t he Gulf of Mirabello region that began with Vasiliki Ware in EM IIB.

was not possible to estimate the overall size based on small fragments. A total of 890 sherds of ordinary j ugs w ere p resent, r epresenting a m inimum of 197 pouring vessels (431–445). The only other large group consisted of shallow bowls. T he 128 sherds ca me f rom a m inimum of 22 b owls ( 302–311). T hese b owls w ere t he l ocal or regional version of the imported shallow bowls Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

S

L

Body Total

%

MNV

EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group Shallow conical bowl (302–308)

88

Shallow conical bowl with tab handles (309–311)

3

2

82

4

1

7

Rounded cup with lugs low on body (312)

1

Cup Type 7 (314, 316) 1

Cup Type 9 (315, 317, 320, 312)

2

Cup Type 10 (322, 328, 346, 401)

122

1.2%

20

1

6

0.06%

2

1

0.01%

1

10

101

1.0%

5

8

0.08%

8

2

3

0.03%

3

8

10

0.1%

10

4

4

Cup Type 11 (317, 324, 325, 399)

1

Cup Type 12

81

2

8

2

Cup Type 16 (313, 327)

1

Cup Type 17 (402, 403) Cup Type 18 (397) Cup Type 19 (330, 349, 353–356, 386, 394)

33

1

Cup Type 6 (333)

Cup Type 8 (319)

1

3

4

0.04%

4

1

93

0.9%

6

2

4

0.04%

2

34

1

4

2

42

0.4%

4

7

1

6

18

32

0.3%

4

3

27

30

0.3%

30

6

11

20

0.2%

20

4

4

0.04%

4

Cup Type 20 Cup Type 21

96

Cup Type 23

36

267

2.5%

36

9

84

51

9

0.1%

9

Cup Type 24 (396)

1

4

5

0.05%

5

Cup Type 25 (408–410)

3

6

9

0.1%

9

2

3

0.03%

3

Cup Type 26 (400)

1

Cup Type 27 (395, 398)

1

56

Cup Type 28 Cup Type 28 with spout (414)

1

102

1.0%

6

2

4

35

6

2

0.02%

2

1

2

0.02%

2

Cup Type 29

2

2

0.02%

2

Cup Type 30

1

1

0.01%

1

6

37

0.3%

—

25

81

0.8%

10

47

0.4%

47

1

0.01%

1

33

37

0.3%

37

4

4

0.04%

4

Cup Type 32

31

Cup Type 33 (404)

11

Cup Type 34 (358, 360, 363–369, 375, 376, 378)

8

Cup Type 34 with spout (377) Cup Type 35 (380, 382, 415) Cup Type 36

1

1 38

1 1

3

44

Table B.19. Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM III–MM II. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2

APPENDIX B. THE POTTERY STATISTICS

Shape and Cataloged Examples

C

NC

R

H

B

Cup Type 37 (370–373, 385)

2

357

37

391

Cup Type 38 with spout

1

1

S

117

L

Body Total

%

MNV

1,036

10.1%

39

7

0.07%

6

7

7

0.07%

7

5

6

0.06%

6

Cup Type 41

8

8

0.08%

8

Cup Type 42

2

2

0.02%

2

417

4.0%

14

1

0.01%

1

1

0.01%

1

EM III–MM II, cont. Lasithi Red Fabric Group, cont.

Cup Type 39 Cup Type 40

1

Cup Type 43

241

249 5

14

133

Cup Type 43 with spout

29 1

Cup Type 44

1

Cup Type 46

6

Cup Type 48

148

Cup Type 49

310

2

6

0.06%

6

1

6

157

1.5%

2

303

1,170

1,783

16.9%

—

Cup Type 50

226

226

2.1%

75

Cup Type 51

415

415

3.9%

138

Miniature tumbler (416)

1

1

0.01%

1

Brazier (417)

1

1

0.01%

1

Wide-mouthed cup (418)

1

1

0.01%

1

1

0.01%

1

1

0.01%

1

Cup without handle (419)

1

Vessel with loop handles (420) Miniature cup (421)

1 1

Tripod vessels (422–427)

4

Cooking pot without handles (428)

6

2

29

1

1

0.01%

1

41

0.4%

12

1

0.01%

1

Small tripod vessel (429)

1

1

0.01%

1

Cooking dish (458)

1

1

0.01%

1

7

11

0.1%

3

396

890

8.5%

197

1

0.01%

1

34

0.3%

12

1

0.01%

1

Jug or Kantharos (430) Jug (431–445)

5

13

2

2

72

179

Vessel with knob on handle Tube-spouted and bridge-spouted jugs (446–449)

2

19 1

Jar with Ḁat ledge rim (451)

8

Jar with ropework decoration (452) 1

Vessels with uncertain shape (mostly cup and jugs)

20

7

Jar or cup

8

0.08%

3

2

1

12

18

0.2%

6

109

259

37

1,243

1,669

15.7%

33

798

50

1,145

1,993

18.8%

266

642

642

6.1%

—

55

70

0.7%

6

3

0.03%

2

15 2

6

3

Various closed shapes

Lid (459)

26

1

Closed vessel (450)

Various jars (453–457)

199

1

Table B.19, cont. Lasithi Red Fabric Group, EM III–MM II. For abbreviations, see caption of Table B.2

118

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY Rounded handle

Cup typology by date

Elliptical/strap handle

Outside rim

Across rim

Ouside rim

Across rim

No handle preserved

Fragments

—

—

—

—

—

Type 1

EM III–MM IA No handle, with boss Rounded shape

Paint inside rim Rounded shape

Type 2

Type 3

Type 4

Type 5

Type 6

—

Straight-sided with conical shape

Type 7

Type 8

Type 9

Type 10

Type 11

—

Flaring rim shape

Type 12

Type 13

Type 14

Type 15

Type 16

—

Unknown shape

—

—

—

—

—

Type 17

Rounded shape

Type 18

Type 19

Type 20

Type 21

Type 22

—

Straight-sided with conical shape

Type 23

Type 24

Type 25

Type 26

Type 27

—

Flaring rim shape

Type 28

Type 29

Type 30

Type 31

Type 32

—

Unknown shape

—

—

—

—

—

Type 33

Type 34

Type 35

Type 36

Type 37

Type 38

—

MM I–II Fully painted interior

EM II–MM II Paint missing Rounded shape Straight-sided with conical shape

Type 39

Type 40

Type 41

Type 42

Type 43

—

Flaring rim shape

Type 44

Type 45

Type 46

Type 47

Type 48

—

Unknown shape

—

—

—

—

—

Type 49

—

—

—

—

—

Type 50

—

—

—

—

—

Type 51

Painted Handles only, cup shape unknown

Paint missing Handles only, cup shape unknown

Table B.20. Typology of local cups in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group. Many are painted with White-on-Dark decoration.

LM III Pottery from Outside the Cave A few LM III sherds were found by Costis Davaras w hen h e e xcavated s everal t renches i n t he vicinity o f t he ca ve i n 1 976 i n a ttempts t o ἀ nd the o riginal e ntrance ( Table B .21; f or d iscussion, s ee D avaras 1 976; B etancourt a nd P oulouPapadimitriou 2 014, 3 9). T he entrance was not Shape and Excavation Numbers

w

R

H

found at that t ime (it was r evealed i n 1982). The sherds d emonstrate t hat p eople v isited t he v icinity of the cave after it was no longer being used for burial. Too few sherds are present for meaningful statistics. T hese p ieces ca n b e e xcluded f rom t he statistics used for pottery deposited inside the cave. B

S

L

Body

Total

%

MNV

LM III Pottery Kylix (HCH 46, HCH 87)

2

2

50%

2

Flask (HCH 04-392)

1

1

25%

1

1

25%

1

Stirrup jar (HCH 140)

1

Table B.21. LM III pottery from outside the cave. For abbreviations, see Table B.2.

Appendix C

The Elusive Site of the Primary Burials of the Hagios Charalambos Cave: A Speculative Scenario Costis Davaras

Quite naturally, the site o f t he primary inhu‑ mations deposited as secondary burials in the Ha‑ gios Charalambos Cave is considered to have been an early circular or tholos tomb in the area of the highland plain of L asithi a nd its h illy b order, t o‑ day undiscovered. However, in hindsight, this very sensible idea seems to me to be far from certain. First o f a ll, t his a rea, r ather i ntensively s ur‑ veyed in the recent past (Watrous 1982; cf. already Pendlebury 1 936–1937), e specially t he a rea n ear the ca ve, h as n ot y ielded a ny e vidence a bout t he existence of such a big tholos tomb, which should have been of considerable dimensions if we judge from the great amount of pottery, as published in this volume, a nd m ainly of t hat of t he skulls a nd long b ones s elected t o b e t ransferred t o t he ca ve and d eposited w ith ca re a nd r espect. S uch a b ig tholos tomb, as i mplicated, o bviously not s mall‑ er than the largest ones in the Mesara area, could hardly have disappeared, if it ever existed at some “reasonable” distance from the cave, without leav‑ ing some visible architectural traces.

Secondly, we a re h ere f ar away f rom t he M es‑ ara plain and the Asterousia Mountains, home of the P repalatial a nd l ater t holos t ombs; t he n ear‑ est one is the isolated tholos tomb at K rasi Pedia‑ dos, at the foothills leading up to the upland plateau of Lasithi, indeed not very far away despite moun‑ tainous barriers in between, a not typical but rath‑ er idiosyncratic tomb, even thought earlier to have been used by a Cycladic colony on Crete. Certain‑ ly, a lbeit t he r ecent d iscovery o f t holos t ombs a s far a way a s t he S iteia d istrict a nd t heir e xempla‑ ry publication i n a s hort t ime ( Papadatos a nd So‑ ἀanou 2013) have demonstrated that distance from the Mesara area is not an absolutely prohibitive fac‑ tor for their distribution, we surely must accept that the probability of discovering a t omb of this cate‑ gory diminishes with distance, especially when no sea routes were available. Thirdly—and most importantly—we should con‑ sider the possibility as to whether such a q uite un‑ usual—indeed u nheard o f—funerary p ractice f or tholos t ombs e ver e xisted, n amely t o r emove t he

120

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

bones of the primary burials and their accompany‑ ing grave goods from inside the tholos to a r emote cave instead of building a proper ossuary, a rectan‑ gular house tomb adjacent to it, following the archi‑ tectural rule concerning these tombs. According t o t he u sual b urial c ustom o bserved in t he m uch l ater r ock-cut c hamber t ombs r egard‑ ing t he e arlier d epositions, a long w ith t heir kteris‑ mata, being carelessly pushed or swept aside, toward the tomb’s walls, to make room for new corpses, it is generally accepted that the same should have hap‑ pened i n t he e arlier M esara-type t holoi ( cf., e .g., Peatἀeld 1987, 90; Murphy 2011, 38–40). Neverthe‑ less, this is far from certain, due to the fact that these circular, large structures were used for several centu‑ ries, receiving the mortal remains of a great number of d eparted, t hus m aking it d ifἀcult, i f n ot i mpos‑ sible, to distinguish between primary and “second‑ ary” burials. In fact, we cannot even be sure whether any primary burials took place at all inside the tho‑ loi: the osteological material found during the exca‑ vations g ives t he st rong i mpression t hat i t b elongs to a ἀ lled up ossuary, exactly like the house tombs. Even if some burials show an intact, articulated skel‑ eton, as very rarely happens, this could perhaps be explained as a l atest, exceptional inhumation, rath‑ er as an “intruder,” an exception contradicting the rule. One has to ponder on the unambiguous state‑ ment t hat “ [t]o d ay n o P repalatial o r P rotopalatial primary burial has been securely identiἀed” (Hatza‑ ki 2012, 308). Indeed, “ethnographic studies ...have established t hat secondary manipulation is a t rans‑ cultural form of reintegration rite for the mourners” (Flouda 2014). T he situation being so c omplicated, in order to be relatively sure, we should expect the discovery of a new Prepalatial tholos tomb to be ex‑ cavated, unlike those explored in the twentieth cen‑ tury, by m odem a rchaeologists a pplying extremely sophisticated e xcavation m ethods f or t he ost eolog‑ ical m aterial l ike t hose r ecently u sed by a B elgian team at Sissi, Central-Eastern Crete (Schoep, Creve‑ coeur, and Schmitt 2015). H ere we should r emark that certainly not the totality of the grave goods be‑ longing to the primary burials was accompanying the selected bones to their ἀnal resting place. Schol‑ arship concurs that in such cases the most precious or u seful items, e specially t he ones of metal, were withheld or looted by the living. On the other hand, as has been stressed, the ves‑ sels deposited in our cavern are not representative

of the pottery assemblage found in settlements but were either selected a s a f unerary offering t o t he dead o r even u sed i n c eremonies a ssociated w ith the f unerary r ites ( Nodarou, t his v olume), o bvi‑ ously accompanying the primary inhumations. Probably the extent of the secondary burial at a ἀnal r esting p lace—evidently a ssociated w ith t he realm o f t he a ncestors—as a f unerary c ustom i n Prepalatial C rete h as n ot b een s ufἀciently a ppre‑ ciated in its totality. The situation of the large EM I–II c emetery a t H agia P hotia w here, c ontrary t o my ἀrst impressions, exclusively secondary burials were practiced, persuaded me that the extent of this burial custom has been somehow u nderestimated. But that is quite beyond the scope of this appendix. What is here in question is, of course, why in the case of the Hagios Charalambos Cave ossuary was it felt necessary to evacuate the place of the prima‑ ry inhumations: could that be that this was a distant Mesara-type t holos t omb? I f eel t hat t his was not the case. In short, I posit that an alternative, indeed a speculative scenario could be considered instead: that t his place w as n ot a b uilt t omb b ut a n atural receptacle for inhumations, traditional in Neolithic and Prepalatial Crete, a cave, exactly like the con‑ temporary Trapeza Cave, just at t he opposite side of t he L asithi altiplano. Anyway, ca ves w ere, b y their own nature, liminal places par excellence (cf. Shelmerdine 2008, 86). If that were really the case, then this transfer of the primary burials should be examined more care‑ fully. I n a ny ca se, I a m p ersuaded t hat t he g rave goods must belong to the primary deposits, accom‑ panying their proprietors in the inhumation or even used ritually during it, and certainly not, as some‑ times thought, after the decomposition of the body and the disarticulation of the skeleton and the later removal of the bones, in a secondary burial. Let u s s ay, pa renthetically, t hat e specially r e‑ garding t he six sistra, found i n u nheard of a bun‑ dance here a nd d iscussed i n t he previous volume (cf. Betancourt 2011, 3–4), I believe that they were not used as musical instruments accompanying fu‑ nerary rites. On the contrary, they should have be‑ longed t o t he d eparted a s o bjects o f t heir st atus and professional equipment in life, particularly as‑ sociated with them, not as musicians but rather as important religious persons. The sistra would have been u sed t o p erform so me r itual a ction w here its rhythmic sound should be very appropriate for

APPENDIX C. THE ELUSIVE SITE OF PRIMARY BURIALS OF THE HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS CAVE

the purpose of inducing with their rhythmic sonic drive an ASC (Altered State of Consciousness; cf. Tyree 2 001, 41 n . 19; Morris a nd Peatἀeld 2 002; 2006; Hayden 2003; Herva 2006, 591, 594; cf. Re‑ hak and Younger 1998, 165; about gourd-rattles as magical devices, see Harrison 1912, 78). The sis‑ tron p layers w ould h ave p erformed a s s hamans who a re t hought t o h ave b eing p erforming e ven within Minoan caves (Tully 2015), a trenchant hy‑ pothesis. Shamans have been thought to exist not only in Minoan Crete (Schefold 1960, 3) but also in the early Cyclades (Renfrew 1984, 27). The o nly e xtant e xample i n M inoan i conogra‑ phy of a s istron is, of course, the famous Harvest‑ er Vase from Hagia Triada, originally covered with a g old f oil ( Bucholz 1 999, 5 74), s een f unctioning in the hand of a prominent man with open mouth, “chanting o r s houting,” w ho w as f ollowed b y a group of chanting persons, giving them the rhythm. Surely this explanation is more plausible than mak‑ ing of the sistron-shaking man a m ere secular Ka‑ pellmeister or a “ rustic coryphaeus” f rom t ragedy, according t o E vans ( cf. M arinatos 2 010, 2 1). On the contrary, I s hould rather prefer to see here two independent—albeit i nterdependent—ritual ac ‑ tions: on the one hand the choir chanting a h ymn, evidently relative to the harvest in process, and on the o ther t he s istron-player f unctioning i n s ome magical, shamanic act connected here with harvest and fertility (cf. Forsdyke 1954, 7: “. . . not a musi‑ cal instrument in a c ivilized sense . . . a n essential feature of fertility rites . . .”), such as communicat‑ ing in an ASC with the divinity of fertility. Perhaps an epiphany was evoked. As we know, in Egypt, the country of o rigin f or t his i nstrument ( cf. Watrous 1995, 3 97), i diophones l ike s istra “ were pa rticu‑ larly associated with religious worship” (Shaw and Nicholson 2008, 214). Their origin might have been a bundle of papyroi w ith a r ushing sound ( Larkes 1980, 75). An early scholar, A. Erman (Erman 1905, 71), went so far as to believe that the Harvester Vase was an Egyptian import, not a Minoan masterpiece. On the other side, Xanthoudides saw Cretans armed with tridents (Xanthoudides 1904, 130). Be that as it may, to return to our subject, if our proposition about some cave and not a tholos tomb being t he p lace o f t he p rimary b urials c ould b e considered a s a n a cceptable w orking h ypothesis, which cavern could be seen as a likely candidate? With a l eap of i magination, I d are t o s uggest t he

121

venerable Psychro Cave itself. In favor of this, one could enumerate the following arguments: 1. The distance between the two caves is actual‑ ly a short one, about 1 km, bringing the trans‑ fer of the bones and their paraphernalia in one or r ather s everal r itual p rocessions i nto t he realm of possibility, if not probability. 2. The chronolo gical concordance betw een the two caves coincides rather w ell, although not exactly: The Psychro Cave started to function as a sacred cave about MM I (Tyree 2001, 40 n. 11; pers. comm. 2015), whereas the Hagios Charalambos pottery covers the period from FN to MM IIB. 3. There are no inhumations in the Psychro Cave, as one should nor mally e xpect following the example of other ca verns, e.g., that of the nearby Trapeza Cave, except for a few isolated EM I inhumations found at some spots in the deepest layers (Faure 1964, 68). Tyree herself is very skeptical about the e xistence at all of human bones at Psychro (pers. comm. 2015). 4. It is concei vable that the Psychro Ca ve w as originally—as e xpected—used as a b urial cave, but the inhumations (selected bones and grave goods) were transferred to another cav‑ ern. The Hagios Charalambos Cave is actual‑ ly both the nearest one and the best suited in order to “purify” it so that it could function properly as a sanctuar y. Probab ly this e xhu‑ mation process and subsequent transfer took some considerable span of time, thus explain‑ ing the discrepance between the latest depos ‑ its at Hagios Charalambos and the earliest ones of the Psychro sanctuar y. The e stablishment o f b oth o f t he m ost c har‑ acteristic worship places of Minoan religion, the peak sanctuaries and the sacred caves, is a c ollat‑ eral phenomenon with a major event in Cretan his‑ tory which occurred in MM IB, the emergence of the pa laces, c oincident w ith t he e stablishment o f a system of centralized economy. It is clear that at this t ime, h istorically so i mportant, p eople m ust have been looking for the most appropriate places to found the aforementioned new type of sanctuar‑ ies. T he Psychro C ave w as a ἀ rst class ca ndidate for this purpose, indeed the best one on the island,

122

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

as far a s size, g randeur, depth, a nd st alactitic/sta‑ lagmitic decoration. It had copious amounts of wa‑ ter inside, both dripping and in pools. It met all the criteria set by the Cretan caves expert, Loeta Tyree, for c hoosing a ca vern t o b e t urned i nto a s acred cave, i ncluding t hat o f a st eep d ownward s loping passage (Tyree 2013, 177–179). One can then presume that after the founding of the Psychro sanctuary and the starting of bringing and deposing offerings, the old, traditional cus‑ tom of inhumations there did not continue f or a long t ime. I t w as e ventually i nterrupted a t so me point during MM IIB, and a decision was made by some h igh r eligious a uthority, p robably r esiding in t he ἀ rst “ palace” of M alia where t he h ighland plain belonged (Knappett 1999 625, ἀg. 6; Betan‑ court 2 007) a nd w hence m uch of t he e arlier p ot‑ tery comes (Watrous 2004). A decision was made to clean the grotto from the burials in order to “pu‑ rify” i t f rom t he “ miasma” o f h uman d eath a nd leave it f ree for the worship of the divine. I n this process, a f ew, if a ny, earlier burials i n the deep‑ est layers and recesses of the cavern could perhaps have escaped removal. If our speculative scenario comes near the truth, one c ould a sk i f t here i s so me h istoric p arallel, which warrants emphasis. Indeed, about a millen‑ nium later, we see the “puriἀcation” of the island of Delos, birthplace of the divine twins Apollo and Artemis, in an attempt to render Delos suitable for a proper worship of them: the existing burials had to be removed and reburied in the nearby island of Rheneia. These secondary burials were excavated by t he É cole f rançaise d’Athènes ( EFA) i n 1898– 1899: “Aussi é tait-il d efendu d e n aître e t m ourir à Délos: c’est donc d ans l’île d’en face, à R hénée qu’on voyait le jour et rendait l’âme” (Bruneau and Ducat 1 983, 3 3). T his p uriἀcation t ook p lace i n two phases: a pa rtial one was executed in the 6th century b.c., d uring t he r ule o f P eisistratos, w ho ordered that all tombs within sight around the tem‑ ple, as i ncompatible t o it, should be dug up and the c ontents s hould b e t ransferred a nd r eburied. A c omplete purge of t he e ntire island of a ll d ead was done about one century later, in 426 b.c. dur‑ ing the Peloponnesian war under instruction of the Delphic O racle ( Thuc. 3 .104). O n t he t hus t otal‑ ly purged Delos, it was characteristically ordered that no one any more should be permitted to either die or be born.

By the by, Delos has some st range connections with Crete in other ways: Among its numerous out‑ standing ruins is a monumental public fountain, the “Minoan Fountain,” as it was enigmatically called. According t o t he o fἀcial g uide o f t he E FA, t he name d oes n ot i mplicate a ny pa rticular r eference to t he pre-Hellenic e ra ( Bruneau a nd D ucat 1983, 142–144: “Fontaine Minoé”), but, prudently, no ex‑ planation i s o ffered. S urely, w e k now t hat “ there is no Bronze Age attestation at all for the name of Minos” (Burkert 2004, 14). However, an explana‑ tion is needed for that name referring to the glori‑ ous past of Crete, besides the additional fact that an inscription f ound h ere m entions t hree “ Nymphes Minoïdes.” Obviously the name does not implicate any direct connection with Bronze Age Crete, but, at least, some link to the island must exist, not the contemporary one to Delos but certainly a n earli‑ er link, at least some Mycenaean connection (Bru‑ neau and Ducat 1983, 18). Less cautiously Evans, after narrating how The‑ seus arrived at Delos after his victory over the Mi‑ notaur, and after setting up the image of Aphrodite and the horned Keraton altar and dancing the Ge‑ ranos Da nce w ith t he o ther y oung m en w ho h ad survived t he l abyrinth ( Plut. Vit. Thes.; cf. L awler 1946), and subsequently marrying Ariadne, speaks about “the interesting fact that there was a fountain called M inoê i n D elos a nd t hat ‘ Minoid n ymphs’ were here adored” (Evans 1930, 74 n. 6). Very sen‑ sibly, he pushed the issue no further, certainly real‑ izing that one cannot know and explain everything about a ncient r eligion. T his f ountain i s o f a “ cur‑ rent type” (Bruneau and Ducat 1983, 144, ἀg. 29), although w ith i ts d escending Ḁight o f st airs, h ere broad and straight, it somehow resembles a Mino‑ an lustral basin, probably quite immaterially as no‑ body on Delos had ever seen such a basin, unless, of course, an idea of it had somehow survived. How‑ ever, at the “palace” of Zakros we encounter idio‑ syncratic built pools known as “spring chamber, built well, and fountain,” with straight, rather broad Ḁights o f st airs d escending l ikewise t o t he w ater surface, unattested in the other Minoan “palaces.” In this connection, the four Hyperborean Maid‑ ens s hould a lso b e m entioned, w hose theke he re has been compared to the antechambers of the Mi‑ noan tholos tombs as well as other contact points with C rete ( Long 1961), b eside t he f act t hat t his enigmatic H yperborean c ountry i s c onsidered t o

APPENDIX C. THE ELUSIVE SITE OF PRIMARY BURIALS OF THE HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS CAVE

be a doublet of Crete (Picard 1927, 352, following R. Va llois). Be that as it may, if no case for a closer connec‑ tion with Crete can be made, a subject examined al‑ ready s everal decades ago (Picard 1929, 2; Gallet de Santerre 1948; Long 1961; cf. Davis 1992, 727), one could not avoid connecting Delos with Daskalio (Italian scoglio, “precipitous;” therefore, the estab‑ lished misspelling Daskaleio is a clear case of Volks‑ etymologie) C avos a t n earby K eros, a n E C I a nd later place of pilgrimage. It is “the oldest maritime sanctuary” (Renfrew, Boyd, and Ramsey 2012), an Ur-Delos as i t w ere, preceding i t b y so me 2 ,000 years b ut r oughly c ontemporary w ith t he H agia Photia cemetery on Crete where the Cycladic pres‑ ence i s st rongly felt. A t K eros m arble vessels a nd ἀgurines were found in abundance, ritually broken and deliberately deposited, not unlike the votive of‑ ferings at the later Minoan peak sanctuaries. Conse‑ quently, an evasive religious past of hoary antiquity leaving visible traces here and there in the Aegean cannot be excluded. Another link of Delos with early Crete could be in the instrumental role played by Eileithyia—a di‑ vinity especially worshipped in Crete—in the very raison d’être as a sanctuary of the island, who sud‑ denly [appeared?] [emerged?] from the sea, namely the birth of Apollo and Artemis. Their birth had a miraculous character for the ancients (Bruneau and Ducat 1983, 32), something like our Christmas we might say: i n this issue, we all ca n agree that “the links between Eileithyia, an e arlier Minoan god‑ dess, and a still earlier Neolithic prototype are, rel‑ atively, ἀrm” (Willetts 1958, 221; cf. P icard 1927, 352; see also Lawler 1954, 104, for possible associa‑ tion with the bee). Another parallel between Delos and the Dictae‑ an Cave is the prohibition of dying at the place of the divine birth. The identiἀcation of the Dictae‑ an C ave is uncertain, and opinions differ a bout whether it can b e i dentiἀed w ith t he Psychro Cave. According to Antoninus Liberalis (Met. 19: “ἐν Κρήτη μέγεται εἶναι ἱερὸν ἄντρον μελισσῶν. . . κατέχουσι δὲ τό ἄντρον ἱεραὶ μέλισσαι, τροφοὶ τοῦ Διòς,)” f our rascals, Laios, Kerberos, K ele‑ os, and Aigolios, disastrously invaded the sacred cave of Zeus to st eal the honey on which the i n‑ fant god was nurtured” (Crowther 1988, 40), put‑ ting o n br onze a rmor t o p rotect t hemselves f rom the sacred bees. But as none could die in the cave

123

of Zeus’ birth, Themis and the Fates turned them into various kinds of birds. Treading on very thin ice, one might here won‑ der w hether t he f amous P rotopalatial golden B ee Pendant f rom t he C hrysolakkos a t M alia c ould possibly belong as an insignium dignitatis to some high “Priestess of the Sacred Bees” of the Dictae‑ an Cave, a sanctuary that perhaps belonged to the religious authority of t he M alian “ palace.” It was a fortunate stroke of serendipity for an object like this to escape looting by the excessive zeal of the active l ocals, w ho a fter h aving “ fort r uiné c ette construction . . . y trouvèrent quantité d’objets d’or qu’ils d urent p orter à C andie p our les faire fond‑ er . . . ” ( Demargne 1 930, 4 05). T his c orrelation can only be true, of course if this Greek tradition about sacred bees could go so far back in time, and if we can ἀ nally agree with Sinclair Hood (Hood 1976), most adequately argued, and recently with Janice Crowley (Crowley 2014, 133), that this mas‑ terpiece of jewelry shows really the beneἀcent and blessed h oney b ees, “ signifying i mmortality a nd resurrection” ( cf. a lso L afἀneur 1985, 2 55; D iet‑ rich 1990, 14), and not the obnoxious carnivorous wasps, a s o pinions c ontinue t o d iffer. G enerally, one even today insistently avoids putting this item in the sacred or secular sphere, albeit a lengthy pa‑ per has been written about it (Bloedow and Björk 1989; cf. Richards-Mantzoulinou 1979). Let us note, that the tiny golden sphere inside a “cage” w ith golden w ires a s “ bars” moving f ree‑ ly inside it and producing thus a “whisper,” could well b e c onsidered a s a m iniscule, s ymbolic s is‑ tron a bove t he p endant ( cf. L afἀneur 1 985, 2 60 and n. 109), thus completing its “bee” symbolism, and highlighting obviously one of the functions of the person carrying it. Therefore, t his s aid, i f w e ca n r eadily a gree with H arissis a nd H arissis ( Harissis a nd H aris‑ sis 2 009), a nd e specially w ith C rowley (C rowley 2014), t hat c ertain d ots o n so me M inoan g olden signet rings are a “shorthand” rendition of bees, of course in the appropriate proportions in the scene, “as seems quite reasonable,” in the frame of ritual scenes o n t hem, a long w ith b eehives, a s a n icon, a m emorable u nit b eside o ther, t op M inoan r eli‑ gious icons (“kneeling to boulder, pulling the tree, the bird as Ḁying messenger, serving at the shrine, and greeting the deity appearing on high;” Crow‑ ley 2 014, 1 37), t his t elling, f requent p resence o f

124

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

bees acquires a deeper, religiously more meaning‑ ful, “holistic” background. Certainly, e ntomologists m ay b e s cientiἀcally right, that the anatomy of these insects corresponds rather t o t hat of “social wasp polistes” ( LaFleur e t al. 1 979, w ith e arlier i nterpretations), o r “ queenbees” (Matz 1962, 436, 441, pl. 33), in this “supreme achievement o f E M g oldworking” ( K. B ranigan); but the excavator points out aptly that “il nous sem‑ ble p ossible d e lui t rouver u n s ens d ans l a v ie d es abeilles” ( Demargne 1 930, 4 14), r eferring a lso t o the E gyptian a nd C retan h ieroglyphic s ystem ( Ev‑ ans 1909, 212, no. 86; Crowley 2014, 133; cf. G ru‑ mach 1964 about a honey sign). Of course, the Bee Pendant is of an Egyptian inspiration (Poursat 1985, 54–55: “ abeilles”; c f. S omville 1 978, 1 30, ἀ g. 1 ; Watrous 1 995, 3 97) a s w ell a s t he c orresponding Minoan s yllabogram (cf. Woud Ruisen 1997). D e‑ margne, i nterpreting t his jewel i n t he f rame of t he Minoan spirit, reasonably believes that it was “des‑ tinée à quelque personne de grande condition” (De‑ margne 1930, 416). The question of the sacred bees and the religious meaning of honey has often been examined in the past (e.g., Elderkin 1939; Somville 1978; Davaras 1984; 2 003, 148–149, s .v. H onig; G iuman 2 009).  At Delphi, Pythia herself was tellingly called Me‑ lissa, l ike t he p riestesses o f A rtemis a t E phesos, the “ Delphic B ee” ( “μελίσσα Δελφίς;” s ee P ind. Pyth. 4.60; cf. Ol. 6.47; cf. Somville 1978, 132; cf. Dietrich 1990, 7; cf. Elderkin 1939, 203; cf. Low‑ ler 1954, 103) clearly a p re-Greek word (LaFleur, Matthews, and McCorkle 1979, 208 n. 10). Now, it should be of the g reatest importance if one c ould i dentify w ith so me a ssurance t he D ic‑ taean C ave w ith t hat o f P sychro; u nfortunately, scholarly opinions vary considerably. Here is hard‑ ly the place to discuss at length this moot problem or make detailed references to the eminent schol‑ ars w ho a re pro or contra. Assuredly, i t i s n ot a question of a m ajority of opinions or eminence in scholarship but of value of arguments, which can‑ not b e d iscussed h ere. A n e xamination h as b een done some decades ago (Willetts 1962, 215–216). Hogarth, t he m ain e xcavator o f P sychro, f ol‑ lowed b y C retologists, t o n ame j ust a f ew, l ike Xanthoudides ( 1904, pa ssim), E vans ( 1921, 1 59, 163), Guarducci, Boardman (1961), Alexiou (1964, 70, with some hesitation), Kenna (1966, 33); War‑ ren ( 1990, 6 7), R ehak a nd Younger ( 1998, 1 43),

and Hitchcock (2007, ἀg. 10.1), made a good case for h is t ime: “ The L assithi massif, with it s e n‑ closed lacustine plain, is the ancient Dicte, placed by Strabo 1,000 stades east of Ida” (Hogarth 1899– 1900, 45), and not far from Lyttos, of course. Fol‑ lowing D ionysius o f H alikarnassus, w ho p ointed out a deep and scarcely accessible cavern, he con‑ cluded that “the Dictaean was the proliἀc Psychro Cave . . . F or n o o ther natural g rot e xists i n the Lassithi massif, certainly none to be compared for size and beauty” where Minos went down into the ἱερὸν ἄντρον and reappeared with the Law.” Here, l et u s n ote t hat o bviously t his m assif, the t hird h ighest o f C rete, w as n amed “ Dicte”— the ofἀcial name today—after this identiἀcation of t he P sychro C ave w ith t he D ictaean C ave, a name e stablished i n a rchaeological pa pers n eed‑ ing a n ame f or t he m ountain ( e.g., R ehak a nd Younger 1998, 942; Shelmerdine 2008, 78: “Las‑ ithi (Dictaean) Mountains . . . a formidable barrier between central and east Crete . . .”). Early travel‑ ers called it just the “Lasethe Mountains” (Spratt 1865, passim). Other s cholars, e arly o r r ecent, d o n ot a ccept at all this identiἀcation (among them Cook 1914– 1925, 926; Nilsson 1925; 367; S. Marinatos, in fa‑ vor of t he A rkalochori C ave i nstead; L ong 1958, 36, n . 2 ; F aure 1 964, pa ssim, in e xtenso; B urk‑ ert 1985, 25 a nd n. 8 ; Crowther 1988; Rutkowski and N owicki 1996; M azarakis A inian 1997, 334; L. Tyree, pers. comm. 2015). Very skeptical about the ca ve i s T horne ( 2000, 160 n . 5 0), w ho p lac‑ es ἀ rmly t he s anctuary of D ictaean Z eus ( di-kaka-jo d i-we i n t he K nossian L inear B t ablet Fp1) at P alaikastro. Of c ourse, m any s cholars d o n ot commit t hemselves. T he s ubject h as a lso b een examined b y o thers ( Bosanquet a nd H utchinson 1939–1940). A nyway, a r ecent m onograph a bout the Psychro Cave, in fact the only one, has the elo‑ quent title The Cave Sanctuary of Zeus at Psychro (Watrous 1996). On h er pa rt, Tyree believes that it was a Z eus cave but not t hat of D ictaean Z eus (L. Tyree, p ers. c omm. 2 015), f ollowed b y C as‑ son (1938, 368); a suggestion that has not been re‑ tained i n a so mewhat pa rallel way w ith Watrous, who t hinks t hat t he P sychro C ave i s n ot i n t he Dictaean Cave of the historical era, but “however, remains the best candidate for the shrine of Dik‑ taian Zeus mentioned in the Linear B tablets (Fp1: di-ka-ta-jo d i-we) a nd H esiod [Theog. 481–484]”

APPENDIX C. THE ELUSIVE SITE OF PRIMARY BURIALS OF THE HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS CAVE

(Watrous 1982, 62). In any case, it has been main‑ tained t hat t he c ult o f Z eus i n C rete w as e arlier than previously thought, and connected to the Mi‑ noan peak sanctuaries (Bloedow 1991). This con‑ troversy need not concern us here any longer. The fact remains t hat we a re s peaking about a big cave, a n ἄντρον, which does not exist e ast of Psychro, unless we could take in consideration the nearby Trapeza C ave, m uch s maller, s impler a nd shallow, w hich t he l ocals o f T zermiado, i n t our‑ istic r ivalry w ith t he v illagers of Psychro, n amed in road signs “Kronion,” the “sacred cave of Kro‑ nos”! The Archaeological Service has been unable to remove these road signs, which fake Greek my‑ thology and perplex the visitors. The identiἀcation of the Dictaean Cave is a m at‑ ter of considerable scholarly debate that bristles with difἀculties, beyond our discussion here. At any rate, perhaps just one thought-provoking point, somehow overlooked, i f a t a ll r elevant, c ould b e m entioned, for what it is worth: that the Harpies, pursued in the air by the Argonauts Boreads, sons of Boreas, sword in hand, were saved in the last moment through the intervention of I ris, s ent by Z eus, over t he Stroph‑ ades i slet n ear Z akynthos ( Ap. R hod. 2. 291–300). Then these horrible birds, “the dogs of great Zeus,” αἱ μὲν ἔδυσαν κευθμῶνα Κρήτης Μινωίδος, “they entered t heir d en i n Minoan C rete” (trans. R.S. Seaton, Cambridge, MA, 1912). Let us note that the word ἅρπυια is of uncertain etymology, perhaps of pre-Greek origin according to a recent and compe‑ tent opinion (Beekes 2010, 139). A lready Spyridon Marinatos, a lmost o ne c entury a go, h as b een a ble to distinguish in Minoan iconography some winged creatures, and he maintained that they could be the

125

precursors of t he G reek H arpies ( Marinatos 1927– 28, 23). Actually this Harpies’ grotto has been duly men‑ tioned b y F aure a s u nindentiἀable. H owever, t he most l ikely ca ndidate t hat t he A ncients could h ave in m ind s hould b e t he P sychro C ave, b eing a t t he same time the most impressive, deepest and difἀcult to approach of all Cretan caves, beyond featuring a really l iminal e ntrance. I nterestingly, E vans n oted about other birds, doves, that, “In Crete, indeed . . . swarms of these birds still haunt the inmost clefts of such old centres of Minoan cult such as the Dictae‑ an and Kamares Caves or the great vault of Skoteino . . .” (Evans 1936, 411). Of t hem, to meet the above criteria, Kamares is too shallow, and Skoteino is not on a m ountain, too easily approachable by working farmers. Even the Idaian Cave is rather a b ig rockshelter t han a r eal cave, a s Tyree c omments, a nd should n ot b e c onsidered. Surely, t he H arpies’ d en should n ot n ecessarily c oincide w ith t he D ictaean Cave, even i f t hat c ould b e t he Psychro C ave. Per‑ haps it was just an “ideal,” mythological Cretan cave in the mind of the Ancients. Perhaps future research in the Psychro Cave will br ing some welcome evi‑ dence on the matter. For the time being, lacking sol‑ id evidence, sufἀce it to say that “the Diktaian Cave regrettably eludes discovery” (Tyree 2001, 43). However, i f o ur s cenario c omes t o b e n ear t he truth, t hat a b urial cave was eventually converted into a major sanctuary, perhaps as the place of a di‑ vine birth, then we can quote a d ictum of Lurker: “the cavern was closely associated with the ‘great mother’ a rchetype. T he f emale i mage o f t he h ol‑ low space was the seat of birth and death” (Lurk‑ er 1980, 39).

References Alexiou, S. 1964. Μινωικὸς πολιτισμός, Herakleion. Beekes, R.S.P. 2010. Etymological Dictionary of Greek (Leiden Indo-European Etymological Dictionary Series 10 [1–2]), Leiden. Betancourt, P.P. 2 007. “ Lasithi a nd t he M alia-Lasithi State,” i n Krinoi k ai L imenes. S tudies i n H onor of Joseph a nd M aria S haw ( Prehistory Monographs 22), P.P. Betancourt, M.C. Nelson, and H. Williams, eds., Philadelphia, pp. 209–220.

. 2 011. “ Newly Ex cavated A rtifacts f rom H a‑ gios C haralambos, C rete, w ith E gyptian C onnec‑ tions,” Journal of Ancient Egyptian Interconnections 3 (2), pp. 1–5. Bloedow, E.F. 1991. “Evidence for an Early Date for the Cult of Cretan Zeus,” Kernos 4, pp. 139–177. Bloedow, E.F., a nd C . Björk. 1 989. “ The Mallia Pen‑ dant: A S tudy i n I conography a nd M inoan R eli‑ gion,” SMEA 27, pp. 9–62.

126

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Boardman, J. 1961. The C retan C ollection i n O xford: The Dictaean Cave and Iron Age Crete, Oxford.

. 1 936. The P alace of M inos a t K nossos I V, London.

Bosanquet, R ., a nd R .W. H utchinson. 1 939–1940. “Dicte a nd t he Temple of D ictaean Z eus,” BSA 4 0, pp. 6 0–77.

Faure, P. 1964. Fonctions des caverns crétoises (Traveux et memoires 14), Athens.

Bruneau, P., and J. Ducat. 1983. Guide de Délos (Sites et monuments 1), Paris. Bucholz, H .G., 1 999. Ugarit, Zypern und Ä gäis. Ku l­ tur­beziehungen i m z weiten J ahrtausend v . C hr., Münster. Burkert, W. 2004. “Epiphanies and Signs of Power: Mi‑ noan S uggestions a nd C omparative Evidence,” Illi‑ nois Classical Studies 29, pp. 1–23. . 1985. Greek Religion, Cambridge, MA. Casson, S . 1 938. “ Archaeological D iscovery 1 936– 1937,” The American Scholar 7, pp. 368–373. Cook, A.B. 1914–1925. Zeus: A Study in Ancient Greek Religion I–III, Cambridge. Crowley, J.L. 2014. “Beehives and Bees in Gold Signet Ring Designs,” in KE-RA-ME-JA. Studies Presented to Cynthia W. Shelmerdine (Prehistory Monographs 46), D. Nakassis, J. Gulizio, and S. James, eds., Phil‑ adelphia, pp. 129–139. Crowther, C. 1988. “A Note on Minoan Dikta,” BSA 83, pp. 37–44. Davaras, C . 2 003. Führer z u d en Altertümern K retas, Athens. . 1984. “Μινωικὸ κηριοφόρο πλοιάριο τῆς Συλλογῆς Μητσοτάκη,” ArchEph 123, pp. 55–95. Davis, J.L. 1992. “Review of Aegean Prehistory I: The Islands of the Aegean,” AJA 96, pp. 699–756. Demargne, P. 1930. “Bijoux minoens de Mallia,” BCH 54, pp. 401–421. Dietrich, B .C. 1 990. “ Early O racular P ractice: I nspi‑ ration by Divination,” Mediterranean Studies 2, pp. 7–20. Elderkin, G .W. 1939. “ The B ee o f A rtemis,” AJP 60, pp. 203–213. Erman, A. 1905. Die ägyptische Religion, Berlin. Evans, A .J. 1 909. Scripta M inoa: T he W ritten D oc‑ uments of M inoan Crete. I: The Hieroglyphic and Primitive Linear Classes, Oxford. . 1 921. The P alace of M inos a t K nossos I, Lon­­don. . 1 930. The P alace of M inos a t K nossos III , Lon­don.

Flouda, G. 2014. “Minoan Communities and Commem‑ orative P ractices: T he L ate P repalatial t o P rotopala‑ tial Tholos Tomb A a t Apesokari, Crete,” Centre for Hellenic S tudies R esearch B ulletin 3 ( 1), h ttp://nrs. harvard.edu/urn-3:hlnc.jissue:CHS_Research_Bulle‑ tin.Vol_03.Issue_01.2014. Forsdyke, J. 1954. “The ‘Harvester’ Vase of Hagia Tri‑ ada,” Journal of t he Warburg a nd C ourtauld Insti‑ tutes 17, pp. 1–9. Gallet de Santerre, H. 1948. “Délos, la Crète et le con‑ tinent m ycénien au s econd m illénaire,” RA 29–30, pp. 387–400. Giuman, M. 2009. Melissa: Archeologia delle api e del miele nella Grecia antica (Archeologica 148), Rome. Grumach, E. 1964. “Ein kretisches Honigzeichen?” Cret­Chron 18, pp. 7–14. Harissis, H .V., a nd A .V. H arissis, 2 009. Apiculture i n the P rehistoric A egean: M inoan a nd M ycenaean Symbols Revisited (BAR-IS 1958), Oxford. Harrison, J.E. 1912. Themis: A Study of the Social Or‑ igins of G reek R eligion (Meridian B ooks M 145), Cambridge. Hatzaki, E. 2012. “Mortuary Practices and Ideology in B ronze A ge a nd E arly I ron A ge C rete,” i n Par‑ allel L ives: A ncient I sland S ocieties i n C rete a nd Cyprus. Papers Arising from the Conference in Nic‑ osia Organised by the British School at Athens, the University of C rete a nd t he U niversity of Cyprus, in November–December 2006 (BSA Studies 20), G. Cadogan, M. I akovou, K . K opaka, a nd J . W hitley, eds., London, pp. 307–313. Hayden, B. 2003. Shamans, Sorcerers, and Saints: The Prehistory of Religion, Washington DC. Herva, V.-P. 2006. “Flower Lovers after All? Rethink‑ ing Religion a nd Human E nvironment Relations i n Minoan Crete,” WorldArch 38, pp. 586–598. Hitchcock, L .A. 2 007. “ Naturalising t he C ultural: A r‑ chitectonised L andscape a s Ideology i n M inoan Crete,” in Building Communities: House, Settlement, and S ociety in t he A egean and Be yond ( BSA S tud‑ ies 5) , R. Westgate, N. Fisher, a nd J. W hitley, e ds., pp. 91–97. Hogarth, D.G. 1899–1900. “The Dictaean Cave,” BSA 6, pp. 94–116.

APPENDIX C. THE ELUSIVE SITE OF PRIMARY BURIALS OF THE HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS CAVE

Hood, S . 1976. “ The M allia G old P endant: Wasps o r Bees?” in Tribute to an Antiquary. Essays Present‑ ed to Marc Fitch by S ome of H is Friends, L ondon, pp. 59–72. Kenna, V.E.G. 1966. “Seal Use i n A ncient Crete after the Destruction of the Palaces,” BICS 13, pp. 68–75. Knappett, C . 1 999. “Assessing a P olity i n P rotopala‑ tial C rete: T he M alia-Lasithi State,” AJA 1 03, pp. 615–639. Lafἀneur, R. 1985. “Iconographie minoenne et iconog‑ raphie mycénienne à l ’epoque d es t ombes à f osse,” in L’iconographie minoenne. Actes de la Table ronde d’Athènes (21–22 avril 1983) (BCH Suppl. 11), Ath‑ ens, pp. 245–266. LaFleur, R .A., R .W. M atthews, a nd D .B. M cCorcle. 1979. “A Re-examination of t he M allia I nsect Pen‑ dant,” AJA 83, pp. 208–212. Lawler, L .B. 1946. “ The G eranos Dance—A New I n‑ terpretation,” TAPA 77, pp. 112–130. . 1 954. “ Bee D ances a nd t he ‘ Sacred B ees,’” Classical Weekly 47 (7), pp. 103–106. Long, C .R. 1 958. “ The L asithi D agger,” AJA 8 2, p p. 35–46. . 1961. “ Reply t o M. G allet d e S anterre,” AJA 65, pp. 65–66. Lurker, M. 1 980. The G ods a nd S ymbols of A ncient Egypt: An Illustrated Dictionary, London. Marinatos, N . 2 010. Minoan K ingship a nd t he S olar Goddess: A Near Eastern Koine, Urbana. Marinatos, S. 1927–1928. “ Γοργόνες καὶ Γοργόνεια,” ArchEph 66–67, pp. 7–41. Matz, F. 1962. The Art of Crete and Early Greece: The Prelude to Greek Art, New York. Mazarakis A inian, A . 1 997. From Ru lers’ D wellings to T emples. A rchaeology, R eligion, a nd S ociety i n Early Iron Age Greece (1100–700 b.c.) (SIMA 121), Jonsered. Morris, C., and A. Peatἀeld. 2002. “Feeling through the Body: G esture i n C retan B ronze A ge R eligion,” i n Thinking t hrough t he Bo dy: A rchaeologies of C or‑ poreality, Y. Hamilakis, M. P luciennik, a nd S. Tar‑ low, eds., New York and London, pp. 105–120. ———. 2 006. “ Experiencing R itual: S hamanic E le‑ ments i n M inoan Religion,” i n Celebrations: S anc‑ tuaries and Vestiges of Cult Activity. Selected Papers and Discussions from the Tenth Anniversary Sympo‑ sium of t he N orwegian I nstitute a t A thens, 1 2–16 May 1999 (Papers from t he N orwegian Institute at Athens 6), M. Wedde, ed., Athens, pp. 35–59.

127

Murphy, J .M.A. 2 011. “ Landscape a nd So cial N arra‑ tives: A S tudy of t he Regional Social Structures i n Prepalatial C rete,” i n Prehistoric C rete: Region‑ al a nd D iachronic S tudies i n M ortuary S ystems, J.M.A. Murphy, ed., Philadelphia, pp. 23–47. Nilsson, M. 1 925. “ Minoisch-mykenische k unst,” i n Lehrbuch d er R eligionsgeschichte, v ol. 2 , A . B ert‑ holet and E. Lehmann, eds., Freiburg, pp. 306–312. Papadatos, Y., a nd C. Soἀanou. 2013. “Prepalatial T ho-­ los Tomb at Mesorrachi Skopi, near Siteia, East Crete,” Aegean Archaeology 10 [2009–2010], pp. 7–31. Peatἀeld, A .A.P. 1 987. “ Palace a nd P eak: T he P oliti‑ cal and Religious Relationship between Palaces and Peak S anctuaries,” in The F unction of t he M inoan Palaces. P roceedings of t he F ourth I nternational Symposium at the Swedish Institute in Athens, 10–16 June, 1984 (ActaAth 4º, 35), R. Hagg and N. Marina‑ tos, eds., Stockholm, pp. 89–93. Pendlebury, J .D.S. 1 936–1937. “ Lasithi i n A ncient Times,” BSA 37, pp. 194–200. Picard, C . 1 927. “ La C rète e t l es l égendes H yperbo­ réennes,” RA 25, pp. 349–360. . 1 929. “ Chronique d e l a r eligion m inoenne,” RHR 99, pp. 1–16. Poursat, J.-C. 1985. “Iconographie minoenne: Continu‑ ités et ruptures,” in L’iconographie minoenne. Actes de la Table ronde d’Athènes (21–22 avril 1983) (BCH Suppl. 11), Athens, pp. 51–57. Rehak, P., and J.G. Younger. 1998. “Review of Aegean Prehistory VII: Neopalatial, Final Palatial, and Post‑ palatial Crete,” AJA 102, pp. 91–173. Renfrew, C . 1984. “ Speculations o n t he U se o f E arly Cycladic Sculpture,” in Cycladica. Studies in Mem‑ ory of N .P. Goulandris. Proceedings of t he Seventh British Museum Classical Colloquium, June 1983, J.L. Fitton, ed., London, pp. 24–30. Renfrew, C ., M. B oyd, a nd C .B. R amsey. 2 012. “ The Oldest M aritime Sa nctuary? D ating t he Sa nctuary at K eros a nd t he C ycladic B ronze A ge,” Antiquity 86, pp. 144–160. Richards-Mantzoulinou, E . 1 979. “ Μέλισσα πότνια,” AAA 12, pp. 72–92. Rutkowski, B ., a nd K . N owicki. 1 996. The P sychro Cave and Other Sacred Grottoes in Crete (Stud‑ ies and Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology and Civilization 2º, 1), Warshaw. Schefold, K . 1 960. Meisterwerke g riechischer Ku nst, Basel.

128

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Schoep, I ., I . C revecoeur, a nd A . S chmitt. 2 015. “An Archaeothanatological Approach to the Study of Mi‑ noan Funerary Practices: Case-Studies in the Early and M iddle M inoan Cemetery at Sissi, Crete,” JFA 40, pp. 1–7. Shaw, I., and P. Nicholson. 2008. The Princeton D ic‑ tionary of Ancient Egypt, Princeton. Shelmerdine, C .W., e d., 2 008. Cambridge Co mpanion to the Aegean Bronze Age, Cambridge. Somville, P. 1978. “L’abeille et le taureau (ou la vie et la mort dans la Crète minoenne),” Revue de l’histoire des religions 194, pp. 129–146. Spratt, T.A.B. 1865. Travels a nd R esearches i n C rete I–II, London. Thorne, S . 2 000. “ Diktaian Z eus i n L ater G reek Tra‑ dition,” in The Palaikastro Kouros: A Minoan Chryselephantine S tatuette and I ts Aegean Bronze Age C ontext ( BSA S tudies 6 ), J .A. M acGillivray, J.M. D riessen, a nd L .H. S ackett, e ds., L ondon, p p. 149–162. Tully, C . 2 015. “ Trans-former/Performer: S hamanistic Elements in Late Bronze Age Minoan Cults.” Paper read a t t he 2 015 A nnual M eeting o f t he A rchaeo‑ logical Institute of America, 8–11 January, New Or‑ leans, LA. Tyree, L. 2001. “Diachronic Changes in Minoan Cave Cult,” in POTNIA: Deities and Religion in the Aege‑ an Bronze Age. Proceedings of t he 8th Internation‑ al A egean C onference, G oteborg U niversity 12–15 April 2000 (Aegaeum 22), R. Lafἀneur and R. Hagg, eds., Liège, pp. 39–50. . 2013. “Deἀning Bronze Age R itual Caves i n Crete,” in Stable Places and Changing Perceptions:

Cave A rchaeology i n G reece (BAR-IS 2 558), F. Mavridis and J.T. Jensen, eds., Oxford, pp. 176–187. van L euven, J .C. 1 980. “ Economic D eterminism a nd Bronze Age Greece,” Historia 29, pp. 129–141. Warren, P.M. 1990. “Of Baetyls,” OpAth 18, pp. 193– 206. Watrous, L .V. 1 982. Lasithi: A H istory of S ettlement on a H ighland Plain in Crete (Hesperia Suppl. 18 ), Princeton. . 1 995. “ Some Ob servations o n M inoan P eak Sanctuaries,” in POLITEIA: Society and State in the Aegean Bronze Age. Proceedings of the 5th Interna‑ tional Aegean Conference, University of Heidelberg, Archäologisches I nstitut, 1 0–13 A pril 1 994 ( Ae‑ gaeum 12), R . L afἀneur a nd W.-D. N iemeier, e ds., Liège, pp. 394–403. . 1996. The Cave Sanctuary of Zeus at Psychro: A Study of Extra-Urban Sanctuaries in Minoan and Early Iron Age Crete (Aegaeum 15), Liège. . 2 004. “ New P ottery f rom t he P sychro C ave and Its Implications for Minoan Crete,” BSA 99, pp. 129–147. Willetts, R .F. 1 958. “ Cretan E ileithyia,” CQ 8 , p p. 221–223. . 1962. Cretan Cults and Festivals, London. Woudhuizen, F .C., 1 997. “ The B ee S ign ( Evans N o. 86): A n I nstance o f E gyptian I nḀuence o n C retan Hieroglyphic,” Kadmos 36, pp. 97–110. Xanthoudides, S. 1904. Ο κρητικός πολιτισμός, Athens.

Concordance of Excavation and Museum Numbers with Catalog Numbers

HCH 1 65

HCH 28 433

HCH 47 271

HCH 2 304

HCH 29 95

HCH 49 9

HCH 3 305

HCH 30 413

HCH 52 415

HCH 4 379

HCH 31 128

HCH 53 321

HCH 5 205

HCH 33 212

HCH 54 442

HCH 12 452

HCH 34 301

HCH 55 198

HCH 13 93

HCH 35 456

HCH 56 122

HCH 14 101

HCH 36 451

HCH 57 148

HCH 16 258

HCH 37 423

HCH 58 179

HCH 18 281

HCH 38 117

HCH 59 152

HCH 19 165

HCH 39 285

HCH 60 289

HCH 22 200

HCH 40 231

HCH 61 38

HCH 23 10

HCH 41 261

HCH 62 72

HCH 24 66

HCH 42 236

HCH 63 328

HCH 25 306

HCH 43 420

HCH 64 276

HCH 26 358

HCH 44 188

HCH 66 251

HCH 27 353

HCH 45 189

HCH 67 193

130

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

HCH 68 194

HCH 115 147

HCH 164 154

HCH 69 105

HCH 116 126

HCH 165 225

HCH 70 297

HCH 118 300

HCH 167 123

HCH 71 224

HCH 119 125

HCH 168 292

HCH 72 138

HCH 120 303

HCH 169 293

HCH 73 102

HCH 121 296

HCH 170 418

HCH 74 48

HCH 122 245

HCH 171 56

HCH 75 41

HCH 123 35

HCH 172 310

HCH 76 302

HCH 124 395

HCH 173 322

HCH 77 404

HCH 125 398

HCH 174 299

HCH 78 399

HCH 126 67

HCH 176 182

HCH 79 444

HCH 127 448

HCH 177 172

HCH 80 454

HCH 128 171

HCH 179 191

HCH 81 273

HCH 129 87

HCH 181 155

HCH 82 58

HCH 130 146

HCH 182 107

HCH 83 459

HCH 131 75

HCH 183 124

HCH 84 246

HCH 132 380

HCH 184 187

HCH 85 127

HCH 135 237

HCH 186 232

HCH 86 25

HCH 136 238

HCH 187 185

HCH 88 393

HCH 137 181

HCH 188 184

HCH 89 403

HCH 138 183

HCH 190 94

HCH 90 277

HCH 139 108

HCH 192 455

HCH 91 153

HCH 141 84

HCH 193 263

HCH 92 149

HCH 142 85

HCH 194 133

HCH 93 307

HCH 144 77

HCH 195 262

HCH 94 317

HCH 147 361

HCH 196 16

HCH 97 270

HCH 149 34

HCH 02-14 412

HCH 98 268

HCH 150 402

HCH 02-15 254

HCH 99 269

HCH 151 346

HCH 02-20 178

HCH 101 288

HCH 153 135

HCH 02-25 202

HCH 102 78

HCH 155 422

HCH 02-30 324

HCH 103 82

HCH 156 57

HCH 02-37 267

HCH 106 309

HCH 157 129

HCH 02-41 52

HCH 107 76

HCH 158 80

HCH 02-44 421

HCH 110 265

HCH 159 81

HCH 02-46 214

HCH 112 150

HCH 160 1

HCH 02-49 362

HCH 113 143

HCH 161 427

HCH 02-51 244

HCH 114 151

HCH 163 230

HCH 02-53 458

CONCORDANCE OF EXCAVATION AND MUSEUM NUMBERS WITH CATALOG NUMBERS

131

HCH 02-54 176

HCH 02-138 43

HCH 03-214

253

HCH 02-55 216

HCH 02-139 392

HCH 03-215

2

HCH 02-56 162

HCH 02-140 44

HCH 03-216

164

HCH 02-57 335

HCH 02-142 298

HCH 03-217

257

HCH 02-60 377

HCH 02-143 453

HCH 03-218

166

HCH 02-61 440

HCH 02-144 406

HCH 03-219

318

HCH 02-62 382

HCH 02-145 313

HCH 03-220

416

HCH 02-64 213

HCH 02-146 53

HCH 03-221

287

HCH 02-67 401

HCH 02-148 314

HCH 03-224

195

HCH 02-68 316

HCH 02-149 315

HCH 03-225

54

HCH 02-69 282

HCH 02-150 320

HCH 03-226

327

HCH 02-70 326

HCH 02-151 378

HCH 03-227

337

HCH 02-71 435

HCH 03-153 373

HCH 04-271

14

HCH 02-75 96

HCH 03-154 381

HCH 04-272

32

HCH 02-77 384

HCH 03-156 391

HCH 04-273

27

HCH 02-79 445

HCH 03-157 357

HCH 04-274

30

HCH 02-80 97

HCH 03-163 390

HCH 04-275

26

HCH 02-81 100

HCH 03-164 4

HCH 04-276+277 79

HCH 02-83 385

HCH 03-165 334

HCH 04-278

39

HCH 02-90 386

HCH 03-166 192

HCH 04-279

50

HCH 02-98 411

HCH 03-169 7

HCH 04-280

294

HCH 02-99 177

HCH 03-170 352

HCH 04-281

295

HCH 02-106 274

HCH 03-174 252

HCH 04-285

49

HCH 02-110 186

HCH 03-175 250

HCH 04-286

47

HCH 02-113 329

HCH 03-185 130

HCH 04-287

17

HCH 02-114 170

HCH 03-186 330

HCH 04-288

241

HCH 02-116 429

HCH 03-189 8

HCH 04-289

242

HCH 02-120 3

HCH 03-202 24

HCH 04-290

247

HCH 02-122 204

HCH 03-204 190

HCH 04-303

45

HCH 02-123 259

HCH 03-205 278

HCH 04-304

169

HCH 02-126 450

HCH 03-206 279

HCH 04-305

86

HCH 02-127 449

HCH 03-207 275

HCH 04-306

219

HCH 02-128 264

HCH 03-208 359

HCH 04-320

180

HCH 02-129 256

HCH 03-209 255

HCH 04-321

40

HCH 02-130 424

HCH 03-210 426

HCH 04-345

290

HCH 02-131 425

HCH 03-211 249

HCH 04-347

272

HCH 02-132 215

HCH 03-212 201

HCH 04-348

134

HCH 02-136 331

HCH 03-213 372

HCH 04-349

248

132

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

HCH 04-350 159

HCH 05-435 71

HNM 12,409 111

HCH 04-351 136

HCH 05-436 109

HNM 12,410 120

HCH 04-353 46

HCH 05-437 19

HNM 12,411 405

HCH 04-354 286

HCH 05-438 20

HNM 12,412 98

HCH 04-355 31

HCH 05-439 70

HNM 12,413 168

HCH 04-356 51

HCH 05-440 15

HNM 12,414 432

HCH 04-357 239

HCH 05-441 11

HNM 12,415 284

HCH 04-358 161

HCH 05-442 12

HNM 12,416 431

HCH 04-370 227

HCH 05-443 33

HNM 12,417 88

HCH 04-371 28

HCH 05-444 266

HNM 12,418 90

HCH 04-372 131

HCH 05-445 104

HNM 12,419 371

HCH 04-373 36

HCH 05-447 223

HNM 12,420 363

HCH 04-376 291

HCH 05-448 6

HNM 12,421 360

HCH 04-377 29

HCH 05-449 5

HNM 12,422 73

HCH 04-380 203

HCH 05-450 18

HNM 12,425 89

HCH 04-381 196

HCH 05-452 160

HNM 12,426 113

HCH 04-388 228

HCH 06-455 446

HNM 12,427 140

HCH 04-389 62

HCH 06-456 430

HNM 12,428 349

HCH 04-390 63

HCH 06-457 42

HNM 12,429 364

HCH 04-391 60

HCH 06-458 428

HNM 12,430 340

HCH 04-395 457

HCH 06-459 417

HNM 12,431 394

HCH 04-403 308

HCH 06-460 199

HNM 12,432 414

HCH 04-404 37

HNM 6,828 137

HNM 12,433 312

HCH 04-407 21

HNM 12,389 400

HNM 12,434 319

HCH 04-408 22

HNM 12,390 233

HNM 12,435 222

HCH 05-409 69

HNM 12,391 437

HNM 12,436 115

HCH 05-410 132

HNM 12,392 441

HNM 12,438 139

HCH 05-411 325

HNM 12,393 436

HNM 12,440 209

HCH 05-412 311

HNM 12,394 370

HNM 12,442 220

HCH 05-413 280

HNM 12,396 374

HNM 12,443 221

HCH 05-414 217

HNM 12,399 397

HNM 12,445 103

HCH 05-416 235

HNM 12,401 116

HNM 12,446 351

HCH 05-417 260

HNM 12,402 118

HNM 12,447 389

HCH 05-418 197

HNM 12,403 336

HNM 12,448 350

HCH 05-419 243

HNM 12,404 338

HNM 12,449 91

HCH 05-431 106

HNM 12,405 354

HNM 12,450 348

HCH 05-432 342

HNM 12,407 339

HNM 12,451 419

HCH 05-434 283

HNM 12,408 173

HNM 12,452 388

CONCORDANCE OF EXCAVATION AND MUSEUM NUMBERS WITH CATALOG NUMBERS

133

HNM 12,453 332

HNM 13,813 167

HNM 13,837 410

HNM 12,454 434

HNM 13,815 175

HNM 13,838 121

HNM 12,455 345

HNM 13,816 387

HNM 13,839 408

HNM 12,456 383

HNM 13,817 333

HNM 13,840 368

HNM 12,457 323

HNM 13,818 226

HNM 13,841 92

HNM 12,458 114

HNM 13,819 163

HNM 13,842 55

HNM 12,459 438

HNM 13,820 447

HNM 13,843 83

HNM 12,460 74

HNM 13,821 347

HNM 13,844 369

HNM 12,461 174

HNM 13,822 341

HNM 13,845 210

HNM 12,568 64

HNM 13,823 110

HNM 13,846 443

HNM 12,569 59

HNM 13,824 343

HNM 13,847 375

HNM 12,570 61

HNM 13,825 119

HNM 13,848 409

HNM 13,789 13

HNM 13,826 145

HNM 13,849 356

HNM 13,801 229

HNM 13,827 141

HNM 13,850 207

HNM 13,803 407

HNM 13,828 158

HNM 13,852 208

HNM 13,805 355

HNM 13,829 144

HNM 13,853 211

HNM 13,806 99

HNM 13,830 365

HNM 13,854 376

HNM 13,807 157

HNM 13,831 366

HNM 13,856 23

HNM 13,808 112

HNM 13,832 218

HNM 13,885 68

HNM 13,809 156

HNM 13,833 206

HNM 13,982 240

HNM 13,810 396

HNM 13,834 344

HNM 14,066 142

HNM 13,811 234

HNM 13,835 367

References

Alexiou, S ., a nd P . W arren. 2 004. The E arly M inoan T ombs of L ebena, S outhern C rete ( SIMA 30), Sävedalen. Apostolakou, V ., P .P. B etancourt, a nd T .M. B rogan. 2011. “The Alatzomouri Rock Shelter: Deἀning EM III i n E astern C rete,” Aegean A rchaeology 9 , p p. 35–48. Banti, L. 1930–1931. “La grande tomba a tholos de Haghia Triada,” ASAtene 13–14, pp. 155–251. Betancourt, P.P. 1979. Vasilike Ware: An Early Bronze Age Pottery Style in Crete (SIMA 56), Göteborg. . 1980. Cooking Vessels from Minoan Kommos: A Preliminary Report (UCLAPap 7), Los Angeles. . 1983. The Cretan Collection in the University Museum, University of Pennsylvania I: Minoan Objects Excavated from Vasiliki, Pseira, Sphoungaras, Priniatikos Pyrgos, and Other Sites (University Museum Monograph 47), Philadelphia. . 1 984. East C retan W hite-on-Dark W are: Studies on a Handmade Pottery of the Early to Middle M inoan P eriods (University M useum M onograph 51), Philadelphia.

. 1 985. The H istory of M inoan P ottery, Prince­ton. . 2002. “The 2002 Excavations at Hagios Charalambos,” Kentro: The Newsletter of the INSTAP Study Center for East Crete 5, p. 1. . 2 003. “ The Impact o f Cycladic S ettlers o n Early M inoan C rete,” Mediterranean A rchaeology and Archaeometry 3, pp. 3–12. . 2005. “Egyptian Connections at Hagios Charalambos,” i n Emporia: Aegeans in the Central and Eastern Mediterranean. Proceedings of the 10th International A egean C onference, I talian S chool of Archaeology i n A thens, 1 4–18 A pril 2 004 (Aegaeum 25), R. Lafἀneur and E. G reco, eds., Liège, pp. 449–453. . 2006. The Chrysokamino Metallurgy Workshop and Its Territory (Hesperia Suppl. 36), Princeton. . 2007. “Lasithi and the Malia-Lasithi State,” in Krinoi kai Limenes. Studies in Honor of Joseph and Maria Shaw (Prehistory Monographs 22), P.P. Betancourt, M.C. Nelson, and H. Williams, eds., Philadelphia, pp. 209–219.

136

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

. 2 008a. The B ronze Age Be gins: T he C eramics Revolution of Early Minoan I and the New Forms of Wealth That T ransformed P rehistoric Society, Philadelphia. . 2008b. “Discussion and Conclusions,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 594–596. . 2011a. “The Diagonal Line Juglets: New Evidence from Hagios Charalambos,” in Our Cups Are Full: Pottery and Society in the Aegean Bronze Age. Papers P resented t o J eremy B . Ru tter o n t he O ccasion of H is 6 5th B irthday, W . G auss, M. L ind­‑ blom, R.A.K. Smith, and J.C. Wright, eds., Oxford, pp. 25–30. . 2 011b. “A M arine S tyle G old Ring f rom t he Hagios C haralambos O ssuary: S ymbolic U se o f Cockle Shells in Minoan Crete,” in Metallurgy: Understanding H ow, L earning W hy. S tudies i n H onor of James D. Muhly (Prehistory Monographs 29), P.P. B etancourt a nd S .C. F errence, e ds., P hiladelphia, pp. 117–123. . 2014a. Hagios Charalambos: A Minoan Burial Cave in Crete. I: Excavation and Portable Objects (Prehistory Monographs 47), Philadelphia. . 2 014b. “ Larnakes,” i n B etancourt 2 014a, p p. 45–48. Betancourt, P .P., S . C hlouveraki, C . D avaras, H .M. Dierckx, S .C. F errence, J . H ickman, P. K arkanas, P.J.P. M cGeorge, J .D. M uhly, D .S. R eese, E . S tavropodi, L. Langford-Verstegen. 2008a. “Excavations in the Hagios Charalambos Cave: A Preliminary Report,” Hesperia 77, pp. 539–605. Betancourt, P .P., a nd C . D avaras, e ds., 2 003. Pseira VII: The Pseira Cemetery. Part 2: Excavation of the Tombs (Prehistory Monographs 6), Philadelphia. Betancourt, P .P., C . D avaras, S .C. F errence, L .C. Langford-Vertegen, A . S tamos, M. T siboukaki, a nd G.M. Weng. 2014. “Excavations inside the Cave,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 21–29. Betancourt, P.P., H.M.C. Dierckx, and D.S. Reese. 2003. “Tomb 1: Catalog of Objects,” in Betancourt and Davaras, eds., 2003, pp. 7–16. Betancourt, P.P., and S.C. Ferrence. 2014a. “Figurines,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 49–53. . 2014b. “Seals,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 63–67. Betancourt, P .P., V . K arageorghis, R . L afἀneur, a nd W.-D. N iemeier, e ds. 1 999. Meletemata. S tudies i n Aegean Archaeology Presented to Malcolm H. Wiener as He Enters His 65th Year (Aegaeum 20), Liège. Betancourt, P.P., and J.D. Muhly. 2008. “The Sistra,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, p. 577.

Betancourt, P .P., a nd N . P oulou-Papadimitriou. 2 014. “Later Occupation of the Area,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 37–41. Betancourt, P .P., D .S. Reese, L. Langford-Verstegen, and S.C. Ferrence. 2008b. “Feasts for the Dead: Evidence f rom t he O ssuary a t H agios C haralambos,” in Hitchock, Lafἀneur, and Crowley, eds., 2008, pp. 161–166. Betancourt, P.P., and J.S. Silverman. 1991. Pottery from Gournia: T he C retan C ollection i n t he U niversity Museum, University of Pennsylvania, vol. 2 (University Museum Monograph 52), Philadelphia. Blackman, D., and K. Branigan. 1982. “The Excavation of an Early Tholos Tomb at Ayia Kyriaki, Ayiofarango, Southern Crete,” BSA 77, pp. 1–57. Boyd, H .A. 1 905. “ Gournia: R eport o f t he A merican Exploration Society’s Excavations at Gournia, Crete, 1904,” Transactions of the Department of Archaeology, Free Museum of Science and Art 1, pp. 177–189. Branigan, K . 1 970a. The F oundations of P alatial Crete: A S urvey of C rete i n t he E arly B ronze Age, New York. . 1970b. The Tombs of Mesara: A S tudy of Funerary A rchitecture a nd R itual i n S outhern C rete, 2800–1700 b.c., London. . 1988. Pre-Palatial: The Foundations of Palatial Crete. A Survey of Crete in the Early Bronze Age (States and Cities of Ancient Greece), Amsterdam. . 1 991. “ Funerary R itual a nd So cial C ohesion in EBA Crete,” Journal of Mediterranean Studies 1, pp. 9–13. . 1993. Dancing with Death: Life and Death in Southern Crete, c. 3000–2000 b.c., Amsterdam. . 2 008. “ Communal C eremonies i n a n E arly M inoan T holos C emetery,” i n Dioskouroi. S tudies Presented to W.G. Cavanaugh and C.B. Mee on the A nniversary of T heir 3 0-Year J oint C ontribution to Aegean Archaeology (BAR-IS 1889), C. Gallou, M. Georgiadis, and G.M. Muskett, eds., Oxford, pp. 15–22. Broodbank, C., a nd E. K iriatzi. 2007. “The First ‘Minoans’ of Kythera Revisited: Technology, Demography, and Landscape in the Prepalatial Aegean,” AJA 111, pp. 241–274. Cadogan, G. 1990. “Lasithi in the Old Palace Period,” BICS 37, p p. 172–174. . 1995. “Mallia and Lasithi: A Palace State,” in Πεπραγμένα Ζ' Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συν­ε­ δρίου A' (1), Rethymnon, pp. 97–104.

REFERENCES

Chapouthier, F., a nd J . C harbonneaux. 1 928. Fouilles exécutées à M allia: P remier ra pport ( 1922–1924) (ÉtCrét 1), Paris. Chapouthier, F ., a nd P . D emargne. 1 942. Fouilles exécutées à M allia: T roisième ra pport. E xploration du palais, bordures orientale et septentrionale (1927, 1928, 1931, 1932) (ÉtCrét 6), Paris. Christakis, K. 2013. “The Symi Sanctuary at the Transition from the Protopalatial to the Early Neopalatial Periods: The Evidence of the Pottery,” in Intermezzo: Intermediacy and Regeneration in the Middle Minoan III Palatial Crete (BSA Studies 21), C.F. Macdonald and C. Knappett, eds., London, pp. 169–177. Coldstream, J.N., and G.L. Huxley. 1972. Kythera: Excavations and S tudies Conducted by the University of Pennsylvania M usuem a nd t he B ritish S chool a t Athens, London. Davaras, C. 1976. “ Ἅγιος Χαράλαμπος,” ArchDelt 31 (B'), p. 379. . 1982. “Σπήλαιο Ἁγίου Χαραλάμπους,” ArchDelt 37 (B', 2), pp. 387–388. . 1983. “Σπήλαιο Γεροντομουρί,” ArchDelt 38 (B', 2), p. 375. . 1 986. “ Πρώιμες μινωικές σφραγίδες καὶ σφραγιστικοί δακτύλιοι ἀπό τὸ σπήλαιο Γε­ρον­ τομουρί Λασιθίου,” ArchEph 125, pp. 9–48. . 1988. “ Ἕνα παλαιοανακτορικὸ πρίσμα ἀπὸ τὸ σπήλαιο Γεροντομουρὶ Λασιθίου,” Cretan Studies 1, pp. 49–55. Davaras, C ., a nd P .P. B etancourt. 2 004. T he H agia Photia Cemetery I: The Tomb Groups and Architecture (Prehistory Monographs 14), Philadelphia. Day, P.M., A. Hein, L. Joyner, V. Kilikoglou, E. Kiriatzi, A. Tsolakidou, a nd D.E. Wilson. 2012. “Appendix A : P etrographic a nd C hemical A nalysis o f t he Pottery,” in The Hagia Photia Cemetery II: The Pottery (Prehistory M onographs 3 4), C . D avaras a nd P.P. Betancourt, Philadelphia, pp. 115–138. Day, P.M., L. Joyner, E. Kiriatzi, and M. Relaki. 2005. “Petrographic A nalysis o f So me F inal N eolithic– Early Minoan II Pottery from the Kavousi Area,” in Kavousi I: The Archaeological Survey of the Kavousi Region (Prehistory Monographs 16), D.C. Haggis, Philadelphia, pp. 178–195. Day, P.M., L . J oyner, a nd M. R elaki. 2003. “A Petrographic A nalysis o f t he N eopalatial P ottery,” i n Mochlos IB: P eriod I II. N eopalatial S ettlement o n the C oast: T he A rtisans’ Q uarter a nd t he F armhouse a t C halinomouri. T he N eopalatial P ottery (Prehistory Monographs 8), K.A. Barnard and T.M. Brogan, eds., Philadelphia, pp. 13–32.

137

Day, P.M., a nd V. K ilikoglou. 2 001. “Analysis o f C eramics f rom t he K iln,” i n A L M I A C eramic K iln in S outh-Central C rete ( Hesperia S uppl. 3 0), J .W. Shaw, A. Van de Moortel, P.M. Day, and V. Kilikoglou, Princeton, pp. 111–133. Day, P.M., D.E. Wilson, a nd E . K iriatzi. 1997. “ Reassessing Specialisation in Prepalatial Cretan Ceramic Production,” in Texnh: Craftsmen, Craftswomen and Craftsmanship in the Aegean Bronze Age. Proceedings of t he 6 th I nternational C onference, Philadelphia, Temple University, 18–21 April 1996 (Aegaeum 16), R . L afἀneur a nd P.P. B etancourt, e ds., L iège, pp. 275–290. . 1998. “Pots, Labels and People: Burying Ethnicity in the EM I C emetery at Aghia Photia, Siteias,” in Cemetery and Society in the Aegean Bronze Age (Shefἀeld Studies in Aegean Archaeology 1), K. Branigan, ed., Shefἀeld, pp. 133–149. Demargne, P. 1945. Fouilles exécutées à Mallia: Exploration des nécropoles (1921–1933), premíer fascicule (ÉtCrét 7), Paris. Demargne, P., and H. Gallet de Santerre. 1953. Fouilles exécutées à M allia: E xploration d es m aisons e t quartiers d ’habitation ( 1921–1948), p remíer f ascicule (ÉtCrét 9), Paris. Deshayes, J ., a nd A . D essenne. 1 959. Fouilles e xécutées à M allia: E xploration des m aisons e t q uartiers d’habitation (1948–1954), deuxième fascicule (ÉtCrét 11), Paris. Dierckx, H.M.C. 2008. “The Stone Vessels,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 562–569. Dierckx, H.M.C., and B. Tsikouras. 2007. “Petrographic C haracterization o f R ocks f rom t he M irabello Bay R egion, C rete, a nd I ts A pplication t o M inoan Archaeology: The Provenance of Stone Implements from M inoan S ites,” i n “ Proceedings o f t he 1 1th International Congress, Athens, May 2007,” special issue, Bulletin of t he G eological S ociety of G reece 40, Athens, pp. 1768–1779. Durkheim, É. 1912. The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life, London. Evans, A .J. 1921–1935. The Palace of Minos at K nossos I–IV, London. Faure, P. 1 964. Fonctions d es c avernes c rétoises (Tra­ vaux et mémoires des anciens membres étrangers de l’École et de divers savants 14), Paris. Ferrence, S.C. 2007. “Hippopotamus Ivory in EM–MM I L asithi a nd t he I mplications for E astern M editerranean T rade: N ew E vidence f rom H agios C haralambos,” i n Krinoi k ai L imenes. S tudies i n H onor of Joseph and Maria Shaw (Prehistory Monographs

138

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

22), P.P. Betancourt, M.C. Nelson, and H. Williams, eds., Philadelphia, pp. 167–175. . 2008. “The Human Figurines,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 570–576. Filippa-Touchais, A . 2 000. “ Η τριποδική χύτρα στον αιγαιακό χώρο κατά τη Μέση Χαλκοκρατία: Διάδοση και σημασία,” i n Πεπραγμένα Η' Διε­ θνούς Κρητολογικού Συνεδρίου A ' (3), H erakleion, pp. 421–436. Floyd, C.R. 1999. “The Minoan Scoop,” in Betancourt et al., eds., 1999, pp. 249–257. Foster, K.P. 1982. Minoan Ceramic Relief, Göteborg. Galanaki, K. 2006. “Πρωτομινωικό ταφικό σύνολο στην πρώην Αμερικανική Βάση Γουρνών Πεδιάδος,” in Πεπραγμένα Θ΄ Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συν­ε­ δρίου A' (2), Herakleion, pp. 227–242. Galli, E . 2 014. “ Where t he P ast L ies: T he P repalatial Tholos Tomb at Krasi and Its Stratigraphic Sequence,” Kritika Chronika 34, pp. 231–248. Gerontakou, E . 2 003. “ Δύο Μεσομινωικοί Αποθέτες του Πλατάνου,” i n Αργοναύτης. Τιμητικός τόμος για τον καθηγητή Χρίστου Γ. Ντούμα από τους μαθητές του στο Πανεπιστήμιο Αθηνών (1980– 2000), edited by A. Vlachopoulos and K. Birtacha, Athens, pp. 303–330. Goodman, F.D. 1988. Ecstacy, Ritual, and Alternate Reality: Religion in a Pluralistic World, Bloomington. Goody, J .R. 1 961. “ Religion a nd R itual: T he D eἀnitional Problem,” British Journal of S ociology 12, pp. 142–164. Haggis, D.C. 1996. “Excavations at Kalo K horio, East Crete,” AJA 100, pp. 645–681. . 1997. “ The Typology o f t he E arly M inoan I Chalice and the Cultural Implications of Forms and Style i n E arly B ronze A ge C eramics,” i n Texnh: Craftsmen, C raftswomen a nd C raftsmanship i n t he Aegean Bronze Age. Proceedings of the 6th International C onference, P hiladelphia, T emple U niversity, 18–21 April 1996 (Aegaeum 16), R. Lafἀneur and P.P. Betancourt, eds., Liège, pp. 291–299. Haggis, D .C., M. M ook, T. C arter, a nd L .M. S nyder. 2007. “ Excavations a t A zoria, 2 003–2004, P art 2 . The Final Neolithic, Late Prepalatial, and Early Iron Age Occupation,” Hesperia 76, pp. 665–716. Hall, E.H. 1912. Excavations in Eastern Crete: Sphoun­ garas (University of Pennsylvania, the Museum Anthropological Publications 3 [2]), Philadelphia. . 1 914. Excavations i n E astern C rete: V roka­ stro (University of P ennsylvania, t he M useum A nthropological Publications 3 [3]), Philadelphia.

Halstead, P., and J.C. Barrett, eds. 2004. Food, Cuisine and Society in Prehistoric Greece (Shefἀeld Studies in Aegean Archaeology 5), Shefἀeld. Hamilakis, Y . 1 998. “ Eating t he D ead: M ortuary Feasting a nd t he P olitics o f M emory i n t he A egean Bronze Age Societies,” in Cemetery and Society in t he Aegean B ronze Age (Shefἀeld S tudies i n Aegean A rchaeology 1), K . B rannigan, e d., S hefἀeld, pp. 115–132. Hawes, H.B., B.E. Williams, R.B. Seager, and E.H. Hall. 1908. Gournia, Vasiliki a nd O ther P rehistoric S ites on the Isthmus of Hierapetra, Crete, Philadelphia. Hayden, B .J. 2 003. “ Final N eolithic–Early M inoan I/IIA S ettlement i n t he V rokastro A rea, E astern Crete,” AJA 107, pp. 363–412. Hazzidakis, J. 1934. Les v illas m inoennes d e Tylissos (ÉtCrét 3), Paris. Hickman, J. 2008. “The Gold Strips,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 561–562. Hitchcock, L .A., R . L afἀneur, a nd J . C rowley, e ds. 2008. Dais: T he Aegean F east. Proceedings of the 12th A egean C onference, U niversity of M elbourne, Centre for Classics and Archaeology, 25–29 March 2008 (Aegaeum 29), Liège. Hogarth, D.G. 1899–1900. “The Dictaean Cave,” BSA 6, pp. 94–116. Hood, M. S.F. 1 990. “ Autochthons o r S ettlers? E vidence for Immigration at the Beginning of the Early Bronze Age i n Crete,” i n Πεπραγμένα του ΣΤ΄ Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συνεδρίου A' (1), C hania, pp. 367–375. IGME. 1 989. Geological M ap o f G reece, M ochos Sheet, 1:50,000. Jones, D. W. 1999. Peak Sanctuaries and Sacred Caves in Minoan Crete: A Comparison of Artifacts, Jonsered. Kaiser, B. 1976. Untersuchungen zum minoischen Relief, Bonn. Karantzali, E. 2008. “The Transition f rom EB I t o EB II i n the Cyclades and Crete: Historical and Cultural Repercussions for Aegean Communities,” in Horizon. A Colloquium on the Prehistory of the Cyclades (McDonald I nstitute M onographs), N . B rodie, J . Doole, G. Gavalas, and C. Renfrew, eds., Cambridge, pp. 241–260. Karkanas, P. 2008. “Local and Regional Geomorphology,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 547–549. . 2 014. “ Geology, G eomorphology, a nd M icromorphology S tudies,” i n B etancourt 2 014a, p p. 13–16.

REFERENCES

Knappett, C . 1 999. “Assessing a P olity i n P rotopalatial C rete: T he M alia-Lasithi State,” AJA 1 03, pp. 615–639. Koehl, R.B. 2006. Aegean Bronze Age Rhyta (Prehistory Monographs 19), Philadelphia. Langford-Verstegen, L. 2008. “Early and Middle Minoan Pottery,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 549–556. Lawson, E .T., a nd R .N. M cCauley. 1 993. Rethinking R eligion: C onnecting C ognition a nd C ulture, Cambridge. Leach, E.R. 2002. “Ritual,” in Ritual and Belief: Readings in the Anthropology of R eligion, D. Hicks, ed., 2nd ed., Boston, pp. 114–121. Levi, D. 1976. Festòs e l a civiltà minoica (Incunabula Graeca 60), Rome. Liard, F. 2012. “Petrographic A nalysis of Three Neopalatial a nd Postpalatial Conical Cup A ssemblages,” in Excavations a t S issi III: P reliminary R eport o n t he 2011 Campaign (Aegus 6), J. Driessen, I. Schoep, M. Anastasiadou, F. Carpentier, I. Crevecoeur, S. Déderix, M. D evolder, F . G aignerot-Driessen, S . J usseret, C . Langohr, Q. Letesson, F. Liard, A. Schmitt, C. Tsoraki, and R. Veropoulidou, Louvain, pp. 169–184. Macdonald, C .F., a nd C . K nappett. 2 007. Knossos: Protopalatial Deposits in Early Magazine A and the South-West Houses (BSA Suppl. 41), London. MacGillivray, J .A. 1998. Knossos: P ottery G roups of the Old Palace Period (BSA Studies 5), London. . 2007. “Protopalatial (MM IB–MM IIA): Early Chamber beneath t he West Court, Royal Pottery Stores, the Trial KV, a nd the West a nd South Polychrome Deposits Groups,” in Momigliano, ed., 2007, pp. 105–149. Marinatos, N . 1 993. Minoan R eligion: R itual, I mage, and Symbol, Columbia, SC. Marinatos, S . 1 929. “ Πρωτομινωϊκὸς θολωτὸς τάφος παρὰ τὸ χωρίον Κράσι Πεδιάδος,” ArchDelt 12 [1932], pp. 102–141. Martlew, H. 1988. “Domestic Coarse Pottery in Bronze Age C rete,” i n Problems i n G reek P rehistory. P apers P resented a t t he C entenary C onference of t he British School of A rchaeology at Athens, Manchester, April 1986, E.B. French and K.A. Wardle, eds., Bristol, pp. 421–424. McGeorge, P.J.P. 2008. “The Human Remains,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 578–594. Molloy, B.P.C., J. Day, S. Bridgford, V. Isaakidou, E. Nodarou, G . K otzamani, M. M ilić, T . C arter, P . Westlake, V . K lontza-Jaklova, E . L arsson, a nd B . Hayden. 2 014. “ Life a nd D eath o f a B ronze A ge

139

House: Excavation of Early Minoan I Levels at Priniatikos Pyrgos,” AJA 118, pp. 307–358. Momigliano, N. 1990. “The Development of the Footed G oblet ( ‘Egg C up’) f rom E M I I t o M MIII at K nossos,” i n Πεπραγμένα του ΣΤ΄ Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συνεδρίου A' (1), pp. 477–487. . 1 991. “ MM I A P ottery f rom E vans’ Ex cavations a t K nossos: A R eassessment,” BSA 86, p p. 149–271. . 2000. “Knossos 1902, 1905: The Prepalatial a nd P rotopalatial D eposits f rom t he R oom o f the J ars i n t he R oyal P ottery S tores,” BSA 9 5, p p. 65–105. Muhly, J.D. 2008. “The Metal Artifacts,” in Betancourt et al. 2008a, pp. 557–560. . 2 014a. “ Objects o f C opper a nd B ronze,” i n Betancourt 2014a, pp. 55–56. . 2014b. “Objects of Gold, Silver, and Lead,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 57–59. . 2014c. “Seal Rings,” in Betancourt 2014a, pp. 61–62. Myer, G.H., K.G. McIntosh, and P.P. Betancourt. 1995. “Deἀnition of Pottery Fabrics by Ceramic Petrography,” in Pseira I: The Minoan Buildings on the West Side of A rea A (University M useum Monographs 94), P.P. Betancourt and C. Davaras, eds., Philadelphia, pp. 143–153. Nodarou, E . 2 003. Pottery P roduction, D istribution and C onsumption i n E arly M inoan West C rete: A n Analytical P erspective, P h.D. d iss., U niversity o f Shefἀeld. . 2 011. Pottery P roduction, D istribution a nd Consumption in Early Minoan West Crete: An Analytical Perspective (BAR-IS 2210), Oxford. . 2012. “Pottery Fabrics and Recipes in the Final Neolithic and Early Minoan I Period: The Analytical Evidence from the Settlement and the Rock Shelter of Kephala Petras,” in Petras, Siteia: 25 Years of Excavations and S tudies. Acts of a T wo-Day Conference Held at the Danish Institute at Athens, 9–10 October 2010 (Monographs of t he Danish Institute at Athens 16), M. Tsipopoulou, ed., Athens, pp. 81–88. . 2013. “Petrographic A nalysis of the Pottery,” in Aphrodite’s K ephali: A n E arly M inoan I D efensive S ite i n E astern C rete ( Prehistory M onographs 41), P.P. Betancourt, Philadelphia, pp. 151–169. Nodarou, E., and I. Iliopoulos. 2011. “Analysis of Postpalatial Pottery f rom K arphi,” i n The Pottery f rom Karphi: A R e-Examination ( BSA S tudies 1 9), L .P. Day, Athens, pp. 337–348.

140

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

Nodarou, E., and J. Moody. 2014. “Mirabello Fabric(s) Forever: A n A nalytical S tudy o f t he G ranodiorite P ottery o f t he V rokastro A rea f rom t he F inal Neolithic P eriod t o M odern T imes,” i n A C retan Landscape t hrough T ime: P riniatikos P yrgos a nd Environs ( BAR-IS 2 634), B .P.C. M olloy a nd C .N. Duckworth, eds., Oxford, pp. 91–98. Nodarou, E ., a nd C . R athossi. 2 008. “ Petrographic A nalysis o f S elected A nimal F igurines f rom Syme V iannou,” i n The S anctuary of H ermes a nd Aphrodite a t S yme V iannou IV: A nimal I mages of Clay (Βιβλιοθήκη τῆς ἐν Ἀθήναις Ἀρχαιολογικῆς Ἑταιρείας 256), P. Muhly, ed., Athens, pp. 165–182. Nowicki, K . 1 996. “ Lasithi ( Crete): O ne H undred Years of Archaeological Research,” Aegean Archaeology 3, pp. 27–47. Panagiotakis, N., and M. Panagiotaki. 2011. “Architectural Remains of the Bronze Age Pediada in Their Landscape,” in Πεπραγμένα Ι' Διεθνοῦς Κρητολογικοῦ Συνεδρίου A' (2), Chania, pp. 727–746. Panagiotakis N ., M. P anagiotaki, M. G uzowska, a nd K. P aschalidis. 2 011. “ Μελετώντας τη Μέση και την Ύστερη Εποχή του Χαλκού στην Επαρχία Πεδιάδας της Κεντρικής Κρήτης,” in Πεπραγμένα Ι' Διεθνοῦς Κρητολογικοῦ Συνεδρίου A' (2), Chania, pp. 747–773. Papadatos, Y. 2005. Tholos Tomb Gamma: A P repalatial T holos Tomb at Phourni, Archanes (Prehistory Monographs 17), Philadelphia. . 2008. “The Neolithic-Early Bronze Age Transition in Crete: New Evidence from the Settlement at Petras Kephala, Siteia,” i n Escaping the Labyrinth: The Cretan Neolithic i n C ontext ( Shefἀeld Studies in Aegean Archaeology 8), V. Issakidou and P. Tomkins, eds., Oxford, pp. 261–275. Papadatos, Y., a nd P. Tomkins. 2 011. “ Final N eolithic and Early Minoan Pottery f rom the Pediada Survey,” i n Πεπραγμένα Ι' Διεθνοῦς Κρητολογικοῦ Συνεδρίου A' (2), Chania, pp. 713–726. Papadatos, Y., P. Tomkins, E. Nodarou, and I. Iliopoulos. Forthcoming. “ The Beginning of E arly Bronze Age in Crete: Continuities and Discontinuities in the Ceramic A ssemblage a t P etras K ephala, S iteia,” i n Proceedings of t he I nternational C onference “ The Early B ronze A ge i n t he A egean: N ew E vidence” Held in Athens, 11–14 April 2008, Athens. Peatἀeld, A. 1987. “Palace and Peak: The Political and Religious R elationship B etween P alaces a nd P eak Sanctuaries,” in The Function of the Minoan Palaces (SkrAth 4°, 35), R. Hägg and N. Marinatos, eds., Stockholm, pp. 89–93.

Pelon, O. 1970. Fouilles e xécutées à M allia: Exploration d es m aisons e t q uartiers d ’habitation ( 1963– 1966). Le quartier E (ÉtCrét 16), Paris. Pendlebury, J .D.S. 1 936–1937. “ Lasithi i n A ncient Times,” BSA 37, pp. 194–200. . 1939. The Archaeology of Crete: An Introduction, London. Pendlebury, J.D.S., H.W. Pendlebury, and M.B. MoneyCoutts. 1935–1936. “Excavations in the Plain of La‑ sithi. I: The Cave of Trapeza,” BSA 36, pp. 1–131. Peterson, S.E. 2009. Retrieval of Materials with Water Separation M achines ( INSTAP A rchaeological E xcavation Manual 1), Philadelphia. Pini, I . 1 968. Beiträge z ur m inoischen G räberkunde, Wiesbaden. Poursat, J .-C. 1 996. Fouilles e xécutées à M alia: L e Quartier M u III. A rtisans M inoens: L es m aisonsateliers du Quartier Mu (ÉtCrét 32), Athens. Poursat, J.-C., and C. Knappett. 2005. Fouilles e xécutées à Malia: Le Quartier Mu IV. La poterie du Minoen M oyen I I: P roduction e t u tilisation. (ÉtCrét 33), Paris. Rethemiotakis, G ., a nd K .S. C hristakis. 2 004. “ Contacts b etween K nossos a nd t he P ediada R egion i n Central Crete,” in Knossos: Palace, City, State. Proceedings of the Conference in Herakleion Organised by the British School at Athens and the 23rd Epho­ reia of P rehistoric and Classical Antiquities of H e­ rakleion, i n N ovember 2 000, f or t he C entenary of Sir A rthur E vans’s E xcavations a t K nossos (BSA Studies 12), G. Cadogan, E. Hatzaki, and A. Vasilakis, eds., London, pp. 169–175. Rutkowski, B . 1986. The Cult P laces i n t he A egean World, Warsaw. Rutkowski, B ., a nd K . N owicki. 1 996. The P sychro Cave and Other Sacred Grottoes in Crete (Studies and Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology and Civilization 2º, 1), Warsaw. Sakellarakis, Y ., an d E . S apouna-Sakellaraki. 1 997. Archanes: Minoan Crete in a New Light, Athens. Seager, R .B. 1 906–1907. “ Report o f Ex cavations a t Vasiliki, Crete, i n 1906,” University of Pennsylvania Transactions of t he D epartment of A rchaeology, Free Museum of Science and Art 2, pp. 111–132. Seager, R. 1912. Explorations on the Island of Mochlos, Boston. Serpetsidaki, I . 2 006. “ Προανακτορικός σπηλαιώδης τάφος στο Κυπαρίσσι Τεμένους,” i n Πεπραγμένα

REFERENCES

Θ΄ Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συνεδρίου A' (2), Herakleion, pp. 243–258. Shank, E . 2 005. “ New E vidence f or A natolian R elations with Crete in EM I–IIA,” in Emporia: Aegeans in the Central and Eastern Mediterranean. Proceedings of t he 10th I nternational A egean C onference, Italian School of Archaeology in Athens, 14–18 April 2004 (Aegaeum 25), R. Lafἀneur and E. Greco, eds., Liège, pp. 103–106. Soles, J. 1992. The Prepalatial Cemeteries at Mochlos and G ournia a nd t he H ouse Tombs of B ronze A ge Crete (Hesperia Suppl. 24), Princeton. Todaro, S . 2 001. “ Nuove p rospettive s ulla p roduzione in stile Pyrgos nella Creta meridionale in caso della pisside e della coppa su base ad anello,” Creta Antica 2, pp. 11–28. Tomkins, P. 2007. “Neolithic: Strata IX–VIII, VII–VIB, VIA–V, IV, IIIB, IIIA, IIB, IIA and IC Groups,” in Momigliano, ed., 2007, pp. 9–48. Tsipopoulou, M., a nd M. W edde. 2000. “Διαβάζοντας ένα χωμάτινο παλίμψηστο: Στρωματογραφικές τομές στο ανακτορικό κτήριο του Πετρά Σητείας,” in Πεπραγμένα Η΄ Διεθνούς Κρητολογικού Συ­νε­ δρίου A' (3), Herakleion, pp. 359–377. Tyree, E .L. 1 974. Cretan S acred C aves: Archaeological E vidence, P h.D. d iss., U niversity o f M issouri, Columbia. Tyree, L., A. Kanta, and H.L. Robinson. 2008. “Evidence for Ritual Eating and Drinking: A View from Skoteino Cave,” in Hitchcock, Lafἀneur, and Crowley, eds., 2008, pp. 179–187.

141

Vasilakis, A., and K. Branigan. 2010. Moni Odigitria: A Prepalatial Cemetery and Its Environs in the Asterousia, S outhern C rete ( Prehistory M onographs 30), Philadelphia. Walberg, G. 1976. Kamares: A S tudy of P alatial Middle Minoan Pottery (Uppsala Studies in Ancient Mediterranean and N ear E astern C ivilizations 8 ), Uppsala. . 1 983. Provincial M iddle M inoan P ottery, Mainz am Rhein. Watrous, L.V. 1982. Lasithi: A H istory of a S ettlement on a H ighland Plain in Crete (Hesperia Suppl. 18 ), Princeton. Wilson, D.E. 1985. “The Pottery a nd the A rchitecture of the EM IIA West Court House at Knossos,” BSA 80, pp. 281–364. . 2 007. “ Early P repalatial ( EM I –EM I I): E M I W ell, W est C ourt House, N orth-East M agazines and South Front Groups,” in Momigliano, ed., 2007, pp. 49–77. Wilson, D.E., and P. Day. 1994. “Ceramic Regionalism in Prepalatial Central Crete: The Mesara Imports at EM I to EM IIA Knossos,” BSA 89, pp. 1–87. . 2000. “EM I Chronology and Social Practice: Pottery f rom t he E arly P alace T ests a t K nossos,” BSA 95, pp. 21–63. Wright, J.C., ed. 2004. The Mycenaean Feast (Hesperia 73 [2]), Princeton. Xanthoudides, S . 1 906. “ Προϊστορικὴ οἰκία εἰς Χαμαίζι Σητείας,” ArchEph 45, pp. 117–154.

Tzedakis, Y., and H. Martlew, eds. 1999. Minoans and Mycenaeans: Flavours of Their Time, Athens.

. 1918. “Μέγας πρωτομινωϊκὸς τάφος Πύργου,” ArchDelt 4 [1921], pp. 136–170.

Tzedakis, Y., H. Martlew, a nd M.K. Jones. eds. 2008. Archaeology Meets Science: Biomolecular Investigations i n B ronze A ge G reece. T he P rimary E vidence, 1997–2003, Oxford.

. 1924. The Vaulted Tombs of Mesara, London.

van Gennep, A. 1961. The Rites of Passage, M.B. Vizedom and G.L. Caffee, trans, London.

Zois, A. 1969. Προβλήματα χρονολογίας τῆς μινωϊκῆς κεραμεικῆς: Γούρνες—Τύλισος—Μάλια, Athens.

Index

Alatzomouri rock shelter, 57, 71 altars, 2–3 animal bones, 3 animal ἀgurines, 74 anthropomorphic ἀgurines, 2 Archanes, 12, 19–20, 32–33, 35, 37 Argonauts, 125 Arkalochori Cave, 124

Chersonissos, 76, 82 Chrysokamino, 27, 51, 54, 56, 67 cooking vessels, 64–65, 117 Cretan South Coast Fabric, 6–7

Barbotine Style, 6, 35–36, 71, 80, 102–103, 110–111 bee pendant, 123–124 blades, 3 brazier, 65

daggers, 4 Delos, 122–123 Delphi, 122–124 Delphic Oracle, 122 Diagonal Line Style, 6, 31–34, 71, 73, 102–103, 110–111 Dictaean Cave, see Psychro double axes, 2–3 drinking ceremonies, 69, 73–74

chalices, 12–14 Chamaizi (site), 45, 53 Chamaizi pots, 45–46, 72–73, 76, 82, 102, 113

East Cretan W hite-on-Dark Ware, 6 –7, 27, 54, 55, 58, 62, 70 –72 Eileithyia, 123

144

HAGIOS CHARALAMBOS II: THE POTTERY

fabric deἀned, 6 feasting, 2, 69, 73–74 ἀgurines, 2–4 functions of caves, 1–2

Galatas, 7, 39, 41, 70, 72, 80, 82, 84–85, 103, 112, 115 gems, 3 Gournes, 28, 30, 35, 37, 45, 48, 64, 78 Gournia, 17, 19–21, 23, 40, 48–49, 62, 78, 81, 84, 108

Hagia Kyriaki, 12 Hagia Photia, 12, 78, 120, 123 Hagios Onouphrios Style, 6–7, 15, 82, 102, 104, 106 Hagios Onouphrios Ware, 6–7, 15, 72 Harpies, 125 horns of consecration, 2

ivory, 74

jar burials, 67, 103, 115, 117 jewelry, 2, 4

Kalo Chorio, 12, 23, 78, 81, 84 Kamares Cave, 125 Kamares Style, 7 Kamares Ware, 7, 19, 43–44, 102–103, 113 Karphi, 75–76, 79, 84 Kastelli, 7, 39, 70, 72, 76, 80, 103 Kastello, 3 Kato Symi, 41 Katsoucheiroi, 3, 83 Kavousi, 78 Keros, 123 kinship groups, 1 knife, 4 Knossos, 8–9, 12, 17, 19–20, 28, 33, 35, 37–38, 41, 43– 44, 70–72, 78–79, 101–102, 111, 124 Kommos, 83 Koumasa (site), 20 Koumasa Style, 7, 16–17, 23, 102, 106 Koumasa Ware, 7 Krasi, 7, 30, 32, 47, 119 Kronos, 125 Kyparissi Cave, 32 Kythera, 40, 81

lamps, 2 larnax, 76, 103 Lasithi Red Fabric Group, 6, 19–22, 55–71, 73, 86–88, 101–102, 108–109, 115–118 Lasithi White-on-Dark Ware, 6, 54–64, 70–72 Late Neolithic II, 9, 104–105 Lebena, 13–14, 16, 18, 20–21, 28, 30

Malia, 7, 20, 28, 31–33, 35, 40, 45–49, 53, 55, 70, 72–73, 75, 78–85, 101–103, 114, 122–124 miniature pithos, 40 miniature tripod, 52, 65, 117 Minoan fountain, 122 Mirabello Fabric, 6–7, 27, 54, 56, 81, 84–85, 93, 108 Mochlos, 20–21, 78 Modis Voni, 81 Moni Odigitria, 55, 73–74 Monochrome Style, 7, 10–14, 17–22, 102, 104–107 Myrsini, 17, 20–21 Myrtos, 78, 83–84 Myrtos–Phournou Koriphi, 1 Myrtos-Pyrgos, 7

offering tables, 19–22, 69–70, 72–73, 76, 103, 107 offerings of oil, 69–70

Palaikastro, 7, 55, 124 partition walls in caves, 2 paved areas at tombs, 1–3 peak sanctuaries, 1 Petras, 40, 48, 78 Petras-Kephala, 78 petrography main discussion, 75–99 Phaistos, 43, 55 Phournou Koriphi, see Myrtos–Phournou Koriphi Platanos, 20 Plati, 83 Priniatikos Pyrgos, 23, 25, 78, 108 production centers for pottery, 70–72 Pseira, 2, 26, 40, 67 Psychro Cave, 3–4, 121–125 puriἀcation rituals, 122 Pyrgos Cave, 12–13, 20, 78 Pyrgos Style, 13, 15–16, 102, 104–105 Pyrgos-Myrtos, see Myrtos-Pyrgos

INDEX

razors, 3 Rhenia, 122 rhyta, 74 ritual deἀned, 2–3

sacred spaces, 1–2 scarabs, 4 Scored Style, 12, 15, 79, 102, 104–105 seals, 2, 4, 74 Sissi, 75, 120 sistra, 120–121, 123 Sphoungaras, 20, 24, 27, 51, 56 stone offering tables, 2 style deἀned, 6

tholoi, 1–3, 7, 119–122 Thrapsano, 76 Trapeza Cave, 3 –4, 7, 9, 20–21, 32–33, 40, 45, 48–49, 54, 56, 58, 61, 67, 70, 73, 120, 122, 125 tweezers, 3

145

Tylissos, 30, 52 Tzermiado, 3–4, 125

Vasiliki (site), 24–26, 40, 56 Vasiliki Style, 23–26, 70–72, 101–103, 107–109 Vasiliki Ware, 7, 23–26, 70–72, 81, 101–103, 107–109, 116 Voni, 82 Vrokastro, 45, 78

ware deἀned, 6 weapon models, 2 weapons, 4

Zakros, 122 Zeus, 123–125 zigzag pattern, 13, 29, 32–33, 54 zoomorphic ἀgurines, 2

Figures

Figure 1. Map of Crete. FIGURE 1

Figure 2. Map of the Lasithi Plain.

km

FIGURE 2

FIGURE 3

1

2

5

6

10

7

15

9

8

11

13

4

3

12

14

16

17

Figure 3. Neolithic t o E M I c oarse f abrics: c arinated b owl w ith e verted r im (1), c ups a nd o ther o pen vessels ( 2, 4–15), closed vessel with handle (3), cup with lug handle (16), and jar with strap handle (17). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 4

18

20

19

23

24

Burnished lines

Burnished lines

22

21

26

25

Burnished lines

27

29

28

Burnished horizontal lines

30

31

Burnished lines

32

Figure 4. Neolithic to EM I coarse fabrics: jar (18), open vessels (19–22, 28, 29), Pyrgos Style chalices (23–27), and other chalices (30–32). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 5

35

34

36

39

42

38

37

41

40

43

44

45

Figure 5. Neolithic to EM I coarse fabrics: goblet (34), open vessel with horizontal lug handle (35), miniature vessel with pierced lug handle (36), and large jug with pointed spout (37). EM I–IIA coarse and ἀ ne fabrics: open vessel (38), jugs (39–44), and Koumasa Style cup (45). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 6

Traces of paint

47

46

49

48

50

53

56

51

52

54

55

57

58

Figure 6. EM IIA Koumasa Style: cup (46) and wide-mouthed vessels with spout (47–50). EM IIA Monochrome Style: bowl with horizontal handle (51); cylindrical jugs (52–54); irregular conical jugs (55–57); and pyxis (58). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 7

59

60

61

62

63

Figure 7. EM I–IIA dark burnished offering tables: Type B (59, 60), Type D (61), and Type E (62, 63). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 8

64

65

68

67

66

70

69

71

Figure 8. EM I–IIA dark burnished offering tables: Type E (64), Type I (65), and unknown plastic decoration (66– 71). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 9

Mottled surface

Mottled surface

Mottled surface

Mottled surface

72

74

73

75

Mottled surface

Mottled surface

76

80

Mottled surface Mottled surface

77

81

Mottled surface

79 78

82 Mottled surface

83

84

85

86

87

Figure 9. EM I IB Vasiliki Ware: spouted goblet (72), jugs (73–82). EM I IB i mitations i n pale fabrics of Vasiliki Style: goblet (83–86) and small jug (87). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 10

Surface missing

89

88

90

93 92

91

95

98

94

96

99

97

100

Figure 10. EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in pale fabrics: jugs (88–90). EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group: spouted conical bowl (91), goblets (92–94), and jugs (95–100). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 11

White missing

102

103

101

White traces White missing

104

105

106

107

White missing

108

White traces

109

White missing

113

114

110

White missing

115

111

112

Black traces

116

117

Figure 11. EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics, light-on-dark decoration: shallow bowl (101), cups (102–108), tumblers (109–110), and small sized jugs (111–117). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 12

White traces

Black traces

Black traces

119

118

120

White missing

White missing

122

121

123

exterior

124

126

interior

125

127

128

White traces

129

130

Figure 12. EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics and light-on-dark decoration: small jugs (118–123) and medium to large jugs (124–130). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 13

White missing

131

132

133

134

Light-onDark traces

135

Black interior

136

White missing

138

139

137

140

141

142

Figure 13. EM III–MM II vessels with pale fabrics and light-on-dark decoration: medium to large jug (131), closed vessel (132), jar w ith pierced vertical h andles (133), m iscellaneous p ouring vessels (134–138), jars (139–141), and pyxis (142). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 14

143

144

147

148

152

153

157

145

146

149

154

158

Figure 14. MM I Diagonal Line Style jugs (143–160). Scale 1:3.

150

155

159

151

156

160

FIGURE 15

162

161

164

168

172

165

163

166

167

169

170

171

173

174

175

Figure 15. MM I: Diagonal Line Style jugs (161, 162), jugs with bosses on body (163–166), and various classes of small jugs (167–175). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 16

Dark traces White traces

176

177

178

179

Dark traces

Black with white traces

180

181

182

Dark slip with white traces Dark slip

183

186

184

185

187

Figure 16. MM I various classes of small jugs (176–179). MM I–II Barbotine Style jugs (180–187). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 17

188

190

189

193

191

194

195

196

192

197

202

198

199

203

200

201

204

Figure 17. E M I I–MM I K nossian p ottery: g oblets ( 188–190), s pouted j ar ( 191), a nd w ide-mouthed v essel w ith a bridged-spout (192). Mostly MM IB ἀne red fabrics with dark red slip imported from sites in the Pediada: tumblers (193–197), goblet (198), kantharos (199), tall carinated cup (200), carinated cup with grooves (201), minitaure pithos (202), small jug(?) (203), and jug with incised band on body (204). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 18

206

205

207

208

212

211

210

209

213

214

Figure 18. MM IB–IIA cup and trefoil-mouthed jugs with parallels from Galatas: straight-sided cup (205) and jugs (206–214). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 19

215

217

216

218

220

219

Black traces

221

222

Figure 19. M M I B–IIA t refoil-mouthed jugs with parallels f rom Galatas (215–217) a nd side-spouted jugs or cups (218–222). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 20

223

224

225

Red and white traces

226

227

230

233

228

231

234

237

229

232

235

238

236

239

Figure 20. MM IB–IIB Kamares Style: straight-sided cup (223), semi-globular cup (224), carinated cup (225), jugs (226–231), and jar (232). MM IIB Chamaizi pots (233–239). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 21

White traces

241

240

242

246

245

243

White traces

247

249

248

250

Traces of dark slip

255

253

252 251

256

257

258

259

Figure 2 1. M M I –II i mports t o L asithi w ith p arallels f rom M alia: s pouted t wo-handled c ups ( 240–243), j ugs (245–248), and carinated cups or kantharoi (249–259). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 22

260

261

262

263

264

265

266

267

268

269

Exterior White slip

Interior

270

274

271

272

275

Dark traces

273

276

277

Figure 22. MM I–II imports to Lasithi with parallels from Malia: cups (260, 261), scoop (262), and basket-shaped vessel (263). EM III–MM IIB miscellaneous imported fabric groups: shallow bowls (264, 265, 272), cups (266– 271), miniature tripod vessel (273), and jugs (274–277). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 23

278

279

280

281

283

282

Dark traces

White on red traces

285

286

284

Black traces

287

288

289

Figure 23. EM III–MM IIB miscellaneous imported fabric groups: jugs (278–285), wide-mouthed vessel ( 286), closed vessel (287), and bridge-spouted jars (288, 289). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 24

290

291

293

294

292

295

White traces

296

297

299

300

298

301

Figure 24. E M I II–MM IIB miscellaneous i mported fabric groups: side-spouted jug (290), spouted t wo-handled cups (291–299), small jar (300), and jar with thickened rim (301). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 25

Traces of dark slip

Traces of slip

303

302

Traces of dark slip

Traces of dark slip

304

305

307

306

308

309

310

312

Figure 25. EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: shallow conical bowls (302–308), shallow conical bowls with tab handles (309, 310), and rounded cup with lugs (312). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 26

314

313

315

317

316

318

White missing

White missing

320

319

White traces

White missing

322

321

White traces

323

324

325

Traces of dark slip

326

327

328

Figure 26. EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with dark paint on interior of rim and exterior (313–328). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 27

Traces

White traces

White traces

329

330

331

White traces

White traces

332

Traces of dark slip

333

White not preserved

335

336

White not preserved

White traces

338

Traces of black

341

334

339

White traces

342

337

Traces of black

340

White traces

343

Figure 27. EM III–MM IA Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups with dark paint on interior of rim and exterior (329–343). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 28

Traces of slip

White missing

344

345

346

Surface missing

White missing

347

348

349

Traces of slip

350

351

Surface not preserved

352

Surface missing

353

Surface missing

354

Surface missing

355

Surface missing

356

357

Figure 28. Lasithi Red Fabric Group: EM III–MM IA rounded cups with dark paint on interior of rim and exterior (344–347) and EM II–MM I plain rounded cups or cups with paint missing (348–357). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 29

Surface missing

Surface missing

358

359

360

Traces of dark slip and added white

Surface missing

361

362

364

367

363

365

368

366

369

Figure 29. EM II–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (358–369). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 30

370

372

371

373

374

375

376

Surface not preserved

377

378

379

Figure 30. EM II–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (370–379). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 31

381

380

382

White not preserved

White traces

384

383

White traces

White missing

387

386

White missing

385

388

White missing

390

389

White missing

392

White missing

White traces

393

391

White traces

394

Figure 31. Lasithi Red Fabric Group: EM II–MM I rounded cups, plain or with paint missing (380–382), MM I–II cylindrical cup with dark slip on interior and exterior (383), and rounded cups with dark slip on interior and exterior (384–394). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 32

395

396

397

398

Surface missing

Surface missing

Surface missing

399

400

401

Surface missing

402

traces

403

White missing

405

404

Surface missing

406

407

Figure 32. EM III–MM I Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (395–407). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 33

Surface missing

White traces

408

Dark traces

White traces

Surface missing

409

410

Burned to mark

413

412

411

White missing

414

416

415

White missing

417

418

419

Figure 33. EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (408–412) and miscellaneous open shapes (413–419). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 34

420

421

424

422

425

426

427

423

429

428

Figure 34. EM I II–MM I I Lasithi Red Fabric G roup: m iscellaneous open shapes (420, 421), brazier (422), tripod vessels (423–427), cooking vessel without legs (428), and small tripod bowl (429). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 35

430

431

432

433

435

434

436

Figure 35. EM IIB–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: jug or kantharos(?) (430) and jugs (431–436). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 36

437

438

439

440

White missing

441

443

442

444

445

White missing

446

447

Figure 36. MM I–II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: jugs (437–445) and tube-spouted and bridge-spouted jugs (446, 447). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 37

White missing

448

449

452

451

454

457

450

453

455

456

459

Figure 37. EM IIB–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: tube-spouted and bridge-spouted jugs (448, 449), closed vessel (450), jars (451–457), and lid (459). Scale 1:3.

FIGURE 38 Alluvium N Maris Flysch Limestone Phyllite-Quartzite 0

km

Malia

4

Kastelli

Hagios Charalambos

Figure 38. Geological map of the areas discussed in the text (adapted after IGME 1989).

Plates

PLATE 1

55

52

73

64

74

90

120

83

92

121

96

137

89

113

139

Plate 1. EM IIA Monochrome Style jugs (52, 55). EM IIA dark burnished offering table (64). EM IIB Vasiliki Ware small jugs (73, 74). EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in pale fabrics: goblet (83) and jugs (89, 90). EM IIB Vasiliki Style imitations in the Lasithi Red Fabric Group: goblet (92) and jug (96). EM III–MM II vessels in pale fabrics with light-on-dark decoration: jugs (113, 120, 121), teapot (137), and jar (139). Scale 1:3.

PLATE 2

140

164

220

316

345

142

141

174

144

206

202

233

145

244

319

267

332

350

371

Plate 2 . E M I II–MM I I v essels i n p ale f abrics w ith m ostly l ight-on-dark d ecoration: j ars ( 140, 141) a nd p yxis ( 142). M M I D iagonal L ine S tyle a nd o ther s mall j ugs i n p ale f abrics ( 144, 145, 164, 174). M M I B m inature pithos in ἀ ne red fabric with dark red slip (202). MM IB vessels with parallels from Galatas: jug (206) and side-spouted jug or cup (220). MM IIB Chamaizi pot (233). MM I–II imports into Lasithi: spouted two-handled cup (244) and conical cup (267). EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: straight-sided cups with conical shape (316, 319) and rounded cups (332, 345, 350, 371). Scale 1:3.

PLATE 3

377

400

383

419

424

431

438

439

447

Plate 3. EM III–MM II Lasithi Red Fabric Group: rounded cup (377), cylindrical cup (383), straight-sided cup with conical shape (400), deep rounded cup (419), t ripod vessel leg (424), jug w ith elevated spout (431), jugs (438, 439), and side-spouted or tube-spouted jug (447). Scale 1:3.

PLATE 4

a

b

c

d

e

f

Plate 4. Fabric Group 1: calcite tempered (a). Fabric Group 2 (Lasithi Red Fabric Group): coarse phyllite fabric Group 2A (b), Group 2B (c). Small groups and loners with metamorphic rocks (d–f). All microphotographs with scale of 1.00 m m were t aken u nder x 25 magniἀcation; all m icrophotographs w ith scale of 500 μm were t aken u nder x50 magniἀcation.

PLATE 5

a

b

c

d

e

f

Plate 5. Small g roups and loners with metamorphic rocks (a, b). Fabric G roup 3: semicoarse with carbonate rock fragments (c). Fabric G roup 4: calcareous g rog-tempered (d); note elongate voids w ith remnants of burned organic material. Fabric Group 5: red fabric with quartz and clay pellets (e). Fabric Group 6: red fabric with quartz (f). Microphotographs with scale of 500 μm were taken under x50 magnification.

PLATE 6

a

b

c

d

e

f

Plate 6. Fabric Group 7 ( Mirabello Fabric): granodiorite fabric Group 7A (a), Group 7B (b). Fabric Group 8: very ἀne fabric with rare nonplastics (c). Fabric 9: ἀne calcareous with pellets (d). Fabric 10: ἀne calcareous with biotite mica (e). Fabric 11: ἀne fabric with rounded sandstones (f). All microphotographs with scale of 1.00 mm were taken under x25 magniἀcation; all microphotographs with scale of 500 μm were taken under x50 magnification.

PLATE 7

a

b

Plate 7. Fabric 12: very ἀ ne fabric with pellets (a); note layer of slip on the upper part of ἀeld. Fabric 13: very ἀ ne fabric with serpentinite (b). Microphotographs with scale of 500 μm were taken under x50 magnification.